1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 // Part of the LLVM Project, under the Apache License v2.0 with LLVM Exceptions.
4 // See https://llvm.org/LICENSE.txt for license information.
5 // SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0 WITH LLVM-exception
6 //
7 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
8 //
9 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
10 //
11 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
12 
13 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
14 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
15 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/Expr.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/NonTrivialTypeVisitor.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 #include <unordered_map>
52 
53 using namespace clang;
54 using namespace sema;
55 
56 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
57   if (OwnedType) {
58     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
59     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
60   }
61 
62   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
63 }
64 
65 namespace {
66 
67 class TypeNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
68  public:
69    TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass = false,
70                         bool AllowTemplates = false,
71                         bool AllowNonTemplates = true)
72        : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
73          AllowTemplates(AllowTemplates), AllowNonTemplates(AllowNonTemplates) {
74      WantExpressionKeywords = false;
75      WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
76      WantRemainingKeywords = false;
77   }
78 
79   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
80     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
81       if (!AllowInvalidDecl && ND->isInvalidDecl())
82         return false;
83 
84       if (getAsTypeTemplateDecl(ND))
85         return AllowTemplates;
86 
87       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
88       if (!IsType)
89         return false;
90 
91       if (AllowNonTemplates)
92         return true;
93 
94       // An injected-class-name of a class template (specialization) is valid
95       // as a template or as a non-template.
96       if (AllowTemplates) {
97         auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND);
98         if (!RD || !RD->isInjectedClassName())
99           return false;
100         RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD->getDeclContext());
101         return RD->getDescribedClassTemplate() ||
102                isa<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD);
103       }
104 
105       return false;
106     }
107 
108     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
109   }
110 
111   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
112     return std::make_unique<TypeNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
113   }
114 
115  private:
116   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
117   bool WantClassName;
118   bool AllowTemplates;
119   bool AllowNonTemplates;
120 };
121 
122 } // end anonymous namespace
123 
124 /// Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
125 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
126   switch (Kind) {
127   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
128   // token kind is a valid type specifier
129   case tok::kw_short:
130   case tok::kw_long:
131   case tok::kw___int64:
132   case tok::kw___int128:
133   case tok::kw_signed:
134   case tok::kw_unsigned:
135   case tok::kw_void:
136   case tok::kw_char:
137   case tok::kw_int:
138   case tok::kw_half:
139   case tok::kw_float:
140   case tok::kw_double:
141   case tok::kw___bf16:
142   case tok::kw__Float16:
143   case tok::kw___float128:
144   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
145   case tok::kw_bool:
146   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
147   case tok::kw___auto_type:
148     return true;
149 
150   case tok::annot_typename:
151   case tok::kw_char16_t:
152   case tok::kw_char32_t:
153   case tok::kw_typeof:
154   case tok::annot_decltype:
155   case tok::kw_decltype:
156     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
157 
158   case tok::kw_char8_t:
159     return getLangOpts().Char8;
160 
161   default:
162     break;
163   }
164 
165   return false;
166 }
167 
168 namespace {
169 enum class UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult {
170   NotFound,
171   FoundNonType,
172   FoundType
173 };
174 } // end anonymous namespace
175 
176 /// Tries to perform unqualified lookup of the type decls in bases for
177 /// dependent class.
178 /// \return \a NotFound if no any decls is found, \a FoundNotType if found not a
179 /// type decl, \a FoundType if only type decls are found.
180 static UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult
181 lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(Sema &S, const IdentifierInfo &II,
182                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
183                                 const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
184   if (!RD->hasDefinition())
185     return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
186   // Look for type decls in base classes.
187   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
188       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
189   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
190     const CXXRecordDecl *BaseRD = nullptr;
191     if (auto *BaseTT = Base.getType()->getAs<TagType>())
192       BaseRD = BaseTT->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
193     else if (auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) {
194       // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
195       // templates.
196       if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
197         continue;
198       auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
199       if (!TD)
200         continue;
201       if (auto *BasePrimaryTemplate =
202           dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl())) {
203         if (BasePrimaryTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
204           BaseRD = BasePrimaryTemplate;
205         else if (auto *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD)) {
206           if (const ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl *PS =
207                   CTD->findPartialSpecialization(Base.getType()))
208             if (PS->getCanonicalDecl() != RD->getCanonicalDecl())
209               BaseRD = PS;
210         }
211       }
212     }
213     if (BaseRD) {
214       for (NamedDecl *ND : BaseRD->lookup(&II)) {
215         if (!isa<TypeDecl>(ND))
216           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
217         FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
218       }
219       if (FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound) {
220         switch (lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, BaseRD)) {
221         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType:
222           return UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundNonType;
223         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType:
224           FoundTypeDecl = UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType;
225           break;
226         case UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound:
227           break;
228         }
229       }
230     }
231   }
232 
233   return FoundTypeDecl;
234 }
235 
236 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
237                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
238                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
239   // Lookup in the parent class template context, if any.
240   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
241   UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult FoundTypeDecl =
242       UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
243   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext;
244        DC && FoundTypeDecl == UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::NotFound;
245        DC = DC->getParent()) {
246     // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
247     // templates.
248     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
249     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
250       FoundTypeDecl = lookupUnqualifiedTypeNameInBase(S, II, NameLoc, RD);
251   }
252   if (FoundTypeDecl != UnqualifiedTypeNameLookupResult::FoundType)
253     return nullptr;
254 
255   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
256   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
257   // lookup during template instantiation.
258   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_in_dependent_base) << &II;
259 
260   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
261   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
262                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
263   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
264 
265   CXXScopeSpec SS;
266   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
267 
268   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
269   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
270   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
271   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
272   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
273   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
274 }
275 
276 /// If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
277 /// return the declaration of that type.
278 ///
279 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
280 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
281 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
282 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
283 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
284 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
285                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
286                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
287                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
288                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
289                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
290                              bool IsClassTemplateDeductionContext,
291                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
292   // FIXME: Consider allowing this outside C++1z mode as an extension.
293   bool AllowDeducedTemplate = IsClassTemplateDeductionContext &&
294                               getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
295                               !isClassName && !HasTrailingDot;
296 
297   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
298   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
299   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
300     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
301     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
302       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
303   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
304     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
305 
306     if (!LookupCtx) {
307       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
308         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
309         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
310         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
311         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
312         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
313         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
314         //
315         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
316         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
317         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
318           return nullptr;
319 
320         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
321         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
322         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
323           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
324 
325         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
326         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
327                                        II, NameLoc);
328         return ParsedType::make(T);
329       }
330 
331       return nullptr;
332     }
333 
334     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
335         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
336       return nullptr;
337   }
338 
339   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
340   // lookup for class-names.
341   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
342                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
343   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
344   if (LookupCtx) {
345     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
346     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
347     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
348     // nested-name-specifier.
349     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
350 
351     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
352       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
353       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
354       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
355       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
356       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
357       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
358       LookupName(Result, S);
359     }
360   } else {
361     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
362     LookupName(Result, S);
363 
364     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
365     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
366     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
367       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
368               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
369         return TypeInBase;
370     }
371   }
372 
373   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
374   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
375   case LookupResult::NotFound:
376   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
377     if (CorrectedII) {
378       TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/true, isClassName,
379                                AllowDeducedTemplate);
380       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Kind,
381                                               S, SS, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery);
382       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
383       TemplateTy Template;
384       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
385       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
386       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
387       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
388       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
389       if (SS && NNS) {
390         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
391         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
392       }
393       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
394           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
395           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
396           // is handled elsewhere).
397           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
398             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, nullptr, false,
399                            Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
400         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
401                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
402                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
403                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
404                                     IsClassTemplateDeductionContext);
405         if (Ty) {
406           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
407                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
408                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
409           if (SS && NNS)
410             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
411           *CorrectedII = NewII;
412           return Ty;
413         }
414       }
415     }
416     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
417     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
418   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
419   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
420     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
421     return nullptr;
422 
423   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
424     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
425     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
426     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
427     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
428     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
429     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
430       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
431       return nullptr;
432     }
433 
434     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
435     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
436          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
437       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res) ||
438           (AllowDeducedTemplate && getAsTypeTemplateDecl(*Res))) {
439         if (!IIDecl || (*Res)->getLocation() < IIDecl->getLocation())
440           IIDecl = *Res;
441       }
442     }
443 
444     if (!IIDecl) {
445       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
446       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
447       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
448       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
449       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
450       // a type name.
451       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
452       return nullptr;
453     }
454 
455     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
456     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
457     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
458     // perform the name lookup again.
459     break;
460 
461   case LookupResult::Found:
462     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
463     break;
464   }
465 
466   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
467 
468   QualType T;
469   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
470     // C++ [class.qual]p2: A lookup that would find the injected-class-name
471     // instead names the constructors of the class, except when naming a class.
472     // This is ill-formed when we're not actually forming a ctor or dtor name.
473     auto *LookupRD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(LookupCtx);
474     auto *FoundRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD);
475     if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName && LookupRD && FoundRD &&
476         FoundRD->isInjectedClassName() &&
477         declaresSameEntity(LookupRD, cast<Decl>(FoundRD->getParent())))
478       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_out_of_line_qualified_id_type_names_constructor)
479           << &II << /*Type*/1;
480 
481     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
482 
483     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
484     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(TD->getLocation(), TD, /*OdrUse=*/false);
485   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
486     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
487     if (!HasTrailingDot)
488       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
489   } else if (AllowDeducedTemplate) {
490     if (auto *TD = getAsTypeTemplateDecl(IIDecl))
491       T = Context.getDeducedTemplateSpecializationType(TemplateName(TD),
492                                                        QualType(), false);
493   }
494 
495   if (T.isNull()) {
496     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
497     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
498     return nullptr;
499   }
500 
501   // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
502   // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
503   // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
504   if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName &&
505       !isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
506     if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
507       // Construct a type with type-source information.
508       TypeLocBuilder Builder;
509       Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
510 
511       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
512       ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
513       ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
514       ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
515       return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
516     } else {
517       T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
518     }
519   }
520 
521   return ParsedType::make(T);
522 }
523 
524 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
525 static NestedNameSpecifier *
526 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
527   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
528     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
529     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
530     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
531       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
532     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
533       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
534                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
535     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
536       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
537   }
538   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
539 }
540 
541 /// Find the parent class with dependent bases of the innermost enclosing method
542 /// context. Do not look for enclosing CXXRecordDecls directly, or we will end
543 /// up allowing unqualified dependent type names at class-level, which MSVC
544 /// correctly rejects.
545 static const CXXRecordDecl *
546 findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(const DeclContext *DC) {
547   for (; DC && DC->isDependentContext(); DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
548     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
549     if (const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC))
550       if (MD->getParent()->hasAnyDependentBases())
551         return MD->getParent();
552   }
553   return nullptr;
554 }
555 
556 ParsedType Sema::ActOnMSVCUnknownTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II,
557                                           SourceLocation NameLoc,
558                                           bool IsTemplateTypeArg) {
559   assert(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && "shouldn't be called in non-MSVC mode");
560 
561   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = nullptr;
562   if (IsTemplateTypeArg && getCurScope()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
563     // If we weren't able to parse a default template argument, delay lookup
564     // until instantiation time by making a non-dependent DependentTypeName. We
565     // pretend we saw a NestedNameSpecifier referring to the current scope, and
566     // lookup is retried.
567     // FIXME: This hurts our diagnostic quality, since we get errors like "no
568     // type named 'Foo' in 'current_namespace'" when the user didn't write any
569     // name specifiers.
570     NNS = synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
571     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
572   } else if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD =
573                  findRecordWithDependentBasesOfEnclosingMethod(CurContext)) {
574     // Build a DependentNameType that will perform lookup into RD at
575     // instantiation time.
576     NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
577                                       RD->getTypeForDecl());
578 
579     // Diagnose that this identifier was undeclared, and retry the lookup during
580     // template instantiation.
581     Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_undeclared_unqual_id_with_dependent_base) << &II
582                                                                       << RD;
583   } else {
584     // This is not a situation that we should recover from.
585     return ParsedType();
586   }
587 
588   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
589 
590   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
591   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
592   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
593   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
594   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
595 
596   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
597   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
598   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
599   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
600   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
601   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
602 }
603 
604 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
605 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
606 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
607 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
608 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
609 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
610   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
611   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
612   LookupName(R, S, false);
613   R.suppressDiagnostics();
614   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
615     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
616       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
617       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
618       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
619       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
620       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
621       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
622       }
623     }
624 
625   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
626 }
627 
628 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
629 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
630 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
631 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
632 /// @code
633 /// template<class T> class A {
634 /// public:
635 ///   typedef int TYPE;
636 /// };
637 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
638 /// public:
639 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
640 /// };
641 /// @endcode
642 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
643   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
644     if (SS->getScopeRep()->getKind() == NestedNameSpecifier::Super)
645       return true;
646 
647     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
648 
649     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
650     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
651       if (Ty && Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
652         return true;
653     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
654   }
655   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
656 }
657 
658 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
659                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
660                                    Scope *S,
661                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
662                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
663                                    bool IsTemplateName) {
664   // Don't report typename errors for editor placeholders.
665   if (II->isEditorPlaceholder())
666     return;
667   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
668   SuggestedType = nullptr;
669 
670   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
671   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
672   TypeNameValidatorCCC CCC(/*AllowInvalid=*/false, /*WantClass=*/false,
673                            /*AllowTemplates=*/IsTemplateName,
674                            /*AllowNonTemplates=*/!IsTemplateName);
675   if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
676           CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
677                       CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
678     // FIXME: Support error recovery for the template-name case.
679     bool CanRecover = !IsTemplateName;
680     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
681       // We corrected to a keyword.
682       diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
683                    PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
684                                         : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
685                        << II);
686       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
687     } else {
688       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
689       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
690         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
691                      PDiag(IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template_suggest
692                                           : diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest)
693                          << II, CanRecover);
694       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
695         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
696         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
697                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
698         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
699                      PDiag(IsTemplateName
700                                ? diag::err_no_member_template_suggest
701                                : diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
702                          << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange(),
703                      CanRecover);
704       } else {
705         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
706       }
707 
708       if (!CanRecover)
709         return;
710 
711       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
712       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
713         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
714                           SourceRange(IILoc));
715       // FIXME: Support class template argument deduction here.
716       SuggestedType =
717           getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), IILoc, S,
718                       tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, false, nullptr,
719                       /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
720                       /*WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
721     }
722     return;
723   }
724 
725   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !IsTemplateName) {
726     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
727     UnqualifiedId Name;
728     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
729     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
730     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
731     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
732     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
733                        Name, nullptr, true, TemplateResult,
734                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
735       diagnoseMissingTemplateArguments(TemplateResult.get(), IILoc);
736       return;
737     }
738   }
739 
740   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
741   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
742 
743   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
744     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_template
745                                : diag::err_unknown_typename)
746         << II;
747   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
748     Diag(IILoc, IsTemplateName ? diag::err_no_member_template
749                                : diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
750         << II << DC << SS->getRange();
751   else if (SS->isValid() && SS->getScopeRep()->containsErrors()) {
752     SuggestedType =
753         ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
754   } else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
755     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
756     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
757       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
758 
759     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
760       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
761       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
762       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
763     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
764                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
765   } else {
766     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
767            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
768   }
769 }
770 
771 /// Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
772 /// or
773 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
774   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
775                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
776 
777   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
778     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
779       return true;
780 
781     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
782       return true;
783   }
784 
785   return false;
786 }
787 
788 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
789                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
790                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
791                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
792   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
793   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
794   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
795     StringRef FixItTagName;
796     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
797       case TTK_Class:
798         FixItTagName = "class ";
799         break;
800 
801       case TTK_Enum:
802         FixItTagName = "enum ";
803         break;
804 
805       case TTK_Struct:
806         FixItTagName = "struct ";
807         break;
808 
809       case TTK_Interface:
810         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
811         break;
812 
813       case TTK_Union:
814         FixItTagName = "union ";
815         break;
816     }
817 
818     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
819     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
820       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
821       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
822 
823     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
824          I != IEnd; ++I)
825       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
826         << Name << TagName;
827 
828     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
829     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
830     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
831     return true;
832   }
833 
834   return false;
835 }
836 
837 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
838 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
839                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
840   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
841 
842   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
843   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
844 
845   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
846   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
847   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
848   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
849   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
850 }
851 
852 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
853                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
854                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
855                                             const Token &NextToken,
856                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
857   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
858   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
859 
860   assert(NextToken.isNot(tok::coloncolon) &&
861          "parse nested name specifiers before calling ClassifyName");
862   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && SS.isSet() &&
863       isCurrentClassName(*Name, S, &SS)) {
864     // Per [class.qual]p2, this names the constructors of SS, not the
865     // injected-class-name. We don't have a classification for that.
866     // There's not much point caching this result, since the parser
867     // will reject it later.
868     return NameClassification::Unknown();
869   }
870 
871   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
872   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
873 
874   if (SS.isInvalid())
875     return NameClassification::Error();
876 
877   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
878   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
879   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
880     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
881             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
882       return TypeInBase;
883   }
884 
885   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
886   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
887   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
888   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
889   if (SS.isEmpty() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
890     DeclResult Ivar = LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name);
891     if (Ivar.isInvalid())
892       return NameClassification::Error();
893     if (Ivar.isUsable())
894       return NameClassification::NonType(cast<NamedDecl>(Ivar.get()));
895 
896     // We defer builtin creation until after ivar lookup inside ObjC methods.
897     if (Result.empty())
898       LookupBuiltin(Result);
899   }
900 
901   bool SecondTry = false;
902   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
903 
904 Corrected:
905   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
906   case LookupResult::NotFound:
907     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
908     // call.
909     if (SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
910       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
911       // FIXME: Reference?
912       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
913         return NameClassification::UndeclaredNonType();
914 
915       // C90 6.3.2.2:
916       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
917       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
918       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
919       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
920       //   the function call, the declaration
921       //
922       //     extern int identifier ();
923       //
924       //   appeared.
925       //
926       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
927       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S))
928         return NameClassification::NonType(D);
929     }
930 
931     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 && SS.isEmpty() && NextToken.is(tok::less)) {
932       // In C++20 onwards, this could be an ADL-only call to a function
933       // template, and we're required to assume that this is a template name.
934       //
935       // FIXME: Find a way to still do typo correction in this case.
936       TemplateName Template =
937           Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
938       return NameClassification::UndeclaredTemplate(Template);
939     }
940 
941     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
942     // which case it's likely that the user just forgot to write "enum",
943     // "struct", or "union".
944     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
945         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
946       break;
947     }
948 
949     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
950     // close to this name.
951     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
952       SecondTry = true;
953       if (TypoCorrection Corrected =
954               CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), Result.getLookupKind(), S,
955                           &SS, *CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
956         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
957         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
958 
959         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getFoundDecl();
960         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
961         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
962             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
963           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
964           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
965         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
966                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
967                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
968                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
969           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
970           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
971         }
972 
973         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
974           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
975         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
976           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
977           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
978                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
979           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
980                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
981                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
982         }
983 
984         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
985         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
986 
987         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
988         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
989           return Name;
990 
991         // Also update the LookupResult...
992         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
993         Result.clear();
994         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
995         if (FirstDecl)
996           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
997 
998         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
999         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
1000         // reference the ivar.
1001         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
1002         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
1003           DeclResult R =
1004               LookupIvarInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier());
1005           if (R.isInvalid())
1006             return NameClassification::Error();
1007           if (R.isUsable())
1008             return NameClassification::NonType(Ivar);
1009         }
1010 
1011         goto Corrected;
1012       }
1013     }
1014 
1015     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
1016     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1017     return NameClassification::Unknown();
1018 
1019   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
1020     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
1021     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
1022     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
1023 
1024     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
1025     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
1026     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
1027     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
1028     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
1029     //
1030     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
1031     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
1032     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
1033     // keyword here.
1034     return NameClassification::DependentNonType();
1035   }
1036 
1037   case LookupResult::Found:
1038   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
1039   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
1040     break;
1041 
1042   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
1043     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1044         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1045                                       /*AllowDependent=*/false)) {
1046       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
1047       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
1048       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
1049       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
1050       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
1051       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
1052       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
1053       //   ambiguous.
1054       //
1055       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
1056       // so try again after filtering out template names.
1057       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1058       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
1059         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
1060         break;
1061       }
1062     }
1063 
1064     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
1065     return NameClassification::Error();
1066   }
1067 
1068   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
1069       (IsFilteredTemplateName ||
1070        hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(
1071            Result, /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1072            /*AllowDependent=*/false,
1073            /*AllowNonTemplateFunctions*/ SS.isEmpty() &&
1074                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20))) {
1075     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
1076     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
1077     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
1078     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
1079     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
1080     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
1081     // C++2a [temp.names]p2:
1082     //   A name is also considered to refer to a template if it is an
1083     //   unqualified-id followed by a < and name lookup finds either one
1084     //   or more functions or finds nothing.
1085     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
1086       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
1087 
1088     bool IsFunctionTemplate;
1089     bool IsVarTemplate;
1090     TemplateName Template;
1091     if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
1092       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1093       Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
1094                                                    Result.end());
1095     } else if (!Result.empty()) {
1096       auto *TD = cast<TemplateDecl>(getAsTemplateNameDecl(
1097           *Result.begin(), /*AllowFunctionTemplates=*/true,
1098           /*AllowDependent=*/false));
1099       IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
1100       IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
1101 
1102       if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1103         Template =
1104             Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
1105                                              /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, TD);
1106       else
1107         Template = TemplateName(TD);
1108     } else {
1109       // All results were non-template functions. This is a function template
1110       // name.
1111       IsFunctionTemplate = true;
1112       Template = Context.getAssumedTemplateName(NameInfo.getName());
1113     }
1114 
1115     if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
1116       // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
1117       // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
1118       // to based on which function we selected.
1119       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1120 
1121       return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
1122     }
1123 
1124     return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
1125                          : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
1126   }
1127 
1128   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
1129   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
1130     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1131     MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false);
1132     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1133     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1134       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1135     return ParsedType::make(T);
1136   }
1137 
1138   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
1139   if (!Class) {
1140     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
1141     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
1142             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
1143       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
1144   }
1145 
1146   if (Class) {
1147     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
1148 
1149     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
1150       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
1151       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
1152       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1153       return NameClassification::Unknown();
1154     }
1155 
1156     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
1157     return ParsedType::make(T);
1158   }
1159 
1160   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(FirstDecl))
1161     return NameClassification::Concept(
1162         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1163 
1164   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
1165   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) &&
1166       !isa<VarTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
1167     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
1168         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
1169 
1170   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
1171   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
1172   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.isOneOf(tok::amp, tok::star);
1173   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
1174        (NextIsOp &&
1175         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
1176       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
1177     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1178     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
1179     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
1180     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
1181       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
1182     return ParsedType::make(T);
1183   }
1184 
1185   // If we already know which single declaration is referenced, just annotate
1186   // that declaration directly. Defer resolving even non-overloaded class
1187   // member accesses, as we need to defer certain access checks until we know
1188   // the context.
1189   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1190   if (Result.isSingleResult() && !ADL && !FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
1191     return NameClassification::NonType(Result.getRepresentativeDecl());
1192 
1193   // Otherwise, this is an overload set that we will need to resolve later.
1194   Result.suppressDiagnostics();
1195   return NameClassification::OverloadSet(UnresolvedLookupExpr::Create(
1196       Context, Result.getNamingClass(), SS.getWithLocInContext(Context),
1197       Result.getLookupNameInfo(), ADL, Result.isOverloadedResult(),
1198       Result.begin(), Result.end()));
1199 }
1200 
1201 ExprResult
1202 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsUndeclaredNonType(IdentifierInfo *Name,
1203                                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
1204   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "ADL-only call in C?");
1205   CXXScopeSpec SS;
1206   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1207   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
1208 }
1209 
1210 ExprResult
1211 Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsDependentNonType(const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1212                                             IdentifierInfo *Name,
1213                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
1214                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand) {
1215   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
1216   return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
1217                                     NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
1218                                     /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
1219 }
1220 
1221 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsNonType(Scope *S, const CXXScopeSpec &SS,
1222                                               NamedDecl *Found,
1223                                               SourceLocation NameLoc,
1224                                               const Token &NextToken) {
1225   if (getCurMethodDecl() && SS.isEmpty())
1226     if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(Found->getUnderlyingDecl()))
1227       return BuildIvarRefExpr(S, NameLoc, Ivar);
1228 
1229   // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1230   LookupResult Result(*this, Found->getDeclName(), NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1231   Result.addDecl(Found);
1232   Result.resolveKind();
1233 
1234   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
1235   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
1236 }
1237 
1238 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNameClassifiedAsOverloadSet(Scope *S, Expr *E) {
1239   // For an implicit class member access, transform the result into a member
1240   // access expression if necessary.
1241   auto *ULE = cast<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(E);
1242   if ((*ULE->decls_begin())->isCXXClassMember()) {
1243     CXXScopeSpec SS;
1244     SS.Adopt(ULE->getQualifierLoc());
1245 
1246     // Reconstruct the lookup result.
1247     LookupResult Result(*this, ULE->getName(), ULE->getNameLoc(),
1248                         LookupOrdinaryName);
1249     Result.setNamingClass(ULE->getNamingClass());
1250     for (auto I = ULE->decls_begin(), E = ULE->decls_end(); I != E; ++I)
1251       Result.addDecl(*I, I.getAccess());
1252     Result.resolveKind();
1253     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
1254                                            nullptr, S);
1255   }
1256 
1257   // Otherwise, this is already in the form we needed, and no further checks
1258   // are necessary.
1259   return ULE;
1260 }
1261 
1262 Sema::TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics
1263 Sema::getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TemplateName Name) {
1264   auto *TD = Name.getAsTemplateDecl();
1265   if (!TD)
1266     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1267   if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(TD))
1268     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::ClassTemplate;
1269   if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD))
1270     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::FunctionTemplate;
1271   if (isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD))
1272     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::VarTemplate;
1273   if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(TD))
1274     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::AliasTemplate;
1275   if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(TD))
1276     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::TemplateTemplateParam;
1277   if (isa<ConceptDecl>(TD))
1278     return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::Concept;
1279   return TemplateNameKindForDiagnostics::DependentTemplate;
1280 }
1281 
1282 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1283   assert(DC->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
1284       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1285   CurContext = DC;
1286   S->setEntity(DC);
1287 }
1288 
1289 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1290   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1291 
1292   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1293   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1294 }
1295 
1296 Sema::SkippedDefinitionContext Sema::ActOnTagStartSkippedDefinition(Scope *S,
1297                                                                     Decl *D) {
1298   // Unlike PushDeclContext, the context to which we return is not necessarily
1299   // the containing DC of TD, because the new context will be some pre-existing
1300   // TagDecl definition instead of a fresh one.
1301   auto Result = static_cast<SkippedDefinitionContext>(CurContext);
1302   CurContext = cast<TagDecl>(D)->getDefinition();
1303   assert(CurContext && "skipping definition of undefined tag");
1304   // Start lookups from the parent of the current context; we don't want to look
1305   // into the pre-existing complete definition.
1306   S->setEntity(CurContext->getLookupParent());
1307   return Result;
1308 }
1309 
1310 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishSkippedDefinition(SkippedDefinitionContext Context) {
1311   CurContext = static_cast<decltype(CurContext)>(Context);
1312 }
1313 
1314 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1315 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1316 ///
1317 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1318   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1319   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1320   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1321   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1322   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1323   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1324   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1325   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1326   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1327   //   namespace.
1328   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1329   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1330   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1331   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1332   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1333 
1334   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1335 
1336 #ifndef NDEBUG
1337   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1338   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1339   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1340 #endif
1341 
1342   CurContext = DC;
1343   S->setEntity(DC);
1344 
1345   if (S->getParent()->isTemplateParamScope()) {
1346     // Also set the corresponding entities for all immediately-enclosing
1347     // template parameter scopes.
1348     EnterTemplatedContext(S->getParent(), DC);
1349   }
1350 }
1351 
1352 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1353   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1354 
1355   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1356   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1357   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1358   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1359   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1360 
1361   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1362   // disappear.
1363 }
1364 
1365 void Sema::EnterTemplatedContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1366   assert(S->isTemplateParamScope() &&
1367          "expected to be initializing a template parameter scope");
1368 
1369   // C++20 [temp.local]p7:
1370   //   In the definition of a member of a class template that appears outside
1371   //   of the class template definition, the name of a member of the class
1372   //   template hides the name of a template-parameter of any enclosing class
1373   //   templates (but not a template-parameter of the member if the member is a
1374   //   class or function template).
1375   // C++20 [temp.local]p9:
1376   //   In the definition of a class template or in the definition of a member
1377   //   of such a template that appears outside of the template definition, for
1378   //   each non-dependent base class (13.8.2.1), if the name of the base class
1379   //   or the name of a member of the base class is the same as the name of a
1380   //   template-parameter, the base class name or member name hides the
1381   //   template-parameter name (6.4.10).
1382   //
1383   // This means that a template parameter scope should be searched immediately
1384   // after searching the DeclContext for which it is a template parameter
1385   // scope. For example, for
1386   //   template<typename T> template<typename U> template<typename V>
1387   //     void N::A<T>::B<U>::f(...)
1388   // we search V then B<U> (and base classes) then U then A<T> (and base
1389   // classes) then T then N then ::.
1390   unsigned ScopeDepth = getTemplateDepth(S);
1391   for (; S && S->isTemplateParamScope(); S = S->getParent(), --ScopeDepth) {
1392     DeclContext *SearchDCAfterScope = DC;
1393     for (; DC; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
1394       if (const TemplateParameterList *TPL =
1395               cast<Decl>(DC)->getDescribedTemplateParams()) {
1396         unsigned DCDepth = TPL->getDepth() + 1;
1397         if (DCDepth > ScopeDepth)
1398           continue;
1399         if (ScopeDepth == DCDepth)
1400           SearchDCAfterScope = DC = DC->getLookupParent();
1401         break;
1402       }
1403     }
1404     S->setLookupEntity(SearchDCAfterScope);
1405   }
1406 }
1407 
1408 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1409   // We assume that the caller has already called
1410   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1411   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1412   if (!FD)
1413     return;
1414 
1415   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1416   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1417   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1418     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1419   CurContext = FD;
1420   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1421 
1422   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1423     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1424     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1425     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1426       S->AddDecl(Param);
1427       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1428     }
1429   }
1430 }
1431 
1432 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1433   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1434   // rather than the top-level class.
1435   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1436   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1437   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1438 }
1439 
1440 /// Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1441 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1442 ///
1443 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1444 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1445 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1446 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1447 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1448 /// attribute.
1449 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1450                                        ASTContext &Context,
1451                                        const FunctionDecl *New) {
1452   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1453     return true;
1454 
1455   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1456     return true;
1457 
1458   return Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found &&
1459          (Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
1460           New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1461 }
1462 
1463 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1464 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1465   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1466   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1467   // scope.
1468   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1469     S = S->getParent();
1470 
1471   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1472   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1473   // into any context.
1474   if (AddToContext)
1475     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1476 
1477   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1478   // are function-local declarations.
1479   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && !S->getFnParent())
1480     return;
1481 
1482   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1483   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1484       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1485     return;
1486 
1487   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1488   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1489                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1490   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1491     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1492       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1493       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1494 
1495       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1496       break;
1497     }
1498   }
1499 
1500   S->AddDecl(D);
1501 
1502   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1503     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1504     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1505     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1506     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1507       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1508       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1509         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1510           continue;
1511       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1512         break;
1513     }
1514 
1515     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1516   } else {
1517     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1518   }
1519 }
1520 
1521 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1522                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1523   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1524 }
1525 
1526 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1527   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1528   do {
1529     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1530       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1531         return S;
1532   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1533 
1534   return nullptr;
1535 }
1536 
1537 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1538                                             DeclContext*,
1539                                             ASTContext&);
1540 
1541 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1542 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1543 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1544                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1545                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1546   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1547   while (F.hasNext()) {
1548     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1549 
1550     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1551       continue;
1552 
1553     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1554       continue;
1555 
1556     F.erase();
1557   }
1558 
1559   F.done();
1560 }
1561 
1562 /// We've determined that \p New is a redeclaration of \p Old. Check that they
1563 /// have compatible owning modules.
1564 bool Sema::CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(NamedDecl *New, NamedDecl *Old) {
1565   // FIXME: The Modules TS is not clear about how friend declarations are
1566   // to be treated. It's not meaningful to have different owning modules for
1567   // linkage in redeclarations of the same entity, so for now allow the
1568   // redeclaration and change the owning modules to match.
1569   if (New->getFriendObjectKind() &&
1570       Old->getOwningModuleForLinkage() != New->getOwningModuleForLinkage()) {
1571     New->setLocalOwningModule(Old->getOwningModule());
1572     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(New);
1573     return false;
1574   }
1575 
1576   Module *NewM = New->getOwningModule();
1577   Module *OldM = Old->getOwningModule();
1578 
1579   if (NewM && NewM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1580     NewM = NewM->Parent;
1581   if (OldM && OldM->Kind == Module::PrivateModuleFragment)
1582     OldM = OldM->Parent;
1583 
1584   if (NewM == OldM)
1585     return false;
1586 
1587   bool NewIsModuleInterface = NewM && NewM->isModulePurview();
1588   bool OldIsModuleInterface = OldM && OldM->isModulePurview();
1589   if (NewIsModuleInterface || OldIsModuleInterface) {
1590     // C++ Modules TS [basic.def.odr] 6.2/6.7 [sic]:
1591     //   if a declaration of D [...] appears in the purview of a module, all
1592     //   other such declarations shall appear in the purview of the same module
1593     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_mismatched_owning_module)
1594       << New
1595       << NewIsModuleInterface
1596       << (NewIsModuleInterface ? NewM->getFullModuleName() : "")
1597       << OldIsModuleInterface
1598       << (OldIsModuleInterface ? OldM->getFullModuleName() : "");
1599     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1600     New->setInvalidDecl();
1601     return true;
1602   }
1603 
1604   return false;
1605 }
1606 
1607 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1608   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1609          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1610          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1611 }
1612 
1613 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1614 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1615   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1616   while (F.hasNext())
1617     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1618       F.erase();
1619 
1620   F.done();
1621 }
1622 
1623 /// Check for this common pattern:
1624 /// @code
1625 /// class S {
1626 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1627 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1628 /// };
1629 /// @endcode
1630 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1631   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1632   // the decl here.
1633   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1634     return false;
1635 
1636   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1637     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1638   return D->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1639 }
1640 
1641 // We need this to handle
1642 //
1643 // typedef struct {
1644 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1645 // } A;
1646 //
1647 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1648 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1649 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1650 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1651 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1652 // not.
1653 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1654   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1655   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1656     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1657       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1658         return true;
1659     }
1660     DC = DC->getParent();
1661   }
1662 
1663   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1664 }
1665 
1666 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1667 // these semantics.
1668 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1669   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1670     return false;
1671   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1672 }
1673 
1674 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1675   assert(D);
1676 
1677   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1678     return false;
1679 
1680   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1681   // of members of class templates.
1682   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1683       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1684     return false;
1685 
1686   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1687     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1688       return false;
1689     // A non-out-of-line declaration of a member specialization was implicitly
1690     // instantiated; it's the out-of-line declaration that we're interested in.
1691     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1692         FD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
1693       return false;
1694 
1695     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1696       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1697         return false;
1698     } else {
1699       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1700       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1701         return false;
1702     }
1703 
1704     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1705         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1706       return false;
1707   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1708     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1709     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1710     // like "inline".)
1711     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1712       return false;
1713 
1714     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1715       return false;
1716 
1717     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1718         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1719       return false;
1720     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1721         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
1722         VD->getMemberSpecializationInfo() && !VD->isOutOfLine())
1723       return false;
1724 
1725     if (VD->isInline() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1726       return false;
1727   } else {
1728     return false;
1729   }
1730 
1731   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1732   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1733   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1734   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1735 }
1736 
1737 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1738   if (!D)
1739     return;
1740 
1741   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1742     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1743     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1744       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1745   }
1746 
1747   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1748     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1749     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1750       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1751   }
1752 
1753   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1754     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1755 }
1756 
1757 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1758   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1759     return false;
1760 
1761   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D)) {
1762     // For a decomposition declaration, warn if none of the bindings are
1763     // referenced, instead of if the variable itself is referenced (which
1764     // it is, by the bindings' expressions).
1765     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
1766       if (BD->isReferenced())
1767         return false;
1768   } else if (!D->getDeclName()) {
1769     return false;
1770   } else if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed()) {
1771     return false;
1772   }
1773 
1774   if (D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1775     return false;
1776 
1777   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1778     return true;
1779 
1780   // Except for labels, we only care about unused decls that are local to
1781   // functions.
1782   bool WithinFunction = D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod();
1783   if (const auto *R = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D->getDeclContext()))
1784     // For dependent types, the diagnostic is deferred.
1785     WithinFunction =
1786         WithinFunction || (R->isLocalClass() && !R->isDependentType());
1787   if (!WithinFunction)
1788     return false;
1789 
1790   if (isa<TypedefNameDecl>(D))
1791     return true;
1792 
1793   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1794   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D))
1795     return false;
1796 
1797   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1798   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1799 
1800     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1801     const auto *Ty = VD->getType().getTypePtr();
1802 
1803     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1804     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1805       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1806         return false;
1807     }
1808 
1809     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1810     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1811     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1812       return false;
1813 
1814     // Look at the element type to ensure that the warning behaviour is
1815     // consistent for both scalars and arrays.
1816     Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe();
1817 
1818     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1819       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1820       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1821         return false;
1822 
1823       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1824         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1825           return false;
1826 
1827         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1828           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1829                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1830             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1831           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1832             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1833           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1834             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1835             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>() &&
1836                 (VD->getInit()->isValueDependent() || !VD->evaluateValue()))
1837               return false;
1838           }
1839 
1840           // Suppress the warning if we don't know how this is constructed, and
1841           // it could possibly be non-trivial constructor.
1842           if (Init->isTypeDependent())
1843             for (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor : RD->ctors())
1844               if (!Ctor->isTrivial())
1845                 return false;
1846         }
1847       }
1848     }
1849 
1850     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1851   }
1852 
1853   return true;
1854 }
1855 
1856 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1857                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1858   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1859     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(
1860         D->getEndLoc(), tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(),
1861         true);
1862     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1863       return;
1864     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
1865         CharSourceRange::getCharRange(D->getBeginLoc(), AfterColon));
1866   }
1867 }
1868 
1869 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(const RecordDecl *D) {
1870   if (D->getTypeForDecl()->isDependentType())
1871     return;
1872 
1873   for (auto *TmpD : D->decls()) {
1874     if (const auto *T = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(TmpD))
1875       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(T);
1876     else if(const auto *R = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(TmpD))
1877       DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(R);
1878   }
1879 }
1880 
1881 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1882 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1883 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1884   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1885     return;
1886 
1887   if (auto *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(D)) {
1888     // typedefs can be referenced later on, so the diagnostics are emitted
1889     // at end-of-translation-unit.
1890     UnusedLocalTypedefNameCandidates.insert(TD);
1891     return;
1892   }
1893 
1894   FixItHint Hint;
1895   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1896 
1897   unsigned DiagID;
1898   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1899     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1900   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1901     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1902   else
1903     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1904 
1905   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D << Hint;
1906 }
1907 
1908 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1909   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1910   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1911   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt which is also not a resolved
1912   // MS inline assembly label name.
1913   bool Diagnose = false;
1914   if (L->isMSAsmLabel())
1915     Diagnose = !L->isResolvedMSAsmLabel();
1916   else
1917     Diagnose = L->getStmt() == nullptr;
1918   if (Diagnose)
1919     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) << L;
1920 }
1921 
1922 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1923   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1924 
1925   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1926   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1927          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1928 
1929   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1930     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1931 
1932     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1933     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1934 
1935     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1936     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) {
1937       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1938       if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(D))
1939         DiagnoseUnusedNestedTypedefs(RD);
1940     }
1941 
1942     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1943 
1944     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1945     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1946       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1947 
1948     // Remove this name from our lexical scope, and warn on it if we haven't
1949     // already.
1950     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1951     auto ShadowI = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
1952     if (ShadowI != ShadowingDecls.end()) {
1953       if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowI->second)) {
1954         Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_ctor_parm_shadows_field)
1955             << D << FD << FD->getParent();
1956         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
1957       }
1958       ShadowingDecls.erase(ShadowI);
1959     }
1960   }
1961 }
1962 
1963 /// Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1964 ///
1965 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1966 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1967 /// to the fixed name.
1968 ///
1969 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1970 ///
1971 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1972 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1973 ///
1974 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1975 /// class could not be found.
1976 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1977                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1978                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1979   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1980   // creation from this context.
1981   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1982 
1983   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1984     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1985     // find an Objective-C class name.
1986     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> CCC{};
1987     if (TypoCorrection C =
1988             CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), LookupOrdinaryName,
1989                         TUScope, nullptr, CCC, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1990       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1991       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1992       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1993     }
1994   }
1995   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1996   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1997   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1998       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1999   return Def;
2000 }
2001 
2002 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
2003 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
2004 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
2005 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
2006 /// ill-formed in C++:
2007 /// @code
2008 /// struct S6 {
2009 ///   enum { BAR } e;
2010 /// };
2011 ///
2012 /// void test_S6() {
2013 ///   struct S6 a;
2014 ///   a.e = BAR;
2015 /// }
2016 /// @endcode
2017 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
2018 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
2019 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
2020 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
2021 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
2022 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
2023 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
2024 /// contain non-field names.
2025 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
2026   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
2027          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
2028          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
2029     S = S->getParent();
2030   return S;
2031 }
2032 
2033 static StringRef getHeaderName(Builtin::Context &BuiltinInfo, unsigned ID,
2034                                ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
2035   switch (Error) {
2036   case ASTContext::GE_None:
2037     return "";
2038   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_type:
2039     return BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID);
2040   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
2041     return "stdio.h";
2042   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
2043     return "setjmp.h";
2044   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
2045     return "ucontext.h";
2046   }
2047   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
2048 }
2049 
2050 FunctionDecl *Sema::CreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, QualType Type,
2051                                   unsigned ID, SourceLocation Loc) {
2052   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
2053 
2054   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2055     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = LinkageSpecDecl::Create(
2056         Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
2057     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
2058     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
2059     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
2060   }
2061 
2062   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, II, Type,
2063                                            /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_Extern, false,
2064                                            Type->isFunctionProtoType());
2065   New->setImplicit();
2066   New->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ID));
2067 
2068   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
2069   // FunctionDecl.
2070   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(Type)) {
2071     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl *, 16> Params;
2072     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
2073       ParmVarDecl *parm = ParmVarDecl::Create(
2074           Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2075           FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, nullptr);
2076       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
2077       Params.push_back(parm);
2078     }
2079     New->setParams(Params);
2080   }
2081 
2082   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
2083   return New;
2084 }
2085 
2086 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
2087 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
2088 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
2089 /// built-in.
2090 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned ID,
2091                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
2092                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
2093   LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, ID);
2094 
2095   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
2096   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(ID, Error);
2097   if (Error) {
2098     if (!ForRedeclaration)
2099       return nullptr;
2100 
2101     // If we have a builtin without an associated type we should not emit a
2102     // warning when we were not able to find a type for it.
2103     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_type ||
2104         Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(ID))
2105       return nullptr;
2106 
2107     // If we could not find a type for setjmp it is because the jmp_buf type was
2108     // not defined prior to the setjmp declaration.
2109     if (Error == ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp) {
2110       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_no_jmp_buf)
2111           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2112       return nullptr;
2113     }
2114 
2115     // Generally, we emit a warning that the declaration requires the
2116     // appropriate header.
2117     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
2118         << getHeaderName(Context.BuiltinInfo, ID, Error)
2119         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2120     return nullptr;
2121   }
2122 
2123   if (!ForRedeclaration &&
2124       (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(ID) ||
2125        Context.BuiltinInfo.isHeaderDependentFunction(ID))) {
2126     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
2127         << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID) << R;
2128     if (const char *Header = Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(ID))
2129       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
2130           << Header << Context.BuiltinInfo.getName(ID);
2131   }
2132 
2133   if (R.isNull())
2134     return nullptr;
2135 
2136   FunctionDecl *New = CreateBuiltin(II, R, ID, Loc);
2137   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
2138 
2139   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
2140   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
2141   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
2142   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
2143   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
2144   CurContext = New->getDeclContext();
2145   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
2146   CurContext = SavedContext;
2147   return New;
2148 }
2149 
2150 /// Typedef declarations don't have linkage, but they still denote the same
2151 /// entity if their types are the same.
2152 /// FIXME: This is notionally doing the same thing as ASTReaderDecl's
2153 /// isSameEntity.
2154 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(Sema &S,
2155                                                      TypedefNameDecl *Decl,
2156                                                      LookupResult &Previous) {
2157   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
2158   if (!S.getLangOpts().Modules && !S.getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility)
2159     return;
2160 
2161   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
2162   if (Previous.empty())
2163     return;
2164 
2165   LookupResult::Filter Filter = Previous.makeFilter();
2166   while (Filter.hasNext()) {
2167     NamedDecl *Old = Filter.next();
2168 
2169     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
2170     if (S.isVisible(Old))
2171       continue;
2172 
2173     // Declarations of the same entity are not ignored, even if they have
2174     // different linkages.
2175     if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2176       if (S.Context.hasSameType(OldTD->getUnderlyingType(),
2177                                 Decl->getUnderlyingType()))
2178         continue;
2179 
2180       // If both declarations give a tag declaration a typedef name for linkage
2181       // purposes, then they declare the same entity.
2182       if (OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true) &&
2183           Decl->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName())
2184         continue;
2185     }
2186 
2187     Filter.erase();
2188   }
2189 
2190   Filter.done();
2191 }
2192 
2193 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
2194   QualType OldType;
2195   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2196     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
2197   else
2198     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
2199   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
2200 
2201   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
2202     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
2203     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2204     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
2205       << Kind << NewType;
2206     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2207       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2208     New->setInvalidDecl();
2209     return true;
2210   }
2211 
2212   if (OldType != NewType &&
2213       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
2214       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
2215       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
2216     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
2217     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
2218       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
2219     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
2220       notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2221     New->setInvalidDecl();
2222     return true;
2223   }
2224   return false;
2225 }
2226 
2227 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
2228 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
2229 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
2230 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
2231 ///
2232 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *New,
2233                                 LookupResult &OldDecls) {
2234   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
2235   // merging checks.
2236   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
2237 
2238   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
2239   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
2240   if (getLangOpts().ObjC) {
2241     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
2242     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
2243     default: break;
2244     case 2:
2245       {
2246         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
2247           break;
2248         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
2249         if (!T->isPointerType())
2250           break;
2251         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
2252           QualType PT = T->castAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
2253           if (!PT->isStructureType())
2254             break;
2255         }
2256         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
2257         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
2258         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
2259         return;
2260       }
2261     case 5:
2262       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
2263         break;
2264       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2265       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
2266       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
2267       return;
2268     case 3:
2269       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
2270         break;
2271       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
2272       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
2273       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
2274       return;
2275     }
2276     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
2277   }
2278 
2279   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
2280   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
2281   if (!Old) {
2282     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2283       << New->getDeclName();
2284 
2285     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
2286     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
2287       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
2288 
2289     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2290   }
2291 
2292   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2293   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2294     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2295 
2296   if (auto *OldTD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2297     auto *OldTag = OldTD->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName(/*AnyRedecl*/true);
2298     auto *NewTag = New->getAnonDeclWithTypedefName();
2299     NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
2300     if (OldTag && NewTag &&
2301         OldTag->getCanonicalDecl() != NewTag->getCanonicalDecl() &&
2302         !hasVisibleDefinition(OldTag, &Hidden)) {
2303       // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. Use it
2304       // instead of our tag.
2305       New->setTypeForDecl(OldTD->getTypeForDecl());
2306       if (OldTD->isModed())
2307         New->setModedTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo(),
2308                                     OldTD->getUnderlyingType());
2309       else
2310         New->setTypeSourceInfo(OldTD->getTypeSourceInfo());
2311 
2312       // Make the old tag definition visible.
2313       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
2314 
2315       // If this was an unscoped enumeration, yank all of its enumerators
2316       // out of the scope.
2317       if (isa<EnumDecl>(NewTag)) {
2318         Scope *EnumScope = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
2319         for (auto *D : NewTag->decls()) {
2320           auto *ED = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
2321           assert(EnumScope->isDeclScope(ED));
2322           EnumScope->RemoveDecl(ED);
2323           IdResolver.RemoveDecl(ED);
2324           ED->getLexicalDeclContext()->removeDecl(ED);
2325         }
2326       }
2327     }
2328   }
2329 
2330   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
2331   // with any extensions enabled.
2332   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
2333     return;
2334 
2335   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
2336   // the old declaration was a typedef.
2337   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
2338     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
2339     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2340   }
2341 
2342   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
2343     return;
2344 
2345   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2346     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
2347     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
2348     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
2349     //   to the type to which it already refers.
2350     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
2351       return;
2352 
2353     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
2354     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
2355     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
2356     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
2357     //
2358     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
2359     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
2360     //
2361     //   struct S {
2362     //     typedef struct A { } A;
2363     //   };
2364     //
2365     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
2366     // allow the above but disallow
2367     //
2368     //   struct S {
2369     //     typedef int I;
2370     //     typedef int I;
2371     //   };
2372     //
2373     // since that was the intent of DR56.
2374     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
2375       return;
2376 
2377     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
2378       << New->getDeclName();
2379     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2380     return New->setInvalidDecl();
2381   }
2382 
2383   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
2384   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
2385     return;
2386 
2387   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
2388   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
2389   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
2390   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
2391   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
2392       // Some standard types are defined implicitly in Clang (e.g. OpenCL).
2393       (Old->isImplicit() ||
2394        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
2395        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
2396     return;
2397 
2398   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
2399     << New->getDeclName();
2400   notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
2401 }
2402 
2403 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
2404 /// attribute.
2405 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
2406   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
2407   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
2408   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
2409     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
2410       if (Ann) {
2411         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
2412           return true;
2413         continue;
2414       }
2415       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
2416       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
2417         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
2418       return true;
2419     }
2420 
2421   return false;
2422 }
2423 
2424 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
2425   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
2426     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
2427   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2428     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
2429   return true;
2430 }
2431 
2432 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
2433 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
2434 ///
2435 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
2436 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
2437   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
2438   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
2439   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2440   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
2441   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
2442   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2443     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
2444     // in a case like:
2445     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
2446     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
2447     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
2448     // definition in such a case.
2449     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2450       return false;
2451 
2452     if (I->isAlignas())
2453       OldAlignasAttr = I;
2454 
2455     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2456     if (Align > OldAlign) {
2457       OldAlign = Align;
2458       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
2459     }
2460   }
2461 
2462   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
2463   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
2464   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
2465   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
2466     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
2467       return false;
2468 
2469     if (I->isAlignas())
2470       NewAlignasAttr = I;
2471 
2472     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
2473     if (Align > NewAlign)
2474       NewAlign = Align;
2475   }
2476 
2477   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2478     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
2479     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
2480     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
2481     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
2482 
2483     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
2484     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
2485     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
2486       QualType Ty;
2487       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
2488         Ty = VD->getType();
2489       else
2490         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
2491 
2492       if (OldAlign == 0)
2493         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2494       if (NewAlign == 0)
2495         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
2496     }
2497 
2498     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
2499       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
2500         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2501         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2502       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2503     }
2504   }
2505 
2506   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2507     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2508     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2509     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2510     //   equivalent alignment.
2511     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2512     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2513     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2514     //   have no alignment specifier.
2515     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2516       << OldAlignasAttr;
2517     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2518       << OldAlignasAttr;
2519   }
2520 
2521   bool AnyAdded = false;
2522 
2523   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2524   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2525     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2526     Clone->setInherited(true);
2527     New->addAttr(Clone);
2528     AnyAdded = true;
2529   }
2530 
2531   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2532   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2533       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2534     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2535     Clone->setInherited(true);
2536     New->addAttr(Clone);
2537     AnyAdded = true;
2538   }
2539 
2540   return AnyAdded;
2541 }
2542 
2543 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2544                                const InheritableAttr *Attr,
2545                                Sema::AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2546   // This function copies an attribute Attr from a previous declaration to the
2547   // new declaration D if the new declaration doesn't itself have that attribute
2548   // yet or if that attribute allows duplicates.
2549   // If you're adding a new attribute that requires logic different from
2550   // "use explicit attribute on decl if present, else use attribute from
2551   // previous decl", for example if the attribute needs to be consistent
2552   // between redeclarations, you need to call a custom merge function here.
2553   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2554   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2555     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(
2556         D, *AA, AA->getPlatform(), AA->isImplicit(), AA->getIntroduced(),
2557         AA->getDeprecated(), AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2558         AA->getMessage(), AA->getStrict(), AA->getReplacement(), AMK,
2559         AA->getPriority());
2560   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2561     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2562   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2563     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, *VA, VA->getVisibility());
2564   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2565     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, *ImportA);
2566   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2567     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, *ExportA);
2568   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2569     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, *FA, FA->getType(), FA->getFormatIdx(),
2570                                 FA->getFirstArg());
2571   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2572     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, *SA, SA->getName());
2573   else if (const auto *CSA = dyn_cast<CodeSegAttr>(Attr))
2574     NewAttr = S.mergeCodeSegAttr(D, *CSA, CSA->getName());
2575   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2576     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, *IA, IA->getBestCase(),
2577                                        IA->getInheritanceModel());
2578   else if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AlwaysInlineAttr>(Attr))
2579     NewAttr = S.mergeAlwaysInlineAttr(D, *AA,
2580                                       &S.Context.Idents.get(AA->getSpelling()));
2581   else if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
2582            (isa<CUDAHostAttr>(Attr) || isa<CUDADeviceAttr>(Attr) ||
2583             isa<CUDAGlobalAttr>(Attr))) {
2584     // CUDA target attributes are part of function signature for
2585     // overloading purposes and must not be merged.
2586     return false;
2587   } else if (const auto *MA = dyn_cast<MinSizeAttr>(Attr))
2588     NewAttr = S.mergeMinSizeAttr(D, *MA);
2589   else if (const auto *SNA = dyn_cast<SwiftNameAttr>(Attr))
2590     NewAttr = S.mergeSwiftNameAttr(D, *SNA, SNA->getName());
2591   else if (const auto *OA = dyn_cast<OptimizeNoneAttr>(Attr))
2592     NewAttr = S.mergeOptimizeNoneAttr(D, *OA);
2593   else if (const auto *InternalLinkageA = dyn_cast<InternalLinkageAttr>(Attr))
2594     NewAttr = S.mergeInternalLinkageAttr(D, *InternalLinkageA);
2595   else if (const auto *CommonA = dyn_cast<CommonAttr>(Attr))
2596     NewAttr = S.mergeCommonAttr(D, *CommonA);
2597   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2598     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2599     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2600     NewAttr = nullptr;
2601   else if ((isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) || isa<UnavailableAttr>(Attr)) &&
2602            (AMK == Sema::AMK_Override ||
2603             AMK == Sema::AMK_ProtocolImplementation))
2604     NewAttr = nullptr;
2605   else if (const auto *UA = dyn_cast<UuidAttr>(Attr))
2606     NewAttr = S.mergeUuidAttr(D, *UA, UA->getGuid(), UA->getGuidDecl());
2607   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<SpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2608     NewAttr = S.mergeSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2609   else if (const auto *SLHA = dyn_cast<NoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr>(Attr))
2610     NewAttr = S.mergeNoSpeculativeLoadHardeningAttr(D, *SLHA);
2611   else if (const auto *IMA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportModuleAttr>(Attr))
2612     NewAttr = S.mergeImportModuleAttr(D, *IMA);
2613   else if (const auto *INA = dyn_cast<WebAssemblyImportNameAttr>(Attr))
2614     NewAttr = S.mergeImportNameAttr(D, *INA);
2615   else if (const auto *TCBA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBAttr>(Attr))
2616     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBAttr(D, *TCBA);
2617   else if (const auto *TCBLA = dyn_cast<EnforceTCBLeafAttr>(Attr))
2618     NewAttr = S.mergeEnforceTCBLeafAttr(D, *TCBLA);
2619   else if (Attr->shouldInheritEvenIfAlreadyPresent() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2620     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2621 
2622   if (NewAttr) {
2623     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2624     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2625     if (isa<MSInheritanceAttr>(NewAttr))
2626       S.Consumer.AssignInheritanceModel(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D));
2627     return true;
2628   }
2629 
2630   return false;
2631 }
2632 
2633 static const NamedDecl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2634   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2635     return TD->getDefinition();
2636   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2637     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2638     if (Def)
2639       return Def;
2640     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2641   }
2642   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2643     const FunctionDecl *Def = nullptr;
2644     if (FD->isDefined(Def, true))
2645       return Def;
2646   }
2647   return nullptr;
2648 }
2649 
2650 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2651   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2652     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2653       return true;
2654   return false;
2655 }
2656 
2657 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2658 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2659 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2660   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2661     return;
2662 
2663   const NamedDecl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2664   if (!Def || Def == New)
2665     return;
2666 
2667   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2668   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2669     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2670 
2671     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute) || isa<IFuncAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2672       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) {
2673         Sema::SkipBodyInfo SkipBody;
2674         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def), &SkipBody);
2675 
2676         // If we're skipping this definition, drop the "alias" attribute.
2677         if (SkipBody.ShouldSkip) {
2678           NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2679           --E;
2680           continue;
2681         }
2682       } else {
2683         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2684         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2685                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2686                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2687                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2688         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2689         if (Diag == diag::err_redefinition)
2690           S.notePreviousDefinition(Def, VD->getLocation());
2691         else
2692           S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2693         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2694       }
2695       ++I;
2696       continue;
2697     }
2698 
2699     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2700       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2701       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2702         ++I;
2703         continue;
2704       }
2705     }
2706 
2707     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2708       ++I;
2709       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2710     }
2711 
2712     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2713       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2714       ++I;
2715       continue;
2716     } else if (isa<UuidAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2717       // msvc will allow a subsequent definition to add an uuid to a class
2718       ++I;
2719       continue;
2720     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2721       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2722         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2723         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2724         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2725         //   equivalent alignment.
2726         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2727         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2728         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2729         //   have no alignment specifier.
2730         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2731           << AA;
2732         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2733           << AA;
2734         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2735         --E;
2736         continue;
2737       }
2738     } else if (isa<LoaderUninitializedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2739       // If there is a C definition followed by a redeclaration with this
2740       // attribute then there are two different definitions. In C++, prefer the
2741       // standard diagnostics.
2742       if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2743         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2744                diag::err_loader_uninitialized_redeclaration);
2745         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2746         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2747         --E;
2748         continue;
2749       }
2750     } else if (isa<SelectAnyAttr>(NewAttribute) &&
2751                cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInline() &&
2752                !cast<VarDecl>(New)->isInlineSpecified()) {
2753       // Don't warn about applying selectany to implicitly inline variables.
2754       // Older compilers and language modes would require the use of selectany
2755       // to make such variables inline, and it would have no effect if we
2756       // honored it.
2757       ++I;
2758       continue;
2759     } else if (isa<OMPDeclareVariantAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2760       // We allow to add OMP[Begin]DeclareVariantAttr to be added to
2761       // declarations after defintions.
2762       ++I;
2763       continue;
2764     }
2765 
2766     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2767            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2768     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2769     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2770     --E;
2771   }
2772 }
2773 
2774 static void diagnoseMissingConstinit(Sema &S, const VarDecl *InitDecl,
2775                                      const ConstInitAttr *CIAttr,
2776                                      bool AttrBeforeInit) {
2777   SourceLocation InsertLoc = InitDecl->getInnerLocStart();
2778 
2779   // Figure out a good way to write this specifier on the old declaration.
2780   // FIXME: We should just use the spelling of CIAttr, but we don't preserve
2781   // enough of the attribute list spelling information to extract that without
2782   // heroics.
2783   std::string SuitableSpelling;
2784   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2785     SuitableSpelling = std::string(
2786         S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(InsertLoc, {tok::kw_constinit}));
2787   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2788     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2789         InsertLoc, {tok::l_square, tok::l_square,
2790                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("clang"), tok::coloncolon,
2791                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2792                     tok::r_square, tok::r_square}));
2793   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2794     SuitableSpelling = std::string(S.PP.getLastMacroWithSpelling(
2795         InsertLoc, {tok::kw___attribute, tok::l_paren, tok::r_paren,
2796                     S.PP.getIdentifierInfo("require_constant_initialization"),
2797                     tok::r_paren, tok::r_paren}));
2798   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20)
2799     SuitableSpelling = "constinit";
2800   if (SuitableSpelling.empty() && S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
2801     SuitableSpelling = "[[clang::require_constant_initialization]]";
2802   if (SuitableSpelling.empty())
2803     SuitableSpelling = "__attribute__((require_constant_initialization))";
2804   SuitableSpelling += " ";
2805 
2806   if (AttrBeforeInit) {
2807     // extern constinit int a;
2808     // int a = 0; // error (missing 'constinit'), accepted as extension
2809     assert(CIAttr->isConstinit() && "should not diagnose this for attribute");
2810     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_constinit_missing)
2811         << InitDecl << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2812     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_specified_here);
2813   } else {
2814     // int a = 0;
2815     // constinit extern int a; // error (missing 'constinit')
2816     S.Diag(CIAttr->getLocation(),
2817            CIAttr->isConstinit() ? diag::err_constinit_added_too_late
2818                                  : diag::warn_require_const_init_added_too_late)
2819         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(CIAttr->getLocation()));
2820     S.Diag(InitDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_constinit_missing_here)
2821         << CIAttr->isConstinit()
2822         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, SuitableSpelling);
2823   }
2824 }
2825 
2826 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2827 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2828                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2829   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2830     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2831     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2832     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2833   }
2834   if (RetainAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
2835     RetainAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2836     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2837     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2838   }
2839 
2840   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2841     return;
2842 
2843   // [dcl.constinit]p1:
2844   //   If the [constinit] specifier is applied to any declaration of a
2845   //   variable, it shall be applied to the initializing declaration.
2846   const auto *OldConstInit = Old->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2847   const auto *NewConstInit = New->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2848   if (bool(OldConstInit) != bool(NewConstInit)) {
2849     const auto *OldVD = cast<VarDecl>(Old);
2850     auto *NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2851 
2852     // Find the initializing declaration. Note that we might not have linked
2853     // the new declaration into the redeclaration chain yet.
2854     const VarDecl *InitDecl = OldVD->getInitializingDeclaration();
2855     if (!InitDecl &&
2856         (NewVD->hasInit() || NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()))
2857       InitDecl = NewVD;
2858 
2859     if (InitDecl == NewVD) {
2860       // This is the initializing declaration. If it would inherit 'constinit',
2861       // that's ill-formed. (Note that we do not apply this to the attribute
2862       // form).
2863       if (OldConstInit && OldConstInit->isConstinit())
2864         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, NewVD, OldConstInit,
2865                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/true);
2866     } else if (NewConstInit) {
2867       // This is the first time we've been told that this declaration should
2868       // have a constant initializer. If we already saw the initializing
2869       // declaration, this is too late.
2870       if (InitDecl && InitDecl != NewVD) {
2871         diagnoseMissingConstinit(*this, InitDecl, NewConstInit,
2872                                  /*AttrBeforeInit=*/false);
2873         NewVD->dropAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
2874       }
2875     }
2876   }
2877 
2878   // Attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored.
2879   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2880 
2881   if (AsmLabelAttr *NewA = New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2882     if (AsmLabelAttr *OldA = Old->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()) {
2883       if (!OldA->isEquivalent(NewA)) {
2884         // This redeclaration changes __asm__ label.
2885         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_asm_label);
2886         Diag(OldA->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2887       }
2888     } else if (Old->isUsed()) {
2889       // This redeclaration adds an __asm__ label to a declaration that has
2890       // already been ODR-used.
2891       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_late_asm_label_name)
2892         << isa<FunctionDecl>(Old) << New->getAttr<AsmLabelAttr>()->getRange();
2893     }
2894   }
2895 
2896   // Re-declaration cannot add abi_tag's.
2897   if (const auto *NewAbiTagAttr = New->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2898     if (const auto *OldAbiTagAttr = Old->getAttr<AbiTagAttr>()) {
2899       for (const auto &NewTag : NewAbiTagAttr->tags()) {
2900         if (std::find(OldAbiTagAttr->tags_begin(), OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end(),
2901                       NewTag) == OldAbiTagAttr->tags_end()) {
2902           Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(),
2903                diag::err_new_abi_tag_on_redeclaration)
2904               << NewTag;
2905           Diag(OldAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2906         }
2907       }
2908     } else {
2909       Diag(NewAbiTagAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_abi_tag_on_redeclaration);
2910       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2911     }
2912   }
2913 
2914   // This redeclaration adds a section attribute.
2915   if (New->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && !Old->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
2916     if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(New)) {
2917       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::DeclarationOnly) {
2918         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_section_on_redeclaration);
2919         Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2920       }
2921     }
2922   }
2923 
2924   // Redeclaration adds code-seg attribute.
2925   const auto *NewCSA = New->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>();
2926   if (NewCSA && !Old->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>() &&
2927       !NewCSA->isImplicit() && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New)) {
2928     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_section)
2929          << 0 /*codeseg*/;
2930     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2931   }
2932 
2933   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2934     return;
2935 
2936   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2937 
2938   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2939   // we process them.
2940   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2941 
2942   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2943     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2944     AvailabilityMergeKind LocalAMK = AMK_None;
2945     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2946         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2947         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2948       switch (AMK) {
2949       case AMK_None:
2950         continue;
2951 
2952       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2953       case AMK_Override:
2954       case AMK_ProtocolImplementation:
2955         LocalAMK = AMK;
2956         break;
2957       }
2958     }
2959 
2960     // Already handled.
2961     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I) || isa<RetainAttr>(I))
2962       continue;
2963 
2964     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, LocalAMK))
2965       foundAny = true;
2966   }
2967 
2968   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2969     foundAny = true;
2970 
2971   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2972 }
2973 
2974 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2975 /// to the new one.
2976 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2977                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2978                                      Sema &S) {
2979   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2980   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2981   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2982   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2983   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2984   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2985     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2986            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2987     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2988     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2989     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2990       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2991     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2992       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2993     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2994            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2995   }
2996 
2997   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2998     return;
2999 
3000   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
3001 
3002   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
3003   // done before we process them.
3004   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
3005 
3006   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
3007     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
3008       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
3009         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
3010       newAttr->setInherited(true);
3011       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
3012       foundAny = true;
3013     }
3014   }
3015 
3016   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
3017 }
3018 
3019 static void mergeParamDeclTypes(ParmVarDecl *NewParam,
3020                                 const ParmVarDecl *OldParam,
3021                                 Sema &S) {
3022   if (auto Oldnullability = OldParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3023     if (auto Newnullability = NewParam->getType()->getNullability(S.Context)) {
3024       if (*Oldnullability != *Newnullability) {
3025         S.Diag(NewParam->getLocation(), diag::warn_mismatched_nullability_attr)
3026           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3027                *Newnullability,
3028                ((NewParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3029                 != 0))
3030           << DiagNullabilityKind(
3031                *Oldnullability,
3032                ((OldParam->getObjCDeclQualifier() & Decl::OBJC_TQ_CSNullability)
3033                 != 0));
3034         S.Diag(OldParam->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3035       }
3036     } else {
3037       QualType NewT = NewParam->getType();
3038       NewT = S.Context.getAttributedType(
3039                          AttributedType::getNullabilityAttrKind(*Oldnullability),
3040                          NewT, NewT);
3041       NewParam->setType(NewT);
3042     }
3043   }
3044 }
3045 
3046 namespace {
3047 
3048 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
3049 /// C.
3050 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
3051   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
3052   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
3053   QualType PromotedType;
3054 };
3055 
3056 } // end anonymous namespace
3057 
3058 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
3059 // declaration, or a declaration.
3060 template <typename T>
3061 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
3062 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3063   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3064   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
3065   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3066     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
3067   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
3068     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
3069     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
3070       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
3071   } else
3072     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
3073   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
3074 }
3075 
3076 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
3077 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
3078 /// GNU89 mode.
3079 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
3080                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
3081   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
3082           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
3083           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
3084           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
3085 }
3086 
3087 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
3088   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
3089   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
3090     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
3091   return AT;
3092 }
3093 
3094 template <typename T>
3095 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
3096   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
3097   if (DC->isRecord())
3098     return false;
3099 
3100   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
3101   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
3102     return true;
3103   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
3104     return true;
3105   return false;
3106 }
3107 
3108 template<typename T> static bool isExternC(T *D) { return D->isExternC(); }
3109 static bool isExternC(VarTemplateDecl *) { return false; }
3110 
3111 /// Check whether a redeclaration of an entity introduced by a
3112 /// using-declaration is valid, given that we know it's not an overload
3113 /// (nor a hidden tag declaration).
3114 template<typename ExpectedDecl>
3115 static bool checkUsingShadowRedecl(Sema &S, UsingShadowDecl *OldS,
3116                                    ExpectedDecl *New) {
3117   // C++11 [basic.scope.declarative]p4:
3118   //   Given a set of declarations in a single declarative region, each of
3119   //   which specifies the same unqualified name,
3120   //   -- they shall all refer to the same entity, or all refer to functions
3121   //      and function templates; or
3122   //   -- exactly one declaration shall declare a class name or enumeration
3123   //      name that is not a typedef name and the other declarations shall all
3124   //      refer to the same variable or enumerator, or all refer to functions
3125   //      and function templates; in this case the class name or enumeration
3126   //      name is hidden (3.3.10).
3127 
3128   // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
3129   //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
3130   //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
3131   //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
3132   //   function, the program is ill-formed.
3133 
3134   auto *Old = dyn_cast<ExpectedDecl>(OldS->getTargetDecl());
3135   if (Old &&
3136       !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
3137           New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
3138       !(isExternC(Old) && isExternC(New)))
3139     Old = nullptr;
3140 
3141   if (!Old) {
3142     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
3143     S.Diag(OldS->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl_target);
3144     S.Diag(OldS->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3145     return true;
3146   }
3147   return false;
3148 }
3149 
3150 static bool hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(const FunctionDecl *A,
3151                                             const FunctionDecl *B) {
3152   assert(A->getNumParams() == B->getNumParams());
3153 
3154   auto AttrEq = [](const ParmVarDecl *A, const ParmVarDecl *B) {
3155     const auto *AttrA = A->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3156     const auto *AttrB = B->getAttr<PassObjectSizeAttr>();
3157     if (AttrA == AttrB)
3158       return true;
3159     return AttrA && AttrB && AttrA->getType() == AttrB->getType() &&
3160            AttrA->isDynamic() == AttrB->isDynamic();
3161   };
3162 
3163   return std::equal(A->param_begin(), A->param_end(), B->param_begin(), AttrEq);
3164 }
3165 
3166 /// If necessary, adjust the semantic declaration context for a qualified
3167 /// declaration to name the correct inline namespace within the qualifier.
3168 static void adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(DeclaratorDecl *NewD,
3169                                                DeclaratorDecl *OldD) {
3170   // The only case where we need to update the DeclContext is when
3171   // redeclaration lookup for a qualified name finds a declaration
3172   // in an inline namespace within the context named by the qualifier:
3173   //
3174   //   inline namespace N { int f(); }
3175   //   int ::f(); // Sema DC needs adjusting from :: to N::.
3176   //
3177   // For unqualified declarations, the semantic context *can* change
3178   // along the redeclaration chain (for local extern declarations,
3179   // extern "C" declarations, and friend declarations in particular).
3180   if (!NewD->getQualifier())
3181     return;
3182 
3183   // NewD is probably already in the right context.
3184   auto *NamedDC = NewD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3185   auto *SemaDC = OldD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
3186   if (NamedDC->Equals(SemaDC))
3187     return;
3188 
3189   assert((NamedDC->InEnclosingNamespaceSetOf(SemaDC) ||
3190           NewD->isInvalidDecl() || OldD->isInvalidDecl()) &&
3191          "unexpected context for redeclaration");
3192 
3193   auto *LexDC = NewD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3194   auto FixSemaDC = [=](NamedDecl *D) {
3195     if (!D)
3196       return;
3197     D->setDeclContext(SemaDC);
3198     D->setLexicalDeclContext(LexDC);
3199   };
3200 
3201   FixSemaDC(NewD);
3202   if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewD))
3203     FixSemaDC(FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate());
3204   else if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewD))
3205     FixSemaDC(VD->getDescribedVarTemplate());
3206 }
3207 
3208 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
3209 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
3210 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
3211 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3212 ///
3213 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
3214 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
3215 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
3216 /// merged with.
3217 ///
3218 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
3219 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
3220                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3221   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
3222   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
3223   if (!Old) {
3224     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
3225       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
3226         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
3227         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
3228              diag::note_using_decl_target);
3229         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
3230              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
3231         return true;
3232       }
3233 
3234       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
3235       if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<FunctionDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
3236         return true;
3237       OldD = Old = cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
3238     } else {
3239       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3240         << New->getDeclName();
3241       notePreviousDefinition(OldD, New->getLocation());
3242       return true;
3243     }
3244   }
3245 
3246   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
3247   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
3248   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
3249 
3250   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
3251   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
3252     return true;
3253 
3254   // Disallow redeclaration of some builtins.
3255   if (!getASTContext().canBuiltinBeRedeclared(Old)) {
3256     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_redeclare) << Old->getDeclName();
3257     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3258         << Old << Old->getType();
3259     return true;
3260   }
3261 
3262   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3263   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3264   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3265       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3266 
3267   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
3268   // is an extern inline function.
3269   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
3270   // storage classes.
3271   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
3272       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3273       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
3274       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
3275       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
3276     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3277       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
3278       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3279     } else {
3280       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
3281       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3282       return true;
3283     }
3284   }
3285 
3286   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
3287       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
3288     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
3289         << New->getDeclName();
3290     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
3291     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
3292   }
3293 
3294   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
3295     return true;
3296 
3297   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3298     bool OldOvl = Old->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3299     if (OldOvl != New->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && !Old->isImplicit()) {
3300       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_mismatch)
3301         << New << OldOvl;
3302 
3303       // Try our best to find a decl that actually has the overloadable
3304       // attribute for the note. In most cases (e.g. programs with only one
3305       // broken declaration/definition), this won't matter.
3306       //
3307       // FIXME: We could do this if we juggled some extra state in
3308       // OverloadableAttr, rather than just removing it.
3309       const Decl *DiagOld = Old;
3310       if (OldOvl) {
3311         auto OldIter = llvm::find_if(Old->redecls(), [](const Decl *D) {
3312           const auto *A = D->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3313           return A && !A->isImplicit();
3314         });
3315         // If we've implicitly added *all* of the overloadable attrs to this
3316         // chain, emitting a "previous redecl" note is pointless.
3317         DiagOld = OldIter == Old->redecls_end() ? nullptr : *OldIter;
3318       }
3319 
3320       if (DiagOld)
3321         Diag(DiagOld->getLocation(),
3322              diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
3323           << OldOvl;
3324 
3325       if (OldOvl)
3326         New->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
3327       else
3328         New->dropAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
3329     }
3330   }
3331 
3332   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
3333   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
3334   // convention of the first.
3335   //
3336   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
3337   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
3338   //
3339   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
3340   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
3341   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
3342   //
3343   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
3344   // other tests to run.
3345   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3346   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3347   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
3348   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
3349   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
3350   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
3351   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
3352 
3353   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
3354     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
3355     const FunctionType *FT =
3356         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
3357     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
3358     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
3359     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
3360       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
3361       // there but not here.
3362       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3363       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3364     } else if (Old->getBuiltinID()) {
3365       // Builtin attribute isn't propagated to the new one yet at this point,
3366       // so we check if the old one is a builtin.
3367 
3368       // Calling Conventions on a Builtin aren't really useful and setting a
3369       // default calling convention and cdecl'ing some builtin redeclarations is
3370       // common, so warn and ignore the calling convention on the redeclaration.
3371       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_cconv_unsupported)
3372           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3373           << (int)CallingConventionIgnoredReason::BuiltinFunction;
3374       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
3375       RequiresAdjustment = true;
3376     } else {
3377       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
3378       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
3379       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
3380         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
3381         << !FirstCCExplicit
3382         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
3383             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
3384 
3385       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
3386       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3387       return true;
3388     }
3389   }
3390 
3391   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
3392   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3393     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
3394     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3395   }
3396 
3397   // Merge regparm attribute.
3398   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
3399       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
3400     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
3401       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
3402         << NewType->getRegParmType()
3403         << OldType->getRegParmType();
3404       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3405       return true;
3406     }
3407 
3408     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
3409     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3410   }
3411 
3412   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
3413   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3414     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
3415       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch)
3416           << "'ns_returns_retained'";
3417       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3418       return true;
3419     }
3420 
3421     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
3422     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3423   }
3424 
3425   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs() !=
3426       NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3427     if (NewTypeInfo.getNoCallerSavedRegs()) {
3428       AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr *Attr =
3429         New->getAttr<AnyX86NoCallerSavedRegistersAttr>();
3430       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_function_attribute_mismatch) << Attr;
3431       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
3432       return true;
3433     }
3434 
3435     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoCallerSavedRegs(true);
3436     RequiresAdjustment = true;
3437   }
3438 
3439   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
3440     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
3441     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
3442     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
3443     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3444   }
3445 
3446   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
3447   // UndefinedButUsed.
3448   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
3449       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3450       !getLangOpts().GNUInline &&
3451       Old->isUsed(false) &&
3452       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
3453     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
3454                                            SourceLocation()));
3455 
3456   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
3457   // about it.
3458   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
3459       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
3460     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
3461   }
3462 
3463   // If pass_object_size params don't match up perfectly, this isn't a valid
3464   // redeclaration.
3465   if (Old->getNumParams() > 0 && Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams() &&
3466       !hasIdenticalPassObjectSizeAttrs(Old, New)) {
3467     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_pass_object_size_params)
3468         << New->getDeclName();
3469     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3470     return true;
3471   }
3472 
3473   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3474     // C++1z [over.load]p2
3475     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
3476     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type,
3477     //        the exception specification, or both cannot be overloaded.
3478 
3479     // Check the exception specifications match. This may recompute the type of
3480     // both Old and New if it resolved exception specifications, so grab the
3481     // types again after this. Because this updates the type, we do this before
3482     // any of the other checks below, which may update the "de facto" NewQType
3483     // but do not necessarily update the type of New.
3484     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(Old, New))
3485       return true;
3486     OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
3487     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
3488 
3489     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
3490     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
3491     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
3492     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
3493     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
3494     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = Old->getDeclaredReturnType();
3495     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = New->getDeclaredReturnType();
3496     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
3497         canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewDeclaredReturnType,
3498                                        OldDeclaredReturnType)) {
3499       QualType ResQT;
3500       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3501           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
3502         // FIXME: This does the wrong thing for a deduced return type.
3503         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
3504       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
3505         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
3506           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
3507               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3508         else
3509           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
3510               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3511         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
3512                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
3513         return true;
3514       }
3515       else
3516         NewQType = ResQT;
3517     }
3518 
3519     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
3520     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
3521     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
3522       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
3523       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
3524       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
3525       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
3526         New->setType(
3527             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
3528                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3529                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3530         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
3531             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
3532                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
3533                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
3534       }
3535     }
3536 
3537     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
3538     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
3539     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
3540       // Preserve triviality.
3541       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
3542 
3543       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
3544       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
3545       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
3546       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
3547                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
3548                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
3549       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
3550 
3551       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3552           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
3553         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
3554         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
3555         //       is a static member function declaration.
3556         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
3557           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
3558           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3559           return true;
3560         }
3561 
3562         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3563         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
3564         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
3565         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
3566         if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
3567           unsigned NewDiag;
3568           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
3569             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
3570           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
3571             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
3572           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
3573             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
3574           else
3575             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
3576 
3577           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
3578         } else {
3579           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
3580             << New << New->getType();
3581         }
3582         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3583         return true;
3584 
3585       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
3586       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
3587       //
3588       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
3589       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
3590       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
3591         if (isFriend) {
3592           NewMethod->setImplicit();
3593         } else {
3594           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3595                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
3596             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3597           return true;
3598         }
3599       } else if (OldMethod->getFirstDecl()->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
3600         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
3601              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
3602           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
3603         return true;
3604       }
3605     }
3606 
3607     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
3608     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
3609     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
3610     //   attribute.
3611     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
3612     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
3613       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
3614       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3615            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
3616     }
3617 
3618     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
3619     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
3620     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
3621     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
3622     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
3623     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
3624       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
3625            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3626       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
3627            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
3628     }
3629 
3630     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
3631     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
3632     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
3633     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
3634 
3635     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
3636     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
3637     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
3638       auto *OldType = OldQType->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3639       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
3640         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
3641       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
3642       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
3643     }
3644 
3645     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3646       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
3647       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
3648       //
3649       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
3650       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
3651       // linkage within class scope.
3652       //
3653       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
3654       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
3655         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
3656         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3657       } else {
3658         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3659         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3660         return true;
3661       }
3662     }
3663 
3664     // If the function types are compatible, merge the declarations. Ignore the
3665     // exception specifier because it was already checked above in
3666     // CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec, and we don't want follow-on diagnostics
3667     // about incompatible types under -fms-compatibility.
3668     if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(OldQTypeForComparison,
3669                                                          NewQType))
3670       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3671 
3672     // If the types are imprecise (due to dependent constructs in friends or
3673     // local extern declarations), it's OK if they differ. We'll check again
3674     // during instantiation.
3675     if (!canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(New, Old, NewQType, OldQType))
3676       return false;
3677 
3678     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
3679   }
3680 
3681   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
3682   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
3683   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3684       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
3685     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3686     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
3687     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
3688     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
3689         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
3690       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
3691       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
3692       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
3693       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
3694       NewQType =
3695           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
3696                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
3697       New->setType(NewQType);
3698       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
3699 
3700       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
3701       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
3702       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
3703         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
3704                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
3705                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
3706                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
3707         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
3708         Param->setImplicit();
3709         Params.push_back(Param);
3710       }
3711 
3712       New->setParams(Params);
3713     }
3714 
3715     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3716   }
3717 
3718   // Check if the function types are compatible when pointer size address
3719   // spaces are ignored.
3720   if (Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringPtrSizes(OldQType, NewQType))
3721     return false;
3722 
3723   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
3724   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
3725   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
3726   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
3727   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
3728   // the prototype.
3729   //
3730   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
3731   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
3732   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
3733   // C99 6.9.1p8.
3734   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3735       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
3736       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
3737       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
3738     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
3739     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
3740     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
3741       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3742     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
3743       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
3744 
3745     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
3746     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
3747                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
3748     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
3749     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
3750          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
3751       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
3752       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
3753       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3754                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
3755         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3756       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
3757                                             NewParm->getType(),
3758                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
3759         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
3760                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
3761         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
3762         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
3763       } else
3764         LooseCompatible = false;
3765     }
3766 
3767     if (LooseCompatible) {
3768       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
3769         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
3770              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
3771           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
3772           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
3773         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
3774           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
3775                diag::note_previous_declaration);
3776       }
3777 
3778       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3779         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
3780                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
3781       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
3782     }
3783 
3784     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
3785   }
3786 
3787   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
3788   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
3789 
3790   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
3791   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
3792   unsigned BuiltinID;
3793   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
3794     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
3795     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
3796     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
3797       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
3798       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
3799         << Old << Old->getType();
3800       return false;
3801     }
3802 
3803     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
3804   }
3805 
3806   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
3807   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
3808   return true;
3809 }
3810 
3811 /// Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
3812 /// known to be compatible.
3813 ///
3814 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
3815 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
3816 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
3817 /// redeclaration of Old.
3818 ///
3819 /// \returns false
3820 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
3821                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3822   // Merge the attributes
3823   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3824 
3825   // Merge "pure" flag.
3826   if (Old->isPure())
3827     New->setPure();
3828 
3829   // Merge "used" flag.
3830   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3831     New->setIsUsed();
3832 
3833   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
3834   // declarations.
3835   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
3836       for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
3837         ParmVarDecl *NewParam = New->getParamDecl(i);
3838         ParmVarDecl *OldParam = Old->getParamDecl(i);
3839         mergeParamDeclAttributes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3840         mergeParamDeclTypes(NewParam, OldParam, *this);
3841       }
3842 
3843   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3844     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
3845 
3846   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
3847   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
3848   // was visible.
3849   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
3850   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3851     New->setType(Merged);
3852 
3853   return false;
3854 }
3855 
3856 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
3857                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
3858   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
3859   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
3860     isa<ObjCProtocolDecl>(oldMethod->getDeclContext())
3861       ? AMK_ProtocolImplementation
3862       : isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
3863                                                        : AMK_Override;
3864 
3865   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
3866 
3867   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
3868   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
3869                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
3870   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
3871          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
3872        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
3873     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
3874 
3875   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
3876 }
3877 
3878 static void diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(Sema &S, VarDecl *New, VarDecl* Old) {
3879   assert(!S.Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType()));
3880 
3881   S.Diag(New->getLocation(), New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()
3882          ? diag::err_redefinition_different_type
3883          : diag::err_redeclaration_different_type)
3884     << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3885 
3886   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3887   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3888   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation)
3889     = getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3890   S.Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3891   New->setInvalidDecl();
3892 }
3893 
3894 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
3895 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
3896 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3897 ///
3898 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
3899 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
3900 /// is attached.
3901 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
3902                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
3903   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
3904     return;
3905 
3906   QualType MergedT;
3907   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3908     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
3909       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
3910       return;
3911     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
3912       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
3913       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
3914     }
3915     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
3916     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
3917     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
3918     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
3919     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
3920     else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
3921       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3922       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3923 
3924       // We are merging a variable declaration New into Old. If it has an array
3925       // bound, and that bound differs from Old's bound, we should diagnose the
3926       // mismatch.
3927       if (!NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && !NewArray->isDependentType()) {
3928         for (VarDecl *PrevVD = Old->getMostRecentDecl(); PrevVD;
3929              PrevVD = PrevVD->getPreviousDecl()) {
3930           QualType PrevVDTy = PrevVD->getType();
3931           if (PrevVDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() || PrevVDTy->isDependentType())
3932             continue;
3933 
3934           if (!Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), PrevVDTy))
3935             return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, PrevVD);
3936         }
3937       }
3938 
3939       if (OldArray->isIncompleteArrayType() && NewArray->isArrayType()) {
3940         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3941                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3942           MergedT = New->getType();
3943       }
3944       // FIXME: Check visibility. New is hidden but has a complete type. If New
3945       // has no array bound, it should not inherit one from Old, if Old is not
3946       // visible.
3947       else if (OldArray->isArrayType() && NewArray->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3948         if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3949                                 NewArray->getElementType()))
3950           MergedT = Old->getType();
3951       }
3952     }
3953     else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3954                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3955       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3956                                               Old->getType());
3957     }
3958   } else {
3959     // C 6.2.7p2:
3960     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3961     //   compatible type.
3962     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3963   }
3964   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3965     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3966     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3967     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3968     // equivalent.
3969     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3970     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3971          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3972       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3973       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3974       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3975       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3976         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3977       return;
3978     }
3979     return diagnoseVarDeclTypeMismatch(*this, New, Old);
3980   }
3981 
3982   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3983   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3984   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3985     New->setType(MergedT);
3986 }
3987 
3988 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3989                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3990   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3991   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3992   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3993   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3994   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3995   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3996   //
3997   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3998   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3999     return false;
4000 
4001   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4002     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
4003     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
4004     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
4005     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
4006     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
4007            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4008             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
4009   } else {
4010     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
4011     // type unless we're in the same function.
4012     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
4013            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
4014   }
4015 }
4016 
4017 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
4018 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
4019 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
4020 ///
4021 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
4022 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
4023 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
4024 ///
4025 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
4026   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
4027   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4028     return;
4029 
4030   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Previous, New))
4031     return;
4032 
4033   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
4034 
4035   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
4036   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
4037   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
4038   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
4039     if (NewTemplate) {
4040       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4041       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
4042 
4043       if (auto *Shadow =
4044               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4045         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarTemplateDecl>(*this, Shadow, NewTemplate))
4046           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4047     } else {
4048       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
4049 
4050       if (auto *Shadow =
4051               dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()))
4052         if (checkUsingShadowRedecl<VarDecl>(*this, Shadow, New))
4053           return New->setInvalidDecl();
4054     }
4055   }
4056   if (!Old) {
4057     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
4058         << New->getDeclName();
4059     notePreviousDefinition(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(),
4060                            New->getLocation());
4061     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4062   }
4063 
4064   // If the old declaration was found in an inline namespace and the new
4065   // declaration was qualified, update the DeclContext to match.
4066   adjustDeclContextForDeclaratorDecl(New, Old);
4067 
4068   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
4069   if (NewTemplate &&
4070       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4071                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
4072                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
4073     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4074 
4075   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
4076   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
4077   //
4078   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
4079   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
4080     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
4081       << New->getIdentifier();
4082     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4083     New->setInvalidDecl();
4084   }
4085 
4086   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
4087   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
4088   // declaration
4089   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
4090       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
4091       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
4092     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
4093     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4094     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
4095     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
4096   }
4097 
4098   if (New->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>() &&
4099       !Old->hasAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>()) {
4100     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_internal_linkage_redeclaration)
4101         << New->getDeclName();
4102     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4103     New->dropAttr<InternalLinkageAttr>();
4104   }
4105 
4106   // Merge the types.
4107   VarDecl *MostRecent = Old->getMostRecentDecl();
4108   if (MostRecent != Old) {
4109     MergeVarDeclTypes(New, MostRecent,
4110                       mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, MostRecent, Previous));
4111     if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4112       return;
4113   }
4114 
4115   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
4116   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
4117     return;
4118 
4119   diag::kind PrevDiag;
4120   SourceLocation OldLocation;
4121   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
4122       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
4123 
4124   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
4125   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
4126       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4127       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
4128     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4129       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
4130           << New->getDeclName();
4131       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4132     } else {
4133       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
4134           << New->getDeclName();
4135       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4136       return New->setInvalidDecl();
4137     }
4138   }
4139   // C99 6.2.2p4:
4140   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
4141   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
4142   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
4143   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
4144   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
4145   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
4146   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
4147   //   identifier has external linkage.
4148   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
4149     /* Okay */;
4150   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
4151            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
4152            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
4153     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
4154     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4155     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4156   }
4157 
4158   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
4159   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
4160       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDeclOrParm()) {
4161     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4162     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4163     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4164   }
4165   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDeclOrParm() &&
4166       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
4167     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
4168     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4169     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4170   }
4171 
4172   if (CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, Old))
4173     return;
4174 
4175   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
4176 
4177   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
4178   // need to check for mismatches.
4179   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
4180       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
4181       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
4182         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
4183     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
4184     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4185     return New->setInvalidDecl();
4186   }
4187 
4188   if (New->isInline() && !Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isInline()) {
4189     if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4190       // C++1z [dcl.fcn.spec]p4:
4191       //   If the definition of a variable appears in a translation unit before
4192       //   its first declaration as inline, the program is ill-formed.
4193       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_inline_decl_follows_def) << New;
4194       Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4195     }
4196   }
4197 
4198   // If this redeclaration makes the variable inline, we may need to add it to
4199   // UndefinedButUsed.
4200   if (!Old->isInline() && New->isInline() && Old->isUsed(false) &&
4201       !Old->getDefinition() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
4202     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
4203                                            SourceLocation()));
4204 
4205   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
4206     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
4207       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4208       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4209     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
4210       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
4211       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4212     } else {
4213       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
4214       // static and dynamic initialization.
4215       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
4216       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
4217       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
4218         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
4219       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4220     }
4221   }
4222 
4223   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
4224   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4225       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition) {
4226     if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isInline() &&
4227         Old->getCanonicalDecl()->isConstexpr()) {
4228       // This definition won't be a definition any more once it's been merged.
4229       Diag(New->getLocation(),
4230            diag::warn_deprecated_redundant_constexpr_static_def);
4231     } else if (VarDecl *Def = Old->getDefinition()) {
4232       if (checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, New))
4233         return;
4234     }
4235   }
4236 
4237   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
4238     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
4239     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
4240     New->setInvalidDecl();
4241     return;
4242   }
4243 
4244   // Merge "used" flag.
4245   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
4246     New->setIsUsed();
4247 
4248   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
4249   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
4250   if (NewTemplate)
4251     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
4252 
4253   // Inherit access appropriately.
4254   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
4255   if (NewTemplate)
4256     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
4257 
4258   if (Old->isInline())
4259     New->setImplicitlyInline();
4260 }
4261 
4262 void Sema::notePreviousDefinition(const NamedDecl *Old, SourceLocation New) {
4263   SourceManager &SrcMgr = getSourceManager();
4264   auto FNewDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(New);
4265   auto FOldDecLoc = SrcMgr.getDecomposedLoc(Old->getLocation());
4266   auto *FNew = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FNewDecLoc.first);
4267   auto *FOld = SrcMgr.getFileEntryForID(FOldDecLoc.first);
4268   auto &HSI = PP.getHeaderSearchInfo();
4269   StringRef HdrFilename =
4270       SrcMgr.getFilename(SrcMgr.getSpellingLoc(Old->getLocation()));
4271 
4272   auto noteFromModuleOrInclude = [&](Module *Mod,
4273                                      SourceLocation IncLoc) -> bool {
4274     // Redefinition errors with modules are common with non modular mapped
4275     // headers, example: a non-modular header H in module A that also gets
4276     // included directly in a TU. Pointing twice to the same header/definition
4277     // is confusing, try to get better diagnostics when modules is on.
4278     if (IncLoc.isValid()) {
4279       if (Mod) {
4280         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_modules_same_file)
4281             << HdrFilename.str() << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4282         if (!Mod->DefinitionLoc.isInvalid())
4283           Diag(Mod->DefinitionLoc, diag::note_defined_here)
4284               << Mod->getFullModuleName();
4285       } else {
4286         Diag(IncLoc, diag::note_redefinition_include_same_file)
4287             << HdrFilename.str();
4288       }
4289       return true;
4290     }
4291 
4292     return false;
4293   };
4294 
4295   // Is it the same file and same offset? Provide more information on why
4296   // this leads to a redefinition error.
4297   if (FNew == FOld && FNewDecLoc.second == FOldDecLoc.second) {
4298     SourceLocation OldIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FOldDecLoc.first);
4299     SourceLocation NewIncLoc = SrcMgr.getIncludeLoc(FNewDecLoc.first);
4300     bool EmittedDiag =
4301         noteFromModuleOrInclude(Old->getOwningModule(), OldIncLoc);
4302     EmittedDiag |= noteFromModuleOrInclude(getCurrentModule(), NewIncLoc);
4303 
4304     // If the header has no guards, emit a note suggesting one.
4305     if (FOld && !HSI.isFileMultipleIncludeGuarded(FOld))
4306       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_use_ifdef_guards);
4307 
4308     if (EmittedDiag)
4309       return;
4310   }
4311 
4312   // Redefinition coming from different files or couldn't do better above.
4313   if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
4314     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
4315 }
4316 
4317 /// We've just determined that \p Old and \p New both appear to be definitions
4318 /// of the same variable. Either diagnose or fix the problem.
4319 bool Sema::checkVarDeclRedefinition(VarDecl *Old, VarDecl *New) {
4320   if (!hasVisibleDefinition(Old) &&
4321       (New->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
4322        New->isInline() ||
4323        New->getDescribedVarTemplate() ||
4324        New->getNumTemplateParameterLists() ||
4325        New->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext())) {
4326     // The previous definition is hidden, and multiple definitions are
4327     // permitted (in separate TUs). Demote this to a declaration.
4328     New->demoteThisDefinitionToDeclaration();
4329 
4330     // Make the canonical definition visible.
4331     if (auto *OldTD = Old->getDescribedVarTemplate())
4332       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(OldTD);
4333     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Old);
4334     return false;
4335   } else {
4336     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
4337     notePreviousDefinition(Old, New->getLocation());
4338     New->setInvalidDecl();
4339     return true;
4340   }
4341 }
4342 
4343 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4344 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
4345 Decl *
4346 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4347                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4348   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg(), false,
4349                                     AnonRecord);
4350 }
4351 
4352 // The MS ABI changed between VS2013 and VS2015 with regard to numbers used to
4353 // disambiguate entities defined in different scopes.
4354 // While the VS2015 ABI fixes potential miscompiles, it is also breaks
4355 // compatibility.
4356 // We will pick our mangling number depending on which version of MSVC is being
4357 // targeted.
4358 static unsigned getMSManglingNumber(const LangOptions &LO, Scope *S) {
4359   return LO.isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015)
4360              ? S->getMSCurManglingNumber()
4361              : S->getMSLastManglingNumber();
4362 }
4363 
4364 void Sema::handleTagNumbering(const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
4365   if (!Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4366     return;
4367 
4368   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
4369     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
4370     // it is anonymous.
4371     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
4372       return;
4373     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
4374         Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
4375     Context.setManglingNumber(
4376         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(
4377                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4378     return;
4379   }
4380 
4381   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
4382   MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
4383   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
4384   std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
4385       getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext());
4386   if (MCtx) {
4387     Context.setManglingNumber(
4388         Tag, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
4389                  Tag, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), TagScope)));
4390   }
4391 }
4392 
4393 namespace {
4394 struct NonCLikeKind {
4395   enum {
4396     None,
4397     BaseClass,
4398     DefaultMemberInit,
4399     Lambda,
4400     Friend,
4401     OtherMember,
4402     Invalid,
4403   } Kind = None;
4404   SourceRange Range;
4405 
4406   explicit operator bool() { return Kind != None; }
4407 };
4408 }
4409 
4410 /// Determine whether a class is C-like, according to the rules of C++
4411 /// [dcl.typedef] for anonymous classes with typedef names for linkage.
4412 static NonCLikeKind getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(const CXXRecordDecl *RD) {
4413   if (RD->isInvalidDecl())
4414     return {NonCLikeKind::Invalid, {}};
4415 
4416   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1]
4417   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall not
4418   //
4419   //    -- have any base classes
4420   if (RD->getNumBases())
4421     return {NonCLikeKind::BaseClass,
4422             SourceRange(RD->bases_begin()->getBeginLoc(),
4423                         RD->bases_end()[-1].getEndLoc())};
4424   bool Invalid = false;
4425   for (Decl *D : RD->decls()) {
4426     // Don't complain about things we already diagnosed.
4427     if (D->isInvalidDecl()) {
4428       Invalid = true;
4429       continue;
4430     }
4431 
4432     //  -- have any [...] default member initializers
4433     if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
4434       if (FD->hasInClassInitializer()) {
4435         auto *Init = FD->getInClassInitializer();
4436         return {NonCLikeKind::DefaultMemberInit,
4437                 Init ? Init->getSourceRange() : D->getSourceRange()};
4438       }
4439       continue;
4440     }
4441 
4442     // FIXME: We don't allow friend declarations. This violates the wording of
4443     // P1766, but not the intent.
4444     if (isa<FriendDecl>(D))
4445       return {NonCLikeKind::Friend, D->getSourceRange()};
4446 
4447     //  -- declare any members other than non-static data members, member
4448     //     enumerations, or member classes,
4449     if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D) ||
4450         isa<EnumDecl>(D))
4451       continue;
4452     auto *MemberRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(D);
4453     if (!MemberRD) {
4454       if (D->isImplicit())
4455         continue;
4456       return {NonCLikeKind::OtherMember, D->getSourceRange()};
4457     }
4458 
4459     //  -- contain a lambda-expression,
4460     if (MemberRD->isLambda())
4461       return {NonCLikeKind::Lambda, MemberRD->getSourceRange()};
4462 
4463     //  and all member classes shall also satisfy these requirements
4464     //  (recursively).
4465     if (MemberRD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
4466       if (auto Kind = getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(MemberRD))
4467         return Kind;
4468     }
4469   }
4470 
4471   return {Invalid ? NonCLikeKind::Invalid : NonCLikeKind::None, {}};
4472 }
4473 
4474 void Sema::setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(TagDecl *TagFromDeclSpec,
4475                                         TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4476   if (TagFromDeclSpec->isInvalidDecl())
4477     return;
4478 
4479   // Do nothing if the tag already has a name for linkage purposes.
4480   if (TagFromDeclSpec->hasNameForLinkage())
4481     return;
4482 
4483   // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
4484   assert(TagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
4485 
4486   // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
4487   if (!Context.hasSameType(NewTD->getUnderlyingType(),
4488                            Context.getTagDeclType(TagFromDeclSpec))) {
4489     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4490       Context.addTypedefNameForUnnamedTagDecl(TagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
4491     return;
4492   }
4493 
4494   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p9: [P1766R1, applied as DR]
4495   //   An unnamed class with a typedef name for linkage purposes shall [be
4496   //   C-like].
4497   //
4498   // FIXME: Also diagnose if we've already computed the linkage. That ideally
4499   // shouldn't happen, but there are constructs that the language rule doesn't
4500   // disallow for which we can't reasonably avoid computing linkage early.
4501   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagFromDeclSpec);
4502   NonCLikeKind NonCLike = RD ? getNonCLikeKindForAnonymousStruct(RD)
4503                              : NonCLikeKind();
4504   bool ChangesLinkage = TagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed();
4505   if (NonCLike || ChangesLinkage) {
4506     if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::Invalid)
4507       return;
4508 
4509     unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4510     if (ChangesLinkage) {
4511       // If the linkage changes, we can't accept this as an extension.
4512       if (NonCLike.Kind == NonCLikeKind::None)
4513         DiagID = diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage;
4514       else
4515         DiagID = diag::err_non_c_like_anon_struct_in_typedef;
4516     }
4517 
4518     SourceLocation FixitLoc =
4519         getLocForEndOfToken(TagFromDeclSpec->getInnerLocStart());
4520     llvm::SmallString<40> TextToInsert;
4521     TextToInsert += ' ';
4522     TextToInsert += NewTD->getIdentifier()->getName();
4523 
4524     Diag(FixitLoc, DiagID)
4525       << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD)
4526       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FixitLoc, TextToInsert);
4527     if (NonCLike.Kind != NonCLikeKind::None) {
4528       Diag(NonCLike.Range.getBegin(), diag::note_non_c_like_anon_struct)
4529         << NonCLike.Kind - 1 << NonCLike.Range;
4530     }
4531     Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::note_typedef_for_linkage_here)
4532       << NewTD << isa<TypeAliasDecl>(NewTD);
4533 
4534     if (ChangesLinkage)
4535       return;
4536   }
4537 
4538   // Otherwise, set this as the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
4539   TagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
4540 }
4541 
4542 static unsigned GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DeclSpec::TST T) {
4543   switch (T) {
4544   case DeclSpec::TST_class:
4545     return 0;
4546   case DeclSpec::TST_struct:
4547     return 1;
4548   case DeclSpec::TST_interface:
4549     return 2;
4550   case DeclSpec::TST_union:
4551     return 3;
4552   case DeclSpec::TST_enum:
4553     return 4;
4554   default:
4555     llvm_unreachable("unexpected type specifier");
4556   }
4557 }
4558 
4559 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
4560 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
4561 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
4562 Decl *
4563 Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, DeclSpec &DS,
4564                                  MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
4565                                  bool IsExplicitInstantiation,
4566                                  RecordDecl *&AnonRecord) {
4567   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
4568   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
4569   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4570       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4571       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4572       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4573       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4574     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
4575 
4576     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
4577       return nullptr;
4578 
4579     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
4580     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
4581     // it's a Type.
4582     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
4583       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
4584     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
4585       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
4586   }
4587 
4588   if (Tag) {
4589     handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
4590     Tag->setFreeStanding();
4591     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
4592       return Tag;
4593   }
4594 
4595   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4596     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
4597     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
4598     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
4599       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
4600            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
4601            << DS.getSourceRange();
4602   }
4603 
4604   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4605     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
4606         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
4607 
4608   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier()) {
4609     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
4610     // and definitions of functions and variables.
4611     // C++2a [dcl.constexpr]p1: The consteval specifier shall be applied only to
4612     // the declaration of a function or function template
4613     if (Tag)
4614       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
4615           << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType())
4616           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4617     else
4618       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
4619           << static_cast<int>(DS.getConstexprSpecifier());
4620     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
4621     return TagD;
4622   }
4623 
4624   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
4625 
4626   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
4627     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
4628     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
4629     if (TagD && !Tag)
4630       return nullptr;
4631     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
4632   }
4633 
4634   const CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
4635   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
4636     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
4637   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4638       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization &&
4639       !isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Tag)) {
4640     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
4641     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
4642     // or an explicit specialization.
4643     //
4644     // FIXME: We allow class template partial specializations here too, per the
4645     // obvious intent of DR1819.
4646     //
4647     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
4648     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
4649         << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(DS.getTypeSpecType()) << SS.getRange();
4650     return nullptr;
4651   }
4652 
4653   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
4654   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
4655 
4656   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
4657   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
4658     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
4659         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4660       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
4661           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
4662         // If CurContext is a DeclContext that can contain statements,
4663         // RecursiveASTVisitor won't visit the decls that
4664         // BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion() will put into CurContext.
4665         // Also store them here so that they can be part of the
4666         // DeclStmt that gets created in this case.
4667         // FIXME: Also return the IndirectFieldDecls created by
4668         // BuildAnonymousStructOr union, for the same reason?
4669         if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4670           AnonRecord = Record;
4671         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record,
4672                                            Context.getPrintingPolicy());
4673       }
4674 
4675       DeclaresAnything = false;
4676     }
4677   }
4678 
4679   // C11 6.7.2.1p2:
4680   //   A struct-declaration that does not declare an anonymous structure or
4681   //   anonymous union shall contain a struct-declarator-list.
4682   //
4683   // This rule also existed in C89 and C99; the grammar for struct-declaration
4684   // did not permit a struct-declaration without a struct-declarator-list.
4685   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && CurContext->isRecord() &&
4686       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
4687     // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct/union member.
4688     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct/union:
4689     //   struct STRUCT;
4690     //   union UNION;
4691     // and
4692     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
4693     //   UNION_TYPE;   <- where UNION_TYPE is a typedef union.
4694     if ((Tag && Tag->getDeclName()) ||
4695         DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename) {
4696       RecordDecl *Record = nullptr;
4697       if (Tag)
4698         Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag);
4699       else if (const RecordType *RT =
4700                    DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType())
4701         Record = RT->getDecl();
4702       else if (const RecordType *UT = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsUnionType())
4703         Record = UT->getDecl();
4704 
4705       if (Record && getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
4706         Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_record)
4707             << Record->isUnion() << DS.getSourceRange();
4708         return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
4709       }
4710 
4711       DeclaresAnything = false;
4712     }
4713   }
4714 
4715   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
4716   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
4717       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
4718     return TagD;
4719 
4720   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4721       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4722     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
4723       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
4724           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
4725         DeclaresAnything = false;
4726 
4727   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
4728     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
4729     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4730       Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
4731           << DS.getSourceRange();
4732     else
4733       DeclaresAnything = false;
4734   }
4735 
4736   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
4737       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
4738     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
4739       << Tag->getTagKind()
4740       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
4741 
4742   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
4743 
4744   // C 6.7/2:
4745   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
4746   //   or the members of an enumeration.
4747   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
4748   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
4749   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
4750   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
4751   //   previous declaration.
4752   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
4753     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
4754     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
4755     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), (IsExplicitInstantiation || !TemplateParams.empty())
4756                                ? diag::err_no_declarators
4757                                : diag::ext_no_declarators)
4758         << DS.getSourceRange();
4759     return TagD;
4760   }
4761 
4762   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
4763   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
4764   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4765   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
4766   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
4767   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
4768   //
4769   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
4770   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
4771   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4772     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
4773 
4774   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
4775   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
4776   // useless.
4777   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
4778     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
4779       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
4780       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
4781       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
4782     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4783       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4784         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
4785   }
4786 
4787   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
4788     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
4789       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
4790   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
4791     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
4792       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
4793     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
4794       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
4795     // Restrict is covered above.
4796     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
4797       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
4798     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
4799       Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "__unaligned";
4800   }
4801 
4802   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
4803   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
4804   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
4805   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
4806     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
4807     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
4808         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
4809         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
4810         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
4811         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
4812       for (const ParsedAttr &AL : DS.getAttributes())
4813         Diag(AL.getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
4814             << AL << GetDiagnosticTypeSpecifierID(TypeSpecType);
4815     }
4816   }
4817 
4818   return TagD;
4819 }
4820 
4821 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
4822 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
4823 ///
4824 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
4825 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
4826                                          Scope *S,
4827                                          DeclContext *Owner,
4828                                          DeclarationName Name,
4829                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
4830                                          bool IsUnion) {
4831   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
4832                  Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
4833   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
4834 
4835   // Pick a representative declaration.
4836   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
4837   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
4838 
4839   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
4840     return false;
4841 
4842   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_anonymous_record_member_redecl)
4843     << IsUnion << Name;
4844   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
4845 
4846   return true;
4847 }
4848 
4849 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
4850 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
4851 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
4852 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
4853 /// struct, e.g.,
4854 ///
4855 /// @code
4856 /// union {
4857 ///   int i;
4858 ///   float f;
4859 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
4860 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
4861 /// @endcode
4862 ///
4863 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
4864 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
4865 static bool
4866 InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, DeclContext *Owner,
4867                                     RecordDecl *AnonRecord, AccessSpecifier AS,
4868                                     SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining) {
4869   bool Invalid = false;
4870 
4871   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
4872   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
4873     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
4874         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
4875       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
4876       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
4877                                        VD->getLocation(),
4878                                        AnonRecord->isUnion())) {
4879         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4880         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
4881         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
4882         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
4883         Invalid = true;
4884       } else {
4885         // C++ [class.union]p2:
4886         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
4887         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
4888         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
4889         //   anonymous union is declared.
4890         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
4891         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
4892           Chaining.append(IF->chain_begin(), IF->chain_end());
4893         else
4894           Chaining.push_back(VD);
4895 
4896         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
4897         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
4898           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
4899         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
4900           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
4901 
4902         IndirectFieldDecl *IndirectField = IndirectFieldDecl::Create(
4903             SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), VD->getIdentifier(),
4904             VD->getType(), {NamedChain, Chaining.size()});
4905 
4906         for (const auto *Attr : VD->attrs())
4907           IndirectField->addAttr(Attr->clone(SemaRef.Context));
4908 
4909         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4910         IndirectField->setImplicit();
4911         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
4912 
4913         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
4914         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
4915 
4916         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
4917       }
4918     }
4919   }
4920 
4921   return Invalid;
4922 }
4923 
4924 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
4925 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
4926 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
4927 static StorageClass
4928 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4929   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
4930   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
4931          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
4932   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
4933   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
4934   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
4935     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
4936       return SC_None;
4937     return SC_Extern;
4938   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
4939   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
4940   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
4941   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
4942     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
4943   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
4944   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
4945   }
4946   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
4947 }
4948 
4949 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
4950   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
4951 
4952   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
4953     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
4954     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
4955       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
4956     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
4957       return FD->getLocation();
4958   }
4959 
4960   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
4961 }
4962 
4963 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4964                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
4965   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4966     return;
4967 
4968   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
4969   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
4970 }
4971 
4972 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
4973                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
4974   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
4975     return;
4976 
4977   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
4978 }
4979 
4980 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
4981 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
4982 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
4983 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
4984 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
4985                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
4986                                         RecordDecl *Record,
4987                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
4988   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
4989 
4990   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
4991   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
4992     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
4993   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4994     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
4995   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
4996     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
4997 
4998   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
4999   // structs/unions.
5000   bool Invalid = false;
5001   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5002     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
5003     if (Record->isUnion()) {
5004       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5005       // C++17 [class.union.anon]p2:
5006       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
5007       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
5008       unsigned DiagID;
5009       DeclContext *OwnerScope = Owner->getRedeclContext();
5010       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
5011           (OwnerScope->isTranslationUnit() ||
5012            (OwnerScope->isNamespace() &&
5013             !cast<NamespaceDecl>(OwnerScope)->isAnonymousNamespace()))) {
5014         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
5015           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
5016 
5017         // Recover by adding 'static'.
5018         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
5019                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
5020       }
5021       // C++ [class.union]p6:
5022       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
5023       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
5024       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5025                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5026         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5027              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
5028           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5029 
5030         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
5031         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
5032                                SourceLocation(),
5033                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
5034       }
5035     }
5036 
5037     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
5038     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
5039       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
5040         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5041           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
5042           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
5043       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
5044         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
5045              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5046           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
5047           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
5048       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
5049         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
5050              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5051           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
5052           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
5053       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
5054         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
5055              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5056           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
5057           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
5058       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_unaligned)
5059         Diag(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc(),
5060              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
5061           << Record->isUnion() << "__unaligned"
5062           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getUnalignedSpecLoc());
5063 
5064       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
5065     }
5066 
5067     // C++ [class.union]p2:
5068     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
5069     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
5070     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
5071     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
5072       // Ignore invalid declarations; we already diagnosed them.
5073       if (Mem->isInvalidDecl())
5074         continue;
5075 
5076       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
5077         // C++ [class.union]p3:
5078         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
5079         //   members (clause 11).
5080         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
5081         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
5082           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
5083             << Record->isUnion() << (FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
5084           Invalid = true;
5085         }
5086 
5087         // C++ [class.union]p1
5088         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
5089         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
5090         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
5091         //   array of such objects.
5092         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
5093           Invalid = true;
5094       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
5095         // Any implicit members are fine.
5096       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
5097         // This is a type that showed up in an
5098         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
5099         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
5100         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
5101       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
5102         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
5103             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
5104           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5105           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
5106             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5107               << Record->isUnion();
5108           else {
5109             // This is a nested type declaration.
5110             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5111               << Record->isUnion();
5112             Invalid = true;
5113           }
5114         } else {
5115           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
5116           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
5117           // not part of standard C++.
5118           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
5119                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
5120             << Record->isUnion();
5121         }
5122       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
5123         // Any access specifier is fine.
5124       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
5125         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
5126       } else {
5127         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
5128         // member. Complain about it.
5129         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
5130         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
5131           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
5132         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
5133           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
5134         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
5135           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
5136 
5137         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
5138         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
5139             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
5140           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
5141             << Record->isUnion();
5142         else {
5143           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) << Record->isUnion();
5144           Invalid = true;
5145         }
5146       }
5147     }
5148 
5149     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
5150     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
5151     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
5152     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
5153         Owner->isRecord())
5154       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
5155                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
5156   }
5157 
5158   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
5159     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
5160       << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
5161     Invalid = true;
5162   }
5163 
5164   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
5165   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
5166   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
5167   //   names into the program
5168   // C++ [class.mem]p2:
5169   //   each such member-declaration shall either declare at least one member
5170   //   name of the class or declare at least one unnamed bit-field
5171   //
5172   // For C this is an error even for a named struct, and is diagnosed elsewhere.
5173   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Record->field_empty())
5174     Diag(DS.getBeginLoc(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
5175 
5176   // Mock up a declarator.
5177   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::Member);
5178   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5179   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
5180 
5181   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
5182   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
5183   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
5184     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(
5185         Context, OwningClass, DS.getBeginLoc(), Record->getLocation(),
5186         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo,
5187         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5188         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5189     Anon->setAccess(AS);
5190     ProcessDeclAttributes(S, Anon, Dc);
5191 
5192     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5193       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
5194   } else {
5195     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
5196     StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
5197     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5198       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5199       // an error here
5200       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5201       Invalid = true;
5202       SC = SC_None;
5203     }
5204 
5205     assert(DS.getAttributes().empty() && "No attribute expected");
5206     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, DS.getBeginLoc(),
5207                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
5208                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), TInfo, SC);
5209 
5210     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
5211     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
5212     // initializer:
5213     //   union { int n = 0; };
5214     if (!Invalid)
5215       ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon);
5216   }
5217   Anon->setImplicit();
5218 
5219   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
5220   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
5221 
5222   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
5223   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
5224   // its members.
5225   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
5226 
5227   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
5228   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5229   // purposes.
5230   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5231   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5232 
5233   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, Chain))
5234     Invalid = true;
5235 
5236   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
5237     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5238       MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
5239       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5240       std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
5241           getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
5242       if (MCtx) {
5243         Context.setManglingNumber(
5244             NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
5245                        NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
5246         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5247       }
5248     }
5249   }
5250 
5251   if (Invalid)
5252     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5253 
5254   return Anon;
5255 }
5256 
5257 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
5258 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
5259 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
5260 /// Example:
5261 ///
5262 /// struct A { int a; };
5263 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
5264 ///
5265 /// void foo() {
5266 ///   B var;
5267 ///   var.a = 3;
5268 /// }
5269 ///
5270 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
5271                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
5272   assert(Record && "expected a record!");
5273 
5274   // Mock up a declarator.
5275   Declarator Dc(DS, DeclaratorContext::TypeName);
5276   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
5277   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
5278 
5279   auto *ParentDecl = cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext);
5280   QualType RecTy = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
5281 
5282   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
5283   NamedDecl *Anon =
5284       FieldDecl::Create(Context, ParentDecl, DS.getBeginLoc(), DS.getBeginLoc(),
5285                         /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, RecTy, TInfo,
5286                         /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
5287                         /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
5288   Anon->setImplicit();
5289 
5290   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
5291   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
5292 
5293   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
5294   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
5295   // purposes.
5296   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
5297   Chain.push_back(Anon);
5298 
5299   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
5300   if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Anon->getLocation(), RecTy,
5301                                diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless) ||
5302       InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, RecordDef,
5303                                           AS_none, Chain)) {
5304     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
5305     ParentDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5306   }
5307 
5308   return Anon;
5309 }
5310 
5311 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
5312 /// given Declarator.
5313 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
5314   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
5315 }
5316 
5317 /// Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
5318 DeclarationNameInfo
5319 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
5320   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
5321   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
5322 
5323   switch (Name.getKind()) {
5324 
5325   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
5326   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
5327     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
5328     return NameInfo;
5329 
5330   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName: {
5331     // C++ [temp.deduct.guide]p3:
5332     //   The simple-template-id shall name a class template specialization.
5333     //   The template-name shall be the same identifier as the template-name
5334     //   of the simple-template-id.
5335     // These together intend to imply that the template-name shall name a
5336     // class template.
5337     // FIXME: template<typename T> struct X {};
5338     //        template<typename T> using Y = X<T>;
5339     //        Y(int) -> Y<int>;
5340     //   satisfies these rules but does not name a class template.
5341     TemplateName TN = Name.TemplateName.get().get();
5342     auto *Template = TN.getAsTemplateDecl();
5343     if (!Template || !isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(Template)) {
5344       Diag(Name.StartLocation,
5345            diag::err_deduction_guide_name_not_class_template)
5346         << (int)getTemplateNameKindForDiagnostics(TN) << TN;
5347       if (Template)
5348         Diag(Template->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here);
5349       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5350     }
5351 
5352     NameInfo.setName(
5353         Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDeductionGuideName(Template));
5354     return NameInfo;
5355   }
5356 
5357   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
5358     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
5359                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
5360     NameInfo.setCXXOperatorNameRange(SourceRange(
5361         Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0], Name.EndLocation));
5362     return NameInfo;
5363 
5364   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
5365     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
5366                                                            Name.Identifier));
5367     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
5368     return NameInfo;
5369 
5370   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
5371     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5372     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
5373     if (Ty.isNull())
5374       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5375     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
5376                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5377     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5378     return NameInfo;
5379   }
5380 
5381   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName: {
5382     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5383     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
5384     if (Ty.isNull())
5385       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5386     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5387                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5388     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5389     return NameInfo;
5390   }
5391 
5392   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
5393     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
5394     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
5395     // to find the actual type being constructed.
5396     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
5397     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
5398       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5399 
5400     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
5401     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
5402 
5403     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
5404     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
5405     // was qualified.
5406 
5407     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
5408                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
5409     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
5410     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
5411     return NameInfo;
5412   }
5413 
5414   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName: {
5415     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
5416     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
5417     if (Ty.isNull())
5418       return DeclarationNameInfo();
5419     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
5420                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
5421     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
5422     return NameInfo;
5423   }
5424 
5425   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId: {
5426     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
5427     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
5428     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
5429   }
5430 
5431   } // switch (Name.getKind())
5432 
5433   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
5434 }
5435 
5436 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
5437   do {
5438     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
5439       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
5440     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
5441       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
5442     else
5443       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
5444   } while (true);
5445 }
5446 
5447 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
5448 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
5449 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
5450 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
5451 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
5452 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
5453 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
5454 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
5455                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
5456                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
5457                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
5458   Params.clear();
5459   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
5460     return false;
5461   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
5462     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5463     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
5464 
5465     // The parameter types are identical
5466     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
5467       continue;
5468 
5469     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
5470     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
5471     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5472     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
5473 
5474     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
5475         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
5476       Params.push_back(Idx);
5477     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
5478       return false;
5479   }
5480 
5481   return true;
5482 }
5483 
5484 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
5485 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
5486 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
5487 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
5488 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
5489 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
5490                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
5491   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
5492   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
5493   //   - types which will become injected class names
5494   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
5495   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
5496   // few cases here.
5497 
5498   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
5499   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
5500   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
5501   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
5502   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
5503   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
5504     // Grab the type from the parser.
5505     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
5506     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
5507     if (T.isNull() || !T->isInstantiationDependentType()) break;
5508 
5509     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
5510     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
5511     // attached already.
5512     if (!TSI)
5513       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
5514 
5515     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
5516     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
5517     if (!TSI) return true;
5518 
5519     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
5520     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
5521     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
5522     break;
5523   }
5524 
5525   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
5526   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
5527     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
5528     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
5529     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
5530     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
5531     break;
5532   }
5533 
5534   default:
5535     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
5536     break;
5537   }
5538 
5539   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
5540   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5541     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
5542 
5543     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
5544     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
5545     // pointer.
5546     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
5547       continue;
5548 
5549     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
5550     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
5551     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
5552       return true;
5553   }
5554 
5555   return false;
5556 }
5557 
5558 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
5559   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration);
5560   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
5561 
5562   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
5563       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
5564     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
5565 
5566   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
5567     setCurrentOpenCLExtensionForDecl(Dcl);
5568 
5569   return Dcl;
5570 }
5571 
5572 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
5573 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
5574 ///   name different from T:
5575 ///     - every static data member of class T;
5576 ///     - every member function of class T
5577 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
5578 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
5579 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
5580                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
5581   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5582 
5583   CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
5584   while (Record && Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
5585     Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getParent());
5586   if (Record && Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
5587     Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
5588     return true;
5589   }
5590 
5591   return false;
5592 }
5593 
5594 /// Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
5595 /// nested-name-specifier.
5596 ///
5597 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5598 ///
5599 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
5600 /// resolves.
5601 ///
5602 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
5603 ///
5604 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
5605 ///
5606 /// \param IsTemplateId Whether the name is a (simple-)template-id, and thus
5607 /// we're declaring an explicit / partial specialization / instantiation.
5608 ///
5609 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
5610 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
5611                                         DeclarationName Name,
5612                                         SourceLocation Loc, bool IsTemplateId) {
5613   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
5614   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
5615     Cur = Cur->getParent();
5616 
5617   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
5618   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
5619   //
5620   // class X {
5621   //   void X::f();
5622   // };
5623   //
5624   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
5625   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
5626   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
5627     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5628       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
5629                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
5630         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
5631       SS.clear();
5632     } else {
5633       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
5634     }
5635     return false;
5636   }
5637 
5638   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
5639   // declaration. For a template-id, we perform the checks in
5640   // CheckTemplateSpecializationScope.
5641   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC) && !IsTemplateId) {
5642     if (Cur->isRecord())
5643       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5644         << Name << SS.getRange();
5645     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
5646       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
5647         << Name << SS.getRange();
5648     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
5649       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
5650         << Name << SS.getRange();
5651     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
5652       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
5653         << Name << SS.getRange();
5654     else
5655       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
5656       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
5657 
5658     return true;
5659   }
5660 
5661   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
5662     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
5663     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
5664       << Name << SS.getRange();
5665     SS.clear();
5666 
5667     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
5668     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
5669     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
5670     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
5671          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
5672         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
5673                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
5674       return true;
5675 
5676     return false;
5677   }
5678 
5679   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
5680   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
5681   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
5682   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
5683   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
5684     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
5685   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
5686         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
5687     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
5688       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
5689 
5690   return false;
5691 }
5692 
5693 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
5694                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
5695   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
5696   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
5697   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
5698 
5699   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
5700   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
5701   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
5702     return ActOnDecompositionDeclarator(S, D, TemplateParamLists);
5703   } else if (!Name) {
5704     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
5705       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
5706           << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
5707     return nullptr;
5708   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
5709     return nullptr;
5710 
5711   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
5712   // we find one that is.
5713   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
5714          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
5715     S = S->getParent();
5716 
5717   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
5718   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
5719     D.setInvalidType();
5720   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5721     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5722                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
5723       return nullptr;
5724 
5725     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
5726     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
5727     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
5728       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
5729       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
5730       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
5731       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
5732       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5733            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
5734         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
5735         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5736       return nullptr;
5737     }
5738     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
5739 
5740     if (!IsDependentContext &&
5741         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
5742       return nullptr;
5743 
5744     // If a class is incomplete, do not parse entities inside it.
5745     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
5746       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5747            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
5748         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5749       return nullptr;
5750     }
5751     if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
5752       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(
5753               D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, Name, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5754               D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId)) {
5755         if (DC->isRecord())
5756           return nullptr;
5757 
5758         D.setInvalidType();
5759       }
5760     }
5761 
5762     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
5763     // declaration in the current instantiation.
5764     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
5765         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
5766       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
5767       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
5768         D.setInvalidType();
5769     }
5770   }
5771 
5772   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
5773   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5774 
5775   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
5776                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
5777     D.setInvalidType();
5778 
5779   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
5780                         forRedeclarationInCurContext());
5781 
5782   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
5783   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5784     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
5785     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
5786 
5787     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
5788     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
5789     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
5790     //
5791     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
5792     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
5793     // the same name.
5794     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
5795       /* Do nothing*/;
5796     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
5797              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
5798               R->isFunctionType())) {
5799       IsLinkageLookup = true;
5800       CreateBuiltins =
5801           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
5802     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
5803                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
5804       CreateBuiltins = true;
5805 
5806     if (IsLinkageLookup) {
5807       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
5808       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForExternalRedeclaration);
5809     }
5810 
5811     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
5812   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
5813     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
5814 
5815     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5816     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
5817     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
5818     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
5819     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
5820     //  thereof; [...]
5821     //
5822     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
5823     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
5824     // we want to match. For example, given:
5825     //
5826     //   class X {
5827     //     void f();
5828     //     void f(float);
5829     //   };
5830     //
5831     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
5832     //
5833     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
5834     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
5835     // matches.
5836 
5837     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
5838     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
5839     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
5840     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
5841     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
5842   }
5843 
5844   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5845       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
5846     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
5847     if (!D.isInvalidType())
5848       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5849                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
5850 
5851     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
5852     Previous.clear();
5853   }
5854 
5855   if (!R->isFunctionType() && DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
5856     // Forget that the previous declaration is the injected-class-name.
5857     Previous.clear();
5858 
5859   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
5860   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
5861   // tag type. Note that this applies to functions, function templates, and
5862   // variables, but not to typedefs (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4) or variable templates.
5863   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
5864       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
5865       (TemplateParamLists.size() == 0 || R->isFunctionType()))
5866     Previous.clear();
5867 
5868   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
5869   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
5870   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
5871     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
5872 
5873   NamedDecl *New;
5874 
5875   bool AddToScope = true;
5876   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
5877     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
5878       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
5879       return nullptr;
5880     }
5881 
5882     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
5883   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
5884     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
5885                                   TemplateParamLists,
5886                                   AddToScope);
5887   } else {
5888     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
5889                                   AddToScope);
5890   }
5891 
5892   if (!New)
5893     return nullptr;
5894 
5895   // If this has an identifier and is not a function template specialization,
5896   // add it to the scope stack.
5897   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope)
5898     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
5899 
5900   if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext())
5901     checkDeclIsAllowedInOpenMPTarget(nullptr, New);
5902 
5903   return New;
5904 }
5905 
5906 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
5907 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
5908 /// GCC compatibility).
5909 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
5910                                                     ASTContext &Context,
5911                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
5912                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
5913   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
5914   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
5915   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
5916   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
5917   SizeIsNegative = false;
5918   Oversized = 0;
5919 
5920   if (T->isDependentType())
5921     return QualType();
5922 
5923   QualifierCollector Qs;
5924   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
5925 
5926   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
5927     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
5928     QualType FixedType =
5929         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5930                                             Oversized);
5931     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5932     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
5933     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5934   }
5935   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
5936     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
5937     QualType FixedType =
5938         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
5939                                             Oversized);
5940     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
5941     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
5942     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
5943   }
5944 
5945   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
5946   if (!VLATy)
5947     return QualType();
5948 
5949   QualType ElemTy = VLATy->getElementType();
5950   if (ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
5951     ElemTy = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(ElemTy, Context,
5952                                                  SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
5953     if (ElemTy.isNull())
5954       return QualType();
5955   }
5956 
5957   Expr::EvalResult Result;
5958   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
5959       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Result, Context))
5960     return QualType();
5961 
5962   llvm::APSInt Res = Result.Val.getInt();
5963 
5964   // Check whether the array size is negative.
5965   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
5966     SizeIsNegative = true;
5967     return QualType();
5968   }
5969 
5970   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
5971   unsigned ActiveSizeBits =
5972       (!ElemTy->isDependentType() && !ElemTy->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
5973        !ElemTy->isIncompleteType() && !ElemTy->isUndeducedType())
5974           ? ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, ElemTy, Res)
5975           : Res.getActiveBits();
5976   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
5977     Oversized = Res;
5978     return QualType();
5979   }
5980 
5981   QualType FoldedArrayType = Context.getConstantArrayType(
5982       ElemTy, Res, VLATy->getSizeExpr(), ArrayType::Normal, 0);
5983   return Qs.apply(Context, FoldedArrayType);
5984 }
5985 
5986 static void
5987 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
5988   SrcTL = SrcTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5989   DstTL = DstTL.getUnqualifiedLoc();
5990   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
5991     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
5992     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
5993                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
5994     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
5995     return;
5996   }
5997   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
5998     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
5999     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
6000                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
6001     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
6002     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
6003     return;
6004   }
6005   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6006   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
6007   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
6008   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
6009   if (VariableArrayTypeLoc SrcElemATL =
6010           SrcElemTL.getAs<VariableArrayTypeLoc>()) {
6011     ConstantArrayTypeLoc DstElemATL = DstElemTL.castAs<ConstantArrayTypeLoc>();
6012     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcElemATL, DstElemATL);
6013   } else {
6014     DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
6015   }
6016   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
6017   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
6018   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
6019 }
6020 
6021 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
6022 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
6023 /// GCC compatibility).
6024 static TypeSourceInfo*
6025 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6026                                               ASTContext &Context,
6027                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
6028                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
6029   QualType FixedTy
6030     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
6031                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6032   if (FixedTy.isNull())
6033     return nullptr;
6034   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
6035   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
6036                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
6037   return FixedTInfo;
6038 }
6039 
6040 /// Attempt to fold a variable-sized type to a constant-sized type, returning
6041 /// true if we were successful.
6042 static bool tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(Sema &S, TypeSourceInfo *&TInfo,
6043                                             QualType &T, SourceLocation Loc,
6044                                             unsigned FailedFoldDiagID) {
6045   bool SizeIsNegative;
6046   llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6047   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
6048       TInfo, S.Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6049   if (FixedTInfo) {
6050     S.Diag(Loc, diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6051     TInfo = FixedTInfo;
6052     T = FixedTInfo->getType();
6053     return true;
6054   }
6055 
6056   if (SizeIsNegative)
6057     S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6058   else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6059     S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) << Oversized.toString(10);
6060   else if (FailedFoldDiagID)
6061     S.Diag(Loc, FailedFoldDiagID);
6062   return false;
6063 }
6064 
6065 /// Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
6066 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
6067 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
6068 /// function-scope declarations.
6069 void
6070 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
6071   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
6072       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
6073     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
6074     return;
6075 
6076   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
6077   Context.getExternCContextDecl()->makeDeclVisibleInContext(ND);
6078 }
6079 
6080 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
6081   // FIXME: We can have multiple results via __attribute__((overloadable)).
6082   auto Result = Context.getExternCContextDecl()->lookup(Name);
6083   return Result.empty() ? nullptr : *Result.begin();
6084 }
6085 
6086 /// Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
6087 /// does not identify a function.
6088 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
6089   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
6090   // confusion for constructs like "virtual int a(), b;"
6091   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
6092     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6093          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6094 
6095   if (DS.hasExplicitSpecifier())
6096     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
6097          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
6098 
6099   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
6100     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
6101          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
6102 }
6103 
6104 NamedDecl*
6105 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
6106                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
6107   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
6108   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
6109     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
6110       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
6111     D.setInvalidType();
6112     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
6113     DC = CurContext;
6114     Previous.clear();
6115   }
6116 
6117   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6118 
6119   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
6120     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
6121         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
6122   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
6123     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
6124         << 1 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
6125 
6126   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier) {
6127     if (D.getName().Kind == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName)
6128       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation,
6129            diag::err_deduction_guide_invalid_specifier)
6130           << "typedef";
6131     else
6132       Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
6133           << D.getName().getSourceRange();
6134     return nullptr;
6135   }
6136 
6137   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
6138   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
6139 
6140   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
6141   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
6142 
6143   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
6144 
6145   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
6146   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
6147   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
6148   return ND;
6149 }
6150 
6151 void
6152 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
6153   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
6154   // then it shall have block scope.
6155   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
6156   // that redeclarations will match.
6157   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
6158   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
6159   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
6160     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
6161 
6162     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6163       bool SizeIsNegative;
6164       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6165       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6166         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6167                                                       SizeIsNegative,
6168                                                       Oversized);
6169       if (FixedTInfo) {
6170         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
6171         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6172       } else {
6173         if (SizeIsNegative)
6174           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
6175         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
6176           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
6177         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
6178           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
6179             << Oversized.toString(10);
6180         else
6181           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6182         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
6183       }
6184     }
6185   }
6186 }
6187 
6188 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
6189 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
6190 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
6191 NamedDecl*
6192 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
6193                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
6194 
6195   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
6196   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(NewTD, Previous);
6197 
6198   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
6199   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
6200   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
6201                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
6202   filterNonConflictingPreviousTypedefDecls(*this, NewTD, Previous);
6203   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6204     Redeclaration = true;
6205     MergeTypedefNameDecl(S, NewTD, Previous);
6206   } else {
6207     inferGslPointerAttribute(NewTD);
6208   }
6209 
6210   if (ShadowedDecl && !Redeclaration)
6211     CheckShadow(NewTD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
6212 
6213   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
6214   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
6215     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
6216         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
6217       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
6218         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
6219       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
6220         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6221       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
6222         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
6223       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
6224         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
6225     }
6226 
6227   return NewTD;
6228 }
6229 
6230 /// Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
6231 /// previous declaration.
6232 ///
6233 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
6234 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
6235 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
6236 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
6237 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
6238 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
6239 ///
6240 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
6241 /// lookup
6242 ///
6243 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
6244 /// declared.
6245 ///
6246 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
6247 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
6248 static bool
6249 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
6250                                 ASTContext &Context) {
6251   if (!PrevDecl)
6252     return false;
6253 
6254   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
6255     return false;
6256 
6257   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6258     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
6259     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
6260     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
6261     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
6262     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
6263     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
6264     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
6265     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
6266       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
6267       return false;
6268 
6269     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
6270     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
6271       // We found a member function: ignore it.
6272       return false;
6273 
6274     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
6275     // previous declarations.
6276     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6277     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
6278 
6279     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
6280     // isn't the same function.
6281     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
6282       return false;
6283   }
6284 
6285   return true;
6286 }
6287 
6288 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(Sema &S, DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
6289   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
6290   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
6291   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(S.Context));
6292 }
6293 
6294 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
6295   QualType type = decl->getType();
6296   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
6297   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
6298     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
6299     unsigned kind = -1U;
6300     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6301       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6302         kind = 0; // __block
6303       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
6304         kind = 1; // global
6305     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
6306       kind = 3; // ivar
6307     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
6308       kind = 2; // field
6309     }
6310 
6311     if (kind != -1U) {
6312       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
6313         << kind;
6314     }
6315   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
6316     // Try to infer lifetime.
6317     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
6318       return false;
6319 
6320     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
6321     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
6322     decl->setType(type);
6323   }
6324 
6325   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
6326     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
6327     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
6328         var->getTLSKind()) {
6329       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
6330         << var->getType();
6331       return true;
6332     }
6333   }
6334 
6335   return false;
6336 }
6337 
6338 void Sema::deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(ValueDecl *Decl) {
6339   if (Decl->getType().hasAddressSpace())
6340     return;
6341   if (Decl->getType()->isDependentType())
6342     return;
6343   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
6344     QualType Type = Var->getType();
6345     if (Type->isSamplerT() || Type->isVoidType())
6346       return;
6347     LangAS ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_private;
6348     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus || getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200) &&
6349         Var->hasGlobalStorage())
6350       ImplAS = LangAS::opencl_global;
6351     // If the original type from a decayed type is an array type and that array
6352     // type has no address space yet, deduce it now.
6353     if (auto DT = dyn_cast<DecayedType>(Type)) {
6354       auto OrigTy = DT->getOriginalType();
6355       if (!OrigTy.hasAddressSpace() && OrigTy->isArrayType()) {
6356         // Add the address space to the original array type and then propagate
6357         // that to the element type through `getAsArrayType`.
6358         OrigTy = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(OrigTy, ImplAS);
6359         OrigTy = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(OrigTy), 0);
6360         // Re-generate the decayed type.
6361         Type = Context.getDecayedType(OrigTy);
6362       }
6363     }
6364     Type = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(Type, ImplAS);
6365     // Apply any qualifiers (including address space) from the array type to
6366     // the element type. This implements C99 6.7.3p8: "If the specification of
6367     // an array type includes any type qualifiers, the element type is so
6368     // qualified, not the array type."
6369     if (Type->isArrayType())
6370       Type = QualType(Context.getAsArrayType(Type), 0);
6371     Decl->setType(Type);
6372   }
6373 }
6374 
6375 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
6376   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
6377   // the wrong linkage.
6378   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
6379 
6380   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
6381   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
6382     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6383       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
6384       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
6385     }
6386   }
6387   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
6388     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6389       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
6390       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
6391       ND.dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6392     }
6393   }
6394 
6395   if (auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND)) {
6396     if (VD->hasInit()) {
6397       if (const auto *Attr = VD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
6398         assert(VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
6399                !VD->isExternallyVisible() && "Broken AliasAttr handled late!");
6400         S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << VD << 0;
6401         VD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
6402       }
6403     }
6404   }
6405 
6406   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible variable declarations.
6407   // It does not apply to functions.
6408   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
6409     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
6410       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(),
6411              diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
6412       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
6413     }
6414   }
6415 
6416   if (const InheritableAttr *Attr = getDLLAttr(&ND)) {
6417     auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(&ND);
6418     bool IsAnonymousNS = false;
6419     bool IsMicrosoft = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft();
6420     if (VD) {
6421       const NamespaceDecl *NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(VD->getDeclContext());
6422       while (NS && !IsAnonymousNS) {
6423         IsAnonymousNS = NS->isAnonymousNamespace();
6424         NS = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(NS->getParent());
6425       }
6426     }
6427     // dll attributes require external linkage. Static locals may have external
6428     // linkage but still cannot be explicitly imported or exported.
6429     // In Microsoft mode, a variable defined in anonymous namespace must have
6430     // external linkage in order to be exported.
6431     bool AnonNSInMicrosoftMode = IsAnonymousNS && IsMicrosoft;
6432     if ((ND.isExternallyVisible() && AnonNSInMicrosoftMode) ||
6433         (!AnonNSInMicrosoftMode &&
6434          (!ND.isExternallyVisible() || (VD && VD->isStaticLocal())))) {
6435       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
6436         << &ND << Attr;
6437       ND.setInvalidDecl();
6438     }
6439   }
6440 
6441   // Check the attributes on the function type, if any.
6442   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(&ND)) {
6443     // Don't declare this variable in the second operand of the for-statement;
6444     // GCC miscompiles that by ending its lifetime before evaluating the
6445     // third operand. See gcc.gnu.org/PR86769.
6446     AttributedTypeLoc ATL;
6447     for (TypeLoc TL = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc();
6448          (ATL = TL.getAsAdjusted<AttributedTypeLoc>());
6449          TL = ATL.getModifiedLoc()) {
6450       // The [[lifetimebound]] attribute can be applied to the implicit object
6451       // parameter of a non-static member function (other than a ctor or dtor)
6452       // by applying it to the function type.
6453       if (const auto *A = ATL.getAttrAs<LifetimeBoundAttr>()) {
6454         const auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6455         if (!MD || MD->isStatic()) {
6456           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_no_object_param)
6457               << !MD << A->getRange();
6458         } else if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) || isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
6459           S.Diag(A->getLocation(), diag::err_lifetimebound_ctor_dtor)
6460               << isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) << A->getRange();
6461         }
6462       }
6463     }
6464   }
6465 }
6466 
6467 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
6468                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
6469                                            bool IsSpecialization,
6470                                            bool IsDefinition) {
6471   if (OldDecl->isInvalidDecl() || NewDecl->isInvalidDecl())
6472     return;
6473 
6474   bool IsTemplate = false;
6475   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
6476     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6477     IsTemplate = true;
6478     if (!IsSpecialization)
6479       IsDefinition = false;
6480   }
6481   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6482     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
6483     IsTemplate = true;
6484   }
6485 
6486   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
6487     return;
6488 
6489   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6490   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6491   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6492   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
6493 
6494   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
6495   // inherited attribute instances.
6496   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
6497                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
6498 
6499   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
6500   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
6501   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
6502   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
6503   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
6504 
6505   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
6506     // Allow with a warning for free functions and global variables.
6507     bool JustWarn = false;
6508     if (!OldDecl->isCXXClassMember()) {
6509       auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(OldDecl);
6510       if (VD && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate())
6511         JustWarn = true;
6512       auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
6513       if (FD && FD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_NonTemplate)
6514         JustWarn = true;
6515     }
6516 
6517     // We cannot change a declaration that's been used because IR has already
6518     // been emitted. Dllimported functions will still work though (modulo
6519     // address equality) as they can use the thunk.
6520     if (OldDecl->isUsed())
6521       if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl) || !NewImportAttr)
6522         JustWarn = false;
6523 
6524     unsigned DiagID = JustWarn ? diag::warn_attribute_dll_redeclaration
6525                                : diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration;
6526     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), DiagID)
6527         << NewDecl
6528         << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
6529     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6530     if (!JustWarn) {
6531       NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
6532       return;
6533     }
6534   }
6535 
6536   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
6537   // exceptions being inline function definitions (except for function
6538   // templates), local extern declarations, qualified friend declarations or
6539   // special MSVC extension: in the last case, the declaration is treated as if
6540   // it were marked dllexport.
6541   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
6542   bool IsMicrosoftABI  = S.Context.getTargetInfo().shouldDLLImportComdatSymbols();
6543   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6544     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
6545     // separately.
6546     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
6547     IsDefinition = VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(S.Context) !=
6548                    VarDecl::DeclarationOnly;
6549   } else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6550     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
6551     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
6552                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
6553   }
6554 
6555   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr &&
6556       (!IsInline || (IsMicrosoftABI && IsTemplate)) && !IsStaticDataMember &&
6557       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
6558     if (IsMicrosoftABI && IsDefinition) {
6559       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6560              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_import_attribute)
6561           << NewDecl;
6562       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6563       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6564       NewDecl->addAttr(
6565           DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(S.Context, NewImportAttr->getRange()));
6566     } else {
6567       S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6568              diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
6569           << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6570       S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
6571       S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
6572       OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6573       NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6574     }
6575   } else if (IsInline && OldImportAttr && !IsMicrosoftABI) {
6576     // In MinGW, seeing a function declared inline drops the dllimport
6577     // attribute.
6578     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6579     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
6580     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
6581            diag::warn_dllimport_dropped_from_inline_function)
6582         << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
6583   }
6584 
6585   // A specialization of a class template member function is processed here
6586   // since it's a redeclaration. If the parent class is dllexport, the
6587   // specialization inherits that attribute. This doesn't happen automatically
6588   // since the parent class isn't instantiated until later.
6589   if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDecl)) {
6590     if (MD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_MemberSpecialization &&
6591         !NewImportAttr && !NewExportAttr) {
6592       if (const DLLExportAttr *ParentExportAttr =
6593               MD->getParent()->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
6594         DLLExportAttr *NewAttr = ParentExportAttr->clone(S.Context);
6595         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
6596         NewDecl->addAttr(NewAttr);
6597       }
6598     }
6599   }
6600 }
6601 
6602 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
6603 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
6604 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
6605 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
6606   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
6607 
6608   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
6609   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
6610 
6611   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
6612   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
6613     return false;
6614 
6615   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
6616   return S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
6617 }
6618 
6619 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
6620 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
6621 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
6622 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
6623 ///
6624 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
6625 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
6626 ///
6627 /// For instance:
6628 ///
6629 ///   auto x = []{};
6630 ///
6631 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
6632 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
6633 ///
6634 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
6635 template<typename T>
6636 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
6637   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6638     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
6639     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
6640       return false;
6641 
6642     // So do CUDA's host/device attributes.
6643     if (S.getLangOpts().CUDA && (D->template hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
6644                                  D->template hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()))
6645       return false;
6646   }
6647   return D->isExternC();
6648 }
6649 
6650 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
6651   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6652   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod() || isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) ||
6653       isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6654     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
6655   if (DC->isFileContext())
6656     return true;
6657   if (DC->isRecord())
6658     return false;
6659   if (isa<RequiresExprBodyDecl>(DC))
6660     return false;
6661   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6662 }
6663 
6664 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
6665   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
6666   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
6667       isa<OMPDeclareReductionDecl>(DC) || isa<OMPDeclareMapperDecl>(DC))
6668     return true;
6669   if (DC->isRecord())
6670     return false;
6671   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
6672 }
6673 
6674 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
6675                           ParsedAttr::Kind Kind) {
6676   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
6677   if (PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind))
6678     return true;
6679 
6680   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
6681   // position to the decl itself.
6682   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
6683     if (PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs().hasAttribute(Kind))
6684       return true;
6685   }
6686 
6687   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
6688   return PD.getAttributes().hasAttribute(Kind);
6689 }
6690 
6691 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
6692 /// function-local external declaration.
6693 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
6694   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
6695     return false;
6696 
6697   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
6698   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
6699   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
6700   if (DC->isDependentContext())
6701     return true;
6702 
6703   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
6704   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
6705   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
6706   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
6707   //
6708   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
6709   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
6710   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
6711     DC = DC->getParent();
6712   return true;
6713 }
6714 
6715 /// Returns true if given declaration has external C language linkage.
6716 static bool isDeclExternC(const Decl *D) {
6717   if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D))
6718     return FD->isExternC();
6719   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
6720     return VD->isExternC();
6721 
6722   llvm_unreachable("Unknown type of decl!");
6723 }
6724 /// Returns true if there hasn't been any invalid type diagnosed.
6725 static bool diagnoseOpenCLTypes(Scope *S, Sema &Se, Declarator &D,
6726                                 DeclContext *DC, QualType R) {
6727   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.b - Image type can only be used as a function argument.
6728   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.13.16.1 - Pipe type can only be used as a function
6729   // argument.
6730   if (R->isImageType() || R->isPipeType()) {
6731     Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6732             diag::err_opencl_type_can_only_be_used_as_function_parameter)
6733         << R;
6734     D.setInvalidType();
6735     return false;
6736   }
6737 
6738   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6739   // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
6740   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.q:
6741   // The clk_event_t and reserve_id_t types cannot be declared in program
6742   // scope.
6743   if (NULL == S->getParent()) {
6744     if (R->isReserveIDT() || R->isClkEventT() || R->isEventT()) {
6745       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6746               diag::err_invalid_type_for_program_scope_var)
6747           << R;
6748       D.setInvalidType();
6749       return false;
6750     }
6751   }
6752 
6753   // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
6754   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("__cl_clang_function_pointers",
6755                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
6756     QualType NR = R.getCanonicalType();
6757     while (NR->isPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6758            NR->isReferenceType()) {
6759       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType() || NR->isMemberFunctionPointerType() ||
6760           NR->isFunctionReferenceType()) {
6761         Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer)
6762             << NR->isReferenceType();
6763         D.setInvalidType();
6764         return false;
6765       }
6766       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
6767     }
6768   }
6769 
6770   if (!Se.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16",
6771                                                Se.getLangOpts())) {
6772     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
6773     // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
6774     if (Se.Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
6775       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
6776       D.setInvalidType();
6777       return false;
6778     }
6779   }
6780 
6781   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.r:
6782   // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
6783   // address space qualifiers.
6784   if (R->isEventT()) {
6785     if (R.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private) {
6786       Se.Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
6787       D.setInvalidType();
6788       return false;
6789     }
6790   }
6791 
6792   // C++ for OpenCL does not allow the thread_local storage qualifier.
6793   // OpenCL C does not support thread_local either, and
6794   // also reject all other thread storage class specifiers.
6795   DeclSpec::TSCS TSC = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec();
6796   if (TSC != TSCS_unspecified) {
6797     bool IsCXX = Se.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus;
6798     Se.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6799             diag::err_opencl_unknown_type_specifier)
6800         << IsCXX << Se.getLangOpts().getOpenCLVersionTuple().getAsString()
6801         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSC) << 1;
6802     D.setInvalidType();
6803     return false;
6804   }
6805 
6806   if (R->isSamplerT()) {
6807     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
6808     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
6809     // space qualifiers.
6810     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
6811         R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
6812       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
6813       D.setInvalidType();
6814     }
6815 
6816     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.12.14.1:
6817     // A global sampler must be declared with either the constant address
6818     // space qualifier or with the const qualifier.
6819     if (DC->isTranslationUnit() &&
6820         !(R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
6821           R.isConstQualified())) {
6822       Se.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_nonconst_global_sampler);
6823       D.setInvalidType();
6824     }
6825     if (D.isInvalidType())
6826       return false;
6827   }
6828   return true;
6829 }
6830 
6831 NamedDecl *Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(
6832     Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6833     LookupResult &Previous, MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6834     bool &AddToScope, ArrayRef<BindingDecl *> Bindings) {
6835   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6836   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
6837 
6838   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
6839 
6840   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
6841     // Take the name of the first declarator as our name for diagnostic
6842     // purposes.
6843     auto &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
6844     if (!Decomp.bindings().empty()) {
6845       II = Decomp.bindings()[0].Name;
6846       Name = II;
6847     }
6848   } else if (!II) {
6849     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) << Name;
6850     return nullptr;
6851   }
6852 
6853 
6854   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
6855   StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
6856 
6857   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
6858   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
6859   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
6860       hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLImport) &&
6861       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, ParsedAttr::AT_DLLExport))
6862     SC = SC_Extern;
6863 
6864   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6865   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
6866                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6867 
6868   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
6869     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
6870     // an error here
6871     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
6872     D.setInvalidType();
6873     SC = SC_None;
6874   }
6875 
6876   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
6877       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
6878                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
6879     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
6880     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
6881     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
6882     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6883          getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
6884                                    : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
6885       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6886   }
6887 
6888   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
6889 
6890   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
6891     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
6892     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
6893     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
6894     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
6895       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
6896       D.setInvalidType();
6897     }
6898   }
6899 
6900   // If this variable has a variable-modified type and an initializer, try to
6901   // fold to a constant-sized type. This is otherwise invalid.
6902   if (D.hasInitializer() && R->isVariablyModifiedType())
6903     tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(*this, TInfo, R, D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6904                                     /*DiagID=*/0);
6905 
6906   bool IsMemberSpecialization = false;
6907   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
6908   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
6909   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
6910   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
6911   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
6912   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
6913   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6914     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6915                             II, R, TInfo, SC);
6916 
6917     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
6918       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
6919 
6920     if (D.isInvalidType())
6921       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6922 
6923     if (NewVD->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() &&
6924         NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
6925       checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewVD->getType(), NewVD->getLocation(),
6926                             NTCUC_AutoVar, NTCUK_Destruct);
6927   } else {
6928     bool Invalid = false;
6929 
6930     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
6931       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
6932       switch (SC) {
6933       case SC_None:
6934         break;
6935       case SC_Static:
6936         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6937              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
6938           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6939         break;
6940       case SC_Auto:
6941       case SC_Register:
6942       case SC_Extern:
6943         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
6944         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
6945         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
6946         // of class members
6947 
6948         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6949              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
6950           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
6951         break;
6952       case SC_PrivateExtern:
6953         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
6954       }
6955     }
6956 
6957     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
6958       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
6959         // Walk up the enclosing DeclContexts to check for any that are
6960         // incompatible with static data members.
6961         const DeclContext *FunctionOrMethod = nullptr;
6962         const CXXRecordDecl *AnonStruct = nullptr;
6963         for (DeclContext *Ctxt = DC; Ctxt; Ctxt = Ctxt->getParent()) {
6964           if (Ctxt->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6965             FunctionOrMethod = Ctxt;
6966             break;
6967           }
6968           const CXXRecordDecl *ParentDecl = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctxt);
6969           if (ParentDecl && !ParentDecl->getDeclName()) {
6970             AnonStruct = ParentDecl;
6971             break;
6972           }
6973         }
6974         if (FunctionOrMethod) {
6975           // C++ [class.static.data]p5: A local class shall not have static data
6976           // members.
6977           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6978                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
6979             << Name << RD->getDeclName() << RD->getTagKind();
6980         } else if (AnonStruct) {
6981           // C++ [class.static.data]p4: Unnamed classes and classes contained
6982           // directly or indirectly within unnamed classes shall not contain
6983           // static data members.
6984           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6985                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
6986             << Name << AnonStruct->getTagKind();
6987           Invalid = true;
6988         } else if (RD->isUnion()) {
6989           // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
6990           // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
6991           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6992                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
6993                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
6994                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
6995         }
6996       }
6997     }
6998 
6999     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
7000     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
7001     bool InvalidScope = false;
7002     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
7003         D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7004         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
7005         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
7006             ? D.getName().TemplateId
7007             : nullptr,
7008         TemplateParamLists,
7009         /*never a friend*/ false, IsMemberSpecialization, InvalidScope);
7010     Invalid |= InvalidScope;
7011 
7012     if (TemplateParams) {
7013       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
7014           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7015         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
7016         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
7017         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7018              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
7019           << II
7020           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
7021                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
7022         TemplateParams = nullptr;
7023       } else {
7024         // Check that we can declare a template here.
7025         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
7026           return nullptr;
7027 
7028         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
7029           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
7030           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
7031           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
7032         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
7033           // This is a template declaration.
7034           IsVariableTemplate = true;
7035 
7036           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
7037           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
7038                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14
7039                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
7040                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
7041         }
7042       }
7043     } else {
7044       // Check that we can declare a member specialization here.
7045       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && IsMemberSpecialization &&
7046           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
7047         return nullptr;
7048       assert((Invalid ||
7049               D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) &&
7050              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7051     }
7052 
7053     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
7054       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
7055           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
7056               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
7057               : SourceLocation();
7058       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
7059           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
7060           IsPartialSpecialization);
7061       if (Res.isInvalid())
7062         return nullptr;
7063       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
7064       AddToScope = false;
7065     } else if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
7066       NewVD = DecompositionDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7067                                         D.getIdentifierLoc(), R, TInfo, SC,
7068                                         Bindings);
7069     } else
7070       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
7071                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
7072 
7073     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
7074     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
7075       NewTemplate =
7076           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
7077                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
7078       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
7079     }
7080 
7081     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
7082     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
7083     if (R->getContainedDeducedType())
7084       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
7085 
7086     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
7087       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7088       if (NewTemplate)
7089         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7090     }
7091 
7092     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewVD, D);
7093 
7094     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
7095     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
7096     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
7097     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
7098       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
7099           Context, TemplateParamLists.drop_back(VDTemplateParamLists));
7100   }
7101 
7102   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified()) {
7103     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7104       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
7105           << 0;
7106     } else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7107       // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope variable declaration.
7108       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7109            diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7110         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7111     } else {
7112       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7113            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::warn_cxx14_compat_inline_variable
7114                                      : diag::ext_inline_variable);
7115       NewVD->setInlineSpecified();
7116     }
7117   }
7118 
7119   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
7120   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
7121   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7122   if (NewTemplate)
7123     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
7124 
7125   if (IsLocalExternDecl) {
7126     if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator())
7127       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7128         B->setLocalExternDecl();
7129     else
7130       NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
7131   }
7132 
7133   bool EmitTLSUnsupportedError = false;
7134   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
7135     // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
7136     //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
7137     //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
7138     //   explicitly.
7139     // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
7140     //   'extern'.
7141     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7142         (SCSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified ||
7143          TSCS != DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local ||
7144          !DC->isFunctionOrMethod()))
7145       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7146            diag::err_thread_non_global)
7147         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
7148     else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) {
7149       if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7150           getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7151         // Postpone error emission until we've collected attributes required to
7152         // figure out whether it's a host or device variable and whether the
7153         // error should be ignored.
7154         EmitTLSUnsupportedError = true;
7155         // We still need to mark the variable as TLS so it shows up in AST with
7156         // proper storage class for other tools to use even if we're not going
7157         // to emit any code for it.
7158         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7159       } else
7160         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7161              diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7162     } else
7163       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
7164   }
7165 
7166   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier()) {
7167   case ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified:
7168     break;
7169 
7170   case ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval:
7171     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7172          diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
7173         << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
7174     LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
7175 
7176   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr:
7177     NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
7178     MaybeAddCUDAConstantAttr(NewVD);
7179     // C++1z [dcl.spec.constexpr]p1:
7180     //   A static data member declared with the constexpr specifier is
7181     //   implicitly an inline variable.
7182     if (NewVD->isStaticDataMember() &&
7183         (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ||
7184          Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()))
7185       NewVD->setImplicitlyInline();
7186     break;
7187 
7188   case ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit:
7189     if (!NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())
7190       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7191            diag::err_constinit_local_variable);
7192     else
7193       NewVD->addAttr(ConstInitAttr::Create(
7194           Context, D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
7195           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword, ConstInitAttr::Keyword_constinit));
7196     break;
7197   }
7198 
7199   // C99 6.7.4p3
7200   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
7201   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
7202   //   thread storage duration...
7203   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
7204   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
7205   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
7206   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
7207   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
7208   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7209       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
7210     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7211     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
7212       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7213            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
7214       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
7215     }
7216   }
7217 
7218   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7219     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7220       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7221           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
7222           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7223                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7224     else if (IsMemberSpecialization)
7225       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7226         << 2
7227         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7228     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
7229       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
7230           << 0 << NewVD
7231           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
7232           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7233                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
7234     else {
7235       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
7236       if (NewTemplate)
7237         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7238       for (auto *B : Bindings)
7239         B->setModulePrivate();
7240     }
7241   }
7242 
7243   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7244 
7245     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(NewVD);
7246 
7247     diagnoseOpenCLTypes(S, *this, D, DC, NewVD->getType());
7248   }
7249 
7250   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
7251   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
7252 
7253   if (getLangOpts().CUDA || getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice ||
7254       getLangOpts().SYCLIsDevice) {
7255     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7256         ((getLangOpts().CUDA && DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) ||
7257          (getLangOpts().OpenMPIsDevice &&
7258           OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::isDeclareTargetDeclaration(NewVD))))
7259       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7260            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7261 
7262     if (EmitTLSUnsupportedError &&
7263         (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice)))
7264       targetDiag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_thread_unsupported);
7265     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
7266     // storage [duration]."
7267     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
7268         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
7269          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
7270       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
7271     }
7272   }
7273 
7274   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
7275   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
7276   // check the VarDecl itself.
7277   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
7278          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
7279          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
7280 
7281   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
7282   // retainable type.
7283   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
7284     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7285 
7286   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7287   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
7288     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7289     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7290     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
7291     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
7292       switch (SC) {
7293       case SC_None:
7294       case SC_Auto:
7295         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
7296         break;
7297       case SC_Register:
7298         // Local Named register
7299         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label) &&
7300             DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), getCurFunctionDecl()))
7301           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7302         break;
7303       case SC_Static:
7304       case SC_Extern:
7305       case SC_PrivateExtern:
7306         break;
7307       }
7308     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
7309       // Global Named register
7310       if (DeclAttrsMatchCUDAMode(getLangOpts(), NewVD)) {
7311         const auto &TI = Context.getTargetInfo();
7312         bool HasSizeMismatch;
7313 
7314         if (!TI.isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
7315           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
7316         else if (!TI.validateGlobalRegisterVariable(Label,
7317                                                     Context.getTypeSize(R),
7318                                                     HasSizeMismatch))
7319           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_invalid_global_var_reg) << Label;
7320         else if (HasSizeMismatch)
7321           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_register_size_mismatch) << Label;
7322       }
7323 
7324       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
7325         Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
7326         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
7327       }
7328     }
7329 
7330     NewVD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, Label,
7331                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
7332                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
7333   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7334     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7335       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
7336     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7337       if (isDeclExternC(NewVD)) {
7338         NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
7339         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7340       } else
7341         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
7342             << /*Variable*/1 << NewVD;
7343     }
7344   }
7345 
7346   // Find the shadowed declaration before filtering for scope.
7347   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()
7348                                 ? getShadowedDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)
7349                                 : nullptr;
7350 
7351   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
7352   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
7353   // declaration has linkage).
7354   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
7355                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7356                        IsMemberSpecialization ||
7357                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
7358 
7359   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
7360   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
7361   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7362       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
7363     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
7364         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
7365         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
7366 
7367   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7368     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7369   } else {
7370     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
7371     if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7372         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
7373       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7374 
7375     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
7376     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7377       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
7378           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
7379           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7380         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
7381         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
7382         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
7383           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7384         Previous.clear();
7385         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7386       }
7387     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7388       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
7389       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
7390         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
7391         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7392       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7393     }
7394 
7395     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
7396       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
7397 
7398     if (NewTemplate) {
7399       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
7400           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
7401               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
7402               : nullptr;
7403 
7404       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
7405       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
7406       // template declaration.
7407       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
7408               TemplateParams,
7409               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7410                               : nullptr,
7411               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7412                DC->isDependentContext())
7413                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7414                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
7415         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7416 
7417       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
7418       // template, make a note of that.
7419       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
7420           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
7421         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
7422     }
7423   }
7424 
7425   // Diagnose shadowed variables iff this isn't a redeclaration.
7426   if (ShadowedDecl && !D.isRedeclaration())
7427     CheckShadow(NewVD, ShadowedDecl, Previous);
7428 
7429   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
7430 
7431   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7432   // the map of such variables.
7433   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7434       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
7435     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
7436 
7437   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7438     MangleNumberingContext *MCtx;
7439     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
7440     std::tie(MCtx, ManglingContextDecl) =
7441         getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext());
7442     if (MCtx) {
7443       Context.setManglingNumber(
7444           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(
7445                      NewVD, getMSManglingNumber(getLangOpts(), S)));
7446       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
7447     }
7448   }
7449 
7450   // Special handling of variable named 'main'.
7451   if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && Name.getAsIdentifierInfo()->isStr("main") &&
7452       NewVD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
7453       !getLangOpts().Freestanding && !NewVD->getDescribedVarTemplate()) {
7454 
7455     // C++ [basic.start.main]p3
7456     // A program that declares a variable main at global scope is ill-formed.
7457     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
7458       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_main_global_variable);
7459 
7460     // In C, and external-linkage variable named main results in undefined
7461     // behavior.
7462     else if (NewVD->hasExternalFormalLinkage())
7463       Diag(D.getBeginLoc(), diag::warn_main_redefined);
7464   }
7465 
7466   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7467     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7468     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewVD, IsMemberSpecialization,
7469                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
7470   }
7471 
7472   if (NewTemplate) {
7473     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7474       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7475     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
7476     return NewTemplate;
7477   }
7478 
7479   if (IsMemberSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7480     CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous);
7481 
7482   return NewVD;
7483 }
7484 
7485 /// Enum describing the %select options in diag::warn_decl_shadow.
7486 enum ShadowedDeclKind {
7487   SDK_Local,
7488   SDK_Global,
7489   SDK_StaticMember,
7490   SDK_Field,
7491   SDK_Typedef,
7492   SDK_Using,
7493   SDK_StructuredBinding
7494 };
7495 
7496 /// Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
7497 static ShadowedDeclKind computeShadowedDeclKind(const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7498                                                 const DeclContext *OldDC) {
7499   if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7500     return SDK_Using;
7501   else if (isa<TypedefDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7502     return SDK_Typedef;
7503   else if (isa<BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7504     return SDK_StructuredBinding;
7505   else if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC))
7506     return isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? SDK_Field : SDK_StaticMember;
7507 
7508   return OldDC->isFileContext() ? SDK_Global : SDK_Local;
7509 }
7510 
7511 /// Return the location of the capture if the given lambda captures the given
7512 /// variable \p VD, or an invalid source location otherwise.
7513 static SourceLocation getCaptureLocation(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI,
7514                                          const VarDecl *VD) {
7515   for (const Capture &Capture : LSI->Captures) {
7516     if (Capture.isVariableCapture() && Capture.getVariable() == VD)
7517       return Capture.getLocation();
7518   }
7519   return SourceLocation();
7520 }
7521 
7522 static bool shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(const DiagnosticsEngine &Diags,
7523                                      const LookupResult &R) {
7524   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
7525   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
7526     return false;
7527 
7528   // Return false if warning is ignored.
7529   return !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc());
7530 }
7531 
7532 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7533 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7534 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const VarDecl *D,
7535                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7536   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7537     return nullptr;
7538 
7539   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
7540   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
7541     return nullptr;
7542 
7543   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7544   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7545                                                             : nullptr;
7546 }
7547 
7548 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given typedef \p D, or null
7549 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7550 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const TypedefNameDecl *D,
7551                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7552   // Don't warn if typedef declaration is part of a class
7553   if (D->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
7554     return nullptr;
7555 
7556   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7557     return nullptr;
7558 
7559   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7560   return isa<TypedefNameDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl : nullptr;
7561 }
7562 
7563 /// Return the declaration shadowed by the given variable \p D, or null
7564 /// if it doesn't shadow any declaration or shadowing warnings are disabled.
7565 NamedDecl *Sema::getShadowedDeclaration(const BindingDecl *D,
7566                                         const LookupResult &R) {
7567   if (!shouldWarnIfShadowedDecl(Diags, R))
7568     return nullptr;
7569 
7570   NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
7571   return isa<VarDecl, FieldDecl, BindingDecl>(ShadowedDecl) ? ShadowedDecl
7572                                                             : nullptr;
7573 }
7574 
7575 /// Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
7576 /// -Wshadow.
7577 ///
7578 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
7579 /// scope.
7580 ///
7581 /// \param ShadowedDecl the declaration that is shadowed by the given variable
7582 /// \param R the lookup of the name
7583 ///
7584 void Sema::CheckShadow(NamedDecl *D, NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl,
7585                        const LookupResult &R) {
7586   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
7587 
7588   if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) {
7589     // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
7590     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
7591       if (MD->isStatic())
7592         return;
7593 
7594     // Fields shadowed by constructor parameters are a special case. Usually
7595     // the constructor initializes the field with the parameter.
7596     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewDC))
7597       if (const auto PVD = dyn_cast<ParmVarDecl>(D)) {
7598         // Remember that this was shadowed so we can either warn about its
7599         // modification or its existence depending on warning settings.
7600         ShadowingDecls.insert({PVD->getCanonicalDecl(), FD});
7601         return;
7602       }
7603   }
7604 
7605   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
7606     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
7607       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
7608       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
7609       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
7610         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
7611           ShadowedDecl = I;
7612           break;
7613         }
7614     }
7615 
7616   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
7617 
7618   unsigned WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow;
7619   SourceLocation CaptureLoc;
7620   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && NewDC &&
7621       isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) {
7622     if (const auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewDC->getParent())) {
7623       if (RD->isLambda() && OldDC->Encloses(NewDC->getLexicalParent())) {
7624         if (RD->getLambdaCaptureDefault() == LCD_None) {
7625           // Try to avoid warnings for lambdas with an explicit capture list.
7626           const auto *LSI = cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction());
7627           // Warn only when the lambda captures the shadowed decl explicitly.
7628           CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl));
7629           if (CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7630             WarningDiag = diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local;
7631         } else {
7632           // Remember that this was shadowed so we can avoid the warning if the
7633           // shadowed decl isn't captured and the warning settings allow it.
7634           cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(getCurFunction())
7635               ->ShadowingDecls.push_back(
7636                   {cast<VarDecl>(D), cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)});
7637           return;
7638         }
7639       }
7640 
7641       if (cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)->hasLocalStorage()) {
7642         // A variable can't shadow a local variable in an enclosing scope, if
7643         // they are separated by a non-capturing declaration context.
7644         for (DeclContext *ParentDC = NewDC;
7645              ParentDC && !ParentDC->Equals(OldDC);
7646              ParentDC = getLambdaAwareParentOfDeclContext(ParentDC)) {
7647           // Only block literals, captured statements, and lambda expressions
7648           // can capture; other scopes don't.
7649           if (!isa<BlockDecl>(ParentDC) && !isa<CapturedDecl>(ParentDC) &&
7650               !isLambdaCallOperator(ParentDC)) {
7651             return;
7652           }
7653         }
7654       }
7655     }
7656   }
7657 
7658   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
7659   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
7660     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
7661     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
7662       return;
7663 
7664     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
7665     // static data members from base classes?
7666 
7667     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
7668     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
7669     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
7670   }
7671 
7672 
7673   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
7674 
7675   // Emit warning and note.
7676   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
7677     return;
7678   ShadowedDeclKind Kind = computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC);
7679   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), WarningDiag) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
7680   if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7681     Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7682         << Name << /*explicitly*/ 1;
7683   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7684 }
7685 
7686 /// Diagnose shadowing for variables shadowed in the lambda record \p LambdaRD
7687 /// when these variables are captured by the lambda.
7688 void Sema::DiagnoseShadowingLambdaDecls(const LambdaScopeInfo *LSI) {
7689   for (const auto &Shadow : LSI->ShadowingDecls) {
7690     const VarDecl *ShadowedDecl = Shadow.ShadowedDecl;
7691     // Try to avoid the warning when the shadowed decl isn't captured.
7692     SourceLocation CaptureLoc = getCaptureLocation(LSI, ShadowedDecl);
7693     const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7694     Diag(Shadow.VD->getLocation(), CaptureLoc.isInvalid()
7695                                        ? diag::warn_decl_shadow_uncaptured_local
7696                                        : diag::warn_decl_shadow)
7697         << Shadow.VD->getDeclName()
7698         << computeShadowedDeclKind(ShadowedDecl, OldDC) << OldDC;
7699     if (!CaptureLoc.isInvalid())
7700       Diag(CaptureLoc, diag::note_var_explicitly_captured_here)
7701           << Shadow.VD->getDeclName() << /*explicitly*/ 0;
7702     Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7703   }
7704 }
7705 
7706 /// Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
7707 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
7708   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
7709     return;
7710 
7711   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
7712                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
7713   LookupName(R, S);
7714   if (NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = getShadowedDeclaration(D, R))
7715     CheckShadow(D, ShadowedDecl, R);
7716 }
7717 
7718 /// Check if 'E', which is an expression that is about to be modified, refers
7719 /// to a constructor parameter that shadows a field.
7720 void Sema::CheckShadowingDeclModification(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc) {
7721   // Quickly ignore expressions that can't be shadowing ctor parameters.
7722   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || ShadowingDecls.empty())
7723     return;
7724   E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
7725   auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E);
7726   if (!DRE)
7727     return;
7728   const NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(DRE->getDecl()->getCanonicalDecl());
7729   auto I = ShadowingDecls.find(D);
7730   if (I == ShadowingDecls.end())
7731     return;
7732   const NamedDecl *ShadowedDecl = I->second;
7733   const DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
7734   Diag(Loc, diag::warn_modifying_shadowing_decl) << D << OldDC;
7735   Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_var_declared_here) << D;
7736   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
7737 
7738   // Avoid issuing multiple warnings about the same decl.
7739   ShadowingDecls.erase(I);
7740 }
7741 
7742 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
7743 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
7744 template<typename T>
7745 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
7746     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
7747   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
7748   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
7749 
7750   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7751     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
7752     // declaration.
7753     return false;
7754   }
7755 
7756   if (Prev) {
7757     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
7758       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
7759       // redeclaration.
7760       Previous.clear();
7761       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7762       return true;
7763     }
7764 
7765     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
7766     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
7767     // declaration.
7768     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
7769       return false;
7770   } else {
7771     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
7772     // translation unit which might conflict.
7773     if (IsGlobal) {
7774       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
7775       IsGlobal = false;
7776       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
7777            I != E; ++I) {
7778         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7779           Prev = *I;
7780           break;
7781         }
7782       }
7783     } else {
7784       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
7785           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
7786       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
7787            I != E; ++I) {
7788         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
7789           Prev = *I;
7790           break;
7791         }
7792         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
7793         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
7794         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
7795         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
7796         // diagnostic.
7797       }
7798     }
7799 
7800     if (!Prev)
7801       return false;
7802   }
7803 
7804   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
7805   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
7806   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
7807   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
7808     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
7809   else
7810     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
7811 
7812   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
7813     << IsGlobal << ND;
7814   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
7815     << IsGlobal;
7816   return false;
7817 }
7818 
7819 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
7820 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
7821 ///
7822 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
7823 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
7824 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
7825 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
7826 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
7827 template<typename T>
7828 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
7829                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
7830   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7831     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
7832     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
7833     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
7834     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7835       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
7836         Previous.clear();
7837         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
7838         return true;
7839       }
7840     }
7841     return false;
7842   }
7843 
7844   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
7845   // declaration.
7846   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
7847     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
7848 
7849   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
7850   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
7851   // in another scope.
7852   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
7853     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
7854 
7855   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
7856   return false;
7857 }
7858 
7859 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
7860   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
7861   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
7862     return;
7863 
7864   QualType T = NewVD->getType();
7865 
7866   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
7867   if (T->isUndeducedType())
7868     return;
7869 
7870   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
7871     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
7872 
7873   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
7874     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
7875       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
7876     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
7877     NewVD->setType(T);
7878   }
7879 
7880   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
7881   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
7882   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
7883   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
7884   if (!getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->hasLocalStorage() &&
7885       T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7886     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 0;
7887     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7888     return;
7889   }
7890 
7891   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 - The static qualifier is valid only in program
7892   // scope.
7893   if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 120 &&
7894       !getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_clang_storage_class_specifiers",
7895                                             getLangOpts()) &&
7896       NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
7897     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
7898     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7899     return;
7900   }
7901 
7902   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7903     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The __block storage type is not supported.
7904     if (NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7905       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_block_storage_type);
7906       return;
7907     }
7908 
7909     if (T->isBlockPointerType()) {
7910       // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Any block declaration must be const qualified and
7911       // can't use 'extern' storage class.
7912       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
7913         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
7914             << 0 /*const*/;
7915         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7916         return;
7917       }
7918       if (NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7919         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_extern_block_declaration);
7920         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7921         return;
7922       }
7923     }
7924     // OpenCL C v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
7925     // __constant address space.
7926     // OpenCL C v2.0 s6.5.1 - Variables defined at program scope and static
7927     // variables inside a function can also be declared in the global
7928     // address space.
7929     // C++ for OpenCL inherits rule from OpenCL C v2.0.
7930     // FIXME: Adding local AS in C++ for OpenCL might make sense.
7931     if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl() || NewVD->isStaticLocal() ||
7932         NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) {
7933       if (!T->isSamplerT() &&
7934           !T->isDependentType() &&
7935           !(T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7936             (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global &&
7937              (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 ||
7938               getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)))) {
7939         int Scope = NewVD->isStaticLocal() | NewVD->hasExternalStorage() << 1;
7940         if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion == 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus)
7941           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7942               << Scope << "global or constant";
7943         else
7944           Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space)
7945               << Scope << "constant";
7946         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7947         return;
7948       }
7949     } else {
7950       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global) {
7951         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7952             << 1 /*is any function*/ << "global";
7953         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7954         return;
7955       }
7956       if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant ||
7957           T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
7958         FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl();
7959         // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: no local or constant variables
7960         // in functions.
7961         if (FD && !FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7962           if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7963             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7964                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "constant";
7965           else
7966             Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_function_variable)
7967                 << 0 /*non-kernel only*/ << "local";
7968           NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7969           return;
7970         }
7971         // OpenCL v2.0 s6.5.2 and s6.5.3: local and constant variables must be
7972         // in the outermost scope of a kernel function.
7973         if (FD && FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7974           if (!getCurScope()->isFunctionScope()) {
7975             if (T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant)
7976               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7977                   << "constant";
7978             else
7979               Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_addrspace_scope)
7980                   << "local";
7981             NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7982             return;
7983           }
7984         }
7985       } else if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_private &&
7986                  // If we are parsing a template we didn't deduce an addr
7987                  // space yet.
7988                  T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default) {
7989         // Do not allow other address spaces on automatic variable.
7990         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl) << 1;
7991         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
7992         return;
7993       }
7994     }
7995   }
7996 
7997   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
7998       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
7999     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
8000       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
8001     else {
8002       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
8003       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
8004     }
8005   }
8006 
8007   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
8008   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
8009       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8010     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
8011 
8012   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
8013       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
8014     bool SizeIsNegative;
8015     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
8016     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(
8017         NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Context, SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
8018     QualType FixedT;
8019     if (FixedTInfo &&  T == NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType())
8020       FixedT = FixedTInfo->getType();
8021     else if (FixedTInfo) {
8022       // Type and type-as-written are canonically different. We need to fix up
8023       // both types separately.
8024       FixedT = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(T, Context, SizeIsNegative,
8025                                                    Oversized);
8026     }
8027     if ((!FixedTInfo || FixedT.isNull()) && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
8028       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
8029       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
8030       // int a[10][n];
8031       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
8032 
8033       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8034         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
8035         << SizeRange;
8036       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
8037         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
8038         << SizeRange;
8039       else
8040         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
8041         << SizeRange;
8042       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8043       return;
8044     }
8045 
8046     if (!FixedTInfo) {
8047       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
8048         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
8049       else
8050         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
8051       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8052       return;
8053     }
8054 
8055     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::ext_vla_folded_to_constant);
8056     NewVD->setType(FixedT);
8057     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
8058   }
8059 
8060   if (T->isVoidType()) {
8061     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
8062     //                    of objects and functions.
8063     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8064       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
8065         << T;
8066       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8067       return;
8068     }
8069   }
8070 
8071   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8072     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
8073     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8074     return;
8075   }
8076 
8077   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T->isSizelessType()) {
8078     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_sizeless_nonlocal) << T;
8079     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8080     return;
8081   }
8082 
8083   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
8084     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
8085     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8086     return;
8087   }
8088 
8089   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
8090       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
8091                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
8092     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8093     return;
8094   }
8095 
8096   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as non-local variable types.
8097   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
8098       !NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8099       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewVD->getLocation())) {
8100     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
8101     return;
8102   }
8103 }
8104 
8105 /// Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
8106 /// declaration.
8107 ///
8108 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
8109 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
8110 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
8111 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
8112 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
8113 ///
8114 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
8115 ///
8116 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
8117 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
8118   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
8119 
8120   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
8121   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
8122     return false;
8123 
8124   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
8125   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
8126   if (Previous.empty() &&
8127       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
8128     Previous.setShadowed();
8129 
8130   if (!Previous.empty()) {
8131     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
8132     return true;
8133   }
8134   return false;
8135 }
8136 
8137 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
8138 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
8139 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
8140   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const CXXMethodDecl*, 4> Overridden;
8141 
8142   // Look for methods in base classes that this method might override.
8143   CXXBasePaths Paths(/*FindAmbiguities=*/true, /*RecordPaths=*/false,
8144                      /*DetectVirtual=*/false);
8145   auto VisitBase = [&] (const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, CXXBasePath &Path) {
8146     CXXRecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
8147     DeclarationName Name = MD->getDeclName();
8148 
8149     if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8150       // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
8151       QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
8152       CanQualType CT = Context.getCanonicalType(T);
8153       Name = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
8154     }
8155 
8156     for (NamedDecl *BaseND : BaseRecord->lookup(Name)) {
8157       CXXMethodDecl *BaseMD =
8158           dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(BaseND->getCanonicalDecl());
8159       if (!BaseMD || !BaseMD->isVirtual() ||
8160           IsOverload(MD, BaseMD, /*UseMemberUsingDeclRules=*/false,
8161                      /*ConsiderCudaAttrs=*/true,
8162                      // C++2a [class.virtual]p2 does not consider requires
8163                      // clauses when overriding.
8164                      /*ConsiderRequiresClauses=*/false))
8165         continue;
8166 
8167       if (Overridden.insert(BaseMD).second) {
8168         MD->addOverriddenMethod(BaseMD);
8169         CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, BaseMD);
8170         CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, BaseMD);
8171         CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, BaseMD);
8172         CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, BaseMD);
8173       }
8174 
8175       // A method can only override one function from each base class. We
8176       // don't track indirectly overridden methods from bases of bases.
8177       return true;
8178     }
8179 
8180     return false;
8181   };
8182 
8183   DC->lookupInBases(VisitBase, Paths);
8184   return !Overridden.empty();
8185 }
8186 
8187 namespace {
8188   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
8189   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
8190   struct ActOnFDArgs {
8191     Scope *S;
8192     Declarator &D;
8193     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
8194     bool AddToScope;
8195   };
8196 } // end anonymous namespace
8197 
8198 namespace {
8199 
8200 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
8201 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
8202 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC final : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
8203  public:
8204   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
8205                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
8206       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
8207         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
8208 
8209   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
8210     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
8211       return false;
8212 
8213     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8214     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
8215                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
8216          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8217       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8218 
8219       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8220           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8221         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
8222           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
8223           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
8224             return true;
8225         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
8226           return true;
8227         }
8228       }
8229     }
8230 
8231     return false;
8232   }
8233 
8234   std::unique_ptr<CorrectionCandidateCallback> clone() override {
8235     return std::make_unique<DifferentNameValidatorCCC>(*this);
8236   }
8237 
8238  private:
8239   ASTContext &Context;
8240   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
8241   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
8242 };
8243 
8244 } // end anonymous namespace
8245 
8246 void Sema::MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(const NamedDecl *F) {
8247   TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.insert(F);
8248 }
8249 
8250 /// Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
8251 ///
8252 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
8253 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
8254 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
8255 /// the same name.
8256 ///
8257 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
8258 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
8259 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
8260     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
8261     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
8262   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
8263   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
8264   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
8265   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
8266   TypoCorrection Correction;
8267   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
8268   unsigned DiagMsg =
8269     IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend :
8270     NewFD->getFriendObjectKind() ? diag::err_qualified_friend_no_match :
8271     diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
8272   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
8273                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
8274                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
8275                     Sema::ForVisibleRedeclaration);
8276 
8277   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8278   if (IsLocalFriend)
8279     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
8280   else
8281     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
8282   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
8283          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
8284   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
8285   DifferentNameValidatorCCC CCC(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
8286                                 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
8287   if (!Prev.empty()) {
8288     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
8289          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
8290       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
8291       if (FD &&
8292           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8293         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
8294         // involve a parameter
8295         unsigned ParamNum =
8296             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
8297         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
8298       }
8299     }
8300   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
8301   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
8302                   Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
8303                   &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), CCC, Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery,
8304                   IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
8305     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
8306     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
8307                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8308     Previous.clear();
8309     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
8310     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
8311                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
8312          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
8313       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
8314       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
8315           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
8316         Previous.addDecl(FD);
8317       }
8318     }
8319     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
8320 
8321     NamedDecl *Result;
8322     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
8323     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
8324     {
8325       // Trap errors.
8326       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
8327 
8328       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
8329       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
8330       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
8331       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
8332           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
8333           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
8334           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
8335           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
8336 
8337       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
8338         Result = nullptr;
8339     }
8340 
8341     if (Result) {
8342       // Determine which correction we picked.
8343       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
8344       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
8345            I != E; ++I)
8346         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
8347           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
8348 
8349       // Let Sema know about the correction.
8350       SemaRef.MarkTypoCorrectedFunctionDefinition(Result);
8351       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
8352           Correction,
8353           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
8354                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
8355                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
8356             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
8357       return Result;
8358     }
8359 
8360     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
8361     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
8362                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
8363     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
8364     Previous.clear();
8365     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
8366   }
8367 
8368   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
8369       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
8370 
8371   bool NewFDisConst = false;
8372   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
8373     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
8374 
8375   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
8376        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
8377        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
8378     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
8379     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
8380     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
8381     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
8382 
8383     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
8384     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
8385       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
8386       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
8387       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
8388       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
8389                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
8390         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
8391         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
8392     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
8393       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
8394           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
8395     } else
8396       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
8397                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
8398                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
8399   }
8400   return nullptr;
8401 }
8402 
8403 static StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D) {
8404   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
8405   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
8406   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
8407   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
8408   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
8409     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8410                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
8411     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
8412     D.setInvalidType();
8413     break;
8414   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
8415   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
8416     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
8417       return SC_None;
8418     return SC_Extern;
8419   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
8420     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
8421       // C99 6.7.1p5:
8422       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
8423       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
8424       //   other than extern
8425       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
8426       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8427                    diag::err_static_block_func);
8428       break;
8429     } else
8430       return SC_Static;
8431   }
8432   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
8433   }
8434 
8435   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
8436   return SC_None;
8437 }
8438 
8439 static FunctionDecl *CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
8440                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
8441                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
8442                                            StorageClass SC,
8443                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
8444   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8445   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8446 
8447   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
8448   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8449 
8450   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8451     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8452     // prototype. This true when:
8453     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
8454     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other non-
8455     //     attributed reference to a type name (which eventually refers to a
8456     //     function type).
8457     bool HasPrototype =
8458       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
8459       (!R->getAsAdjusted<FunctionType>() && R->isFunctionProtoType());
8460 
8461     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8462                                  R, TInfo, SC, isInline, HasPrototype,
8463                                  ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified,
8464                                  /*TrailingRequiresClause=*/nullptr);
8465     if (D.isInvalidType())
8466       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8467 
8468     return NewFD;
8469   }
8470 
8471   ExplicitSpecifier ExplicitSpecifier = D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecifier();
8472 
8473   ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
8474   if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Constinit) {
8475     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
8476                  diag::err_constexpr_wrong_decl_kind)
8477         << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
8478     ConstexprKind = ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified;
8479     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearConstexprSpec();
8480   }
8481   Expr *TrailingRequiresClause = D.getTrailingRequiresClause();
8482 
8483   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
8484   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
8485   // the class has been completely parsed.
8486   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
8487       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
8488           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->castAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
8489           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
8490     D.setInvalidType();
8491 
8492   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
8493     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
8494     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
8495            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
8496 
8497     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8498     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(
8499         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8500         TInfo, ExplicitSpecifier, isInline,
8501         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind, InheritedConstructor(),
8502         TrailingRequiresClause);
8503 
8504   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
8505     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
8506     if (DC->isRecord()) {
8507       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8508       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
8509       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
8510           SemaRef.Context, Record, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8511           isInline, /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, ConstexprKind,
8512           TrailingRequiresClause);
8513 
8514       // If the destructor needs an implicit exception specification, set it
8515       // now. FIXME: It'd be nice to be able to create the right type to start
8516       // with, but the type needs to reference the destructor declaration.
8517       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
8518         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(NewDD);
8519 
8520       IsVirtualOkay = true;
8521       return NewDD;
8522 
8523     } else {
8524       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
8525       D.setInvalidType();
8526 
8527       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
8528       // code path.
8529       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8530                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, SC,
8531                                   isInline,
8532                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, ConstexprKind,
8533                                   TrailingRequiresClause);
8534     }
8535 
8536   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
8537     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
8538       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8539            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
8540       return nullptr;
8541     }
8542 
8543     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8544     if (D.isInvalidType())
8545       return nullptr;
8546 
8547     IsVirtualOkay = true;
8548     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(
8549         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8550         TInfo, isInline, ExplicitSpecifier, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8551         TrailingRequiresClause);
8552 
8553   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDeductionGuideName) {
8554     if (TrailingRequiresClause)
8555       SemaRef.Diag(TrailingRequiresClause->getBeginLoc(),
8556                    diag::err_trailing_requires_clause_on_deduction_guide)
8557           << TrailingRequiresClause->getSourceRange();
8558     SemaRef.CheckDeductionGuideDeclarator(D, R, SC);
8559 
8560     return CXXDeductionGuideDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(),
8561                                          ExplicitSpecifier, NameInfo, R, TInfo,
8562                                          D.getEndLoc());
8563   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
8564     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
8565     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
8566     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
8567     // constructor if it has no return type).
8568     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
8569         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
8570       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
8571         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
8572         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
8573       return nullptr;
8574     }
8575 
8576     // This is a C++ method declaration.
8577     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(
8578         SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo, R,
8579         TInfo, SC, isInline, ConstexprKind, SourceLocation(),
8580         TrailingRequiresClause);
8581     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
8582     return Ret;
8583   } else {
8584     bool isFriend =
8585         SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8586     if (!isFriend && SemaRef.CurContext->isRecord())
8587       return nullptr;
8588 
8589     // Determine whether the function was written with a
8590     // prototype. This true when:
8591     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
8592     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, D.getBeginLoc(), NameInfo,
8593                                 R, TInfo, SC, isInline, true /*HasPrototype*/,
8594                                 ConstexprKind, TrailingRequiresClause);
8595   }
8596 }
8597 
8598 enum OpenCLParamType {
8599   ValidKernelParam,
8600   PtrPtrKernelParam,
8601   PtrKernelParam,
8602   InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam,
8603   InvalidKernelParam,
8604   RecordKernelParam
8605 };
8606 
8607 static bool isOpenCLSizeDependentType(ASTContext &C, QualType Ty) {
8608   // Size dependent types are just typedefs to normal integer types
8609   // (e.g. unsigned long), so we cannot distinguish them from other typedefs to
8610   // integers other than by their names.
8611   StringRef SizeTypeNames[] = {"size_t", "intptr_t", "uintptr_t", "ptrdiff_t"};
8612 
8613   // Remove typedefs one by one until we reach a typedef
8614   // for a size dependent type.
8615   QualType DesugaredTy = Ty;
8616   do {
8617     ArrayRef<StringRef> Names(SizeTypeNames);
8618     auto Match = llvm::find(Names, DesugaredTy.getUnqualifiedType().getAsString());
8619     if (Names.end() != Match)
8620       return true;
8621 
8622     Ty = DesugaredTy;
8623     DesugaredTy = Ty.getSingleStepDesugaredType(C);
8624   } while (DesugaredTy != Ty);
8625 
8626   return false;
8627 }
8628 
8629 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(Sema &S, QualType PT) {
8630   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
8631     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
8632     if (PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_generic ||
8633         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private ||
8634         PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::Default)
8635       return InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam;
8636 
8637     if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) {
8638       // This is a pointer to pointer parameter.
8639       // Recursively check inner type.
8640       OpenCLParamType ParamKind = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PointeeType);
8641       if (ParamKind == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam ||
8642           ParamKind == InvalidKernelParam)
8643         return ParamKind;
8644 
8645       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
8646     }
8647     return PtrKernelParam;
8648   }
8649 
8650   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8651   // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8652   // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8653   // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be one
8654   // of these built-in scalar types.
8655   if (isOpenCLSizeDependentType(S.getASTContext(), PT))
8656     return InvalidKernelParam;
8657 
8658   if (PT->isImageType())
8659     return PtrKernelParam;
8660 
8661   if (PT->isBooleanType() || PT->isEventT() || PT->isReserveIDT())
8662     return InvalidKernelParam;
8663 
8664   // OpenCL extension spec v1.2 s9.5:
8665   // This extension adds support for half scalar and vector types as built-in
8666   // types that can be used for arithmetic operations, conversions etc.
8667   if (!S.getOpenCLOptions().isAvailableOption("cl_khr_fp16", S.getLangOpts()) &&
8668       PT->isHalfType())
8669     return InvalidKernelParam;
8670 
8671   if (PT->isRecordType())
8672     return RecordKernelParam;
8673 
8674   // Look into an array argument to check if it has a forbidden type.
8675   if (PT->isArrayType()) {
8676     const Type *UnderlyingTy = PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8677     // Call ourself to check an underlying type of an array. Since the
8678     // getPointeeOrArrayElementType returns an innermost type which is not an
8679     // array, this recursive call only happens once.
8680     return getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QualType(UnderlyingTy, 0));
8681   }
8682 
8683   return ValidKernelParam;
8684 }
8685 
8686 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
8687   Sema &S,
8688   Declarator &D,
8689   ParmVarDecl *Param,
8690   llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<const Type *> &ValidTypes) {
8691   QualType PT = Param->getType();
8692 
8693   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
8694   // used again
8695   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
8696     return;
8697 
8698   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, PT)) {
8699   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
8700     // OpenCL v3.0 s6.11.a:
8701     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a pointer to a pointer
8702     // type. [...] This restriction only applies to OpenCL C 1.2 or below.
8703     if (S.getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion < 120 &&
8704         !S.getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
8705       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
8706       D.setInvalidType();
8707       return;
8708     }
8709 
8710     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8711     return;
8712 
8713   case InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam:
8714     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.5:
8715     // __kernel function arguments declared to be a pointer of a type can point
8716     // to one of the following address spaces only : __global, __local or
8717     // __constant.
8718     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_kernel_arg_address_space);
8719     D.setInvalidType();
8720     return;
8721 
8722     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
8723     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
8724     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
8725     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
8726     // one of these built-in scalar types.
8727 
8728   case InvalidKernelParam:
8729     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
8730     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
8731     // of event_t type.
8732     // Do not diagnose half type since it is diagnosed as invalid argument
8733     // type for any function elsewhere.
8734     if (!PT->isHalfType()) {
8735       S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8736 
8737       // Explain what typedefs are involved.
8738       const TypedefType *Typedef = nullptr;
8739       while ((Typedef = PT->getAs<TypedefType>())) {
8740         SourceLocation Loc = Typedef->getDecl()->getLocation();
8741         // SourceLocation may be invalid for a built-in type.
8742         if (Loc.isValid())
8743           S.Diag(Loc, diag::note_entity_declared_at) << PT;
8744         PT = Typedef->desugar();
8745       }
8746     }
8747 
8748     D.setInvalidType();
8749     return;
8750 
8751   case PtrKernelParam:
8752   case ValidKernelParam:
8753     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
8754     return;
8755 
8756   case RecordKernelParam:
8757     break;
8758   }
8759 
8760   // Track nested structs we will inspect
8761   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
8762 
8763   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
8764   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
8765   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
8766   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
8767 
8768   // At this point we already handled everything except of a RecordType or
8769   // an ArrayType of a RecordType.
8770   assert((PT->isArrayType() || PT->isRecordType()) && "Unexpected type.");
8771   const RecordType *RecTy =
8772       PT->getPointeeOrArrayElementType()->getAs<RecordType>();
8773   const RecordDecl *OrigRecDecl = RecTy->getDecl();
8774 
8775   VisitStack.push_back(RecTy->getDecl());
8776   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
8777 
8778   do {
8779     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
8780     if (!Next) {
8781       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
8782       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
8783       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
8784         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
8785 
8786       continue;
8787     }
8788 
8789     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
8790     // field itself) to the history stack.
8791     const RecordDecl *RD;
8792     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
8793       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
8794 
8795       QualType FieldTy = Field->getType();
8796       // Other field types (known to be valid or invalid) are handled while we
8797       // walk around RecordDecl::fields().
8798       assert((FieldTy->isArrayType() || FieldTy->isRecordType()) &&
8799              "Unexpected type.");
8800       const Type *FieldRecTy = FieldTy->getPointeeOrArrayElementType();
8801 
8802       RD = FieldRecTy->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
8803     } else {
8804       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
8805     }
8806 
8807     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
8808     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
8809 
8810     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
8811       QualType QT = FD->getType();
8812 
8813       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
8814         continue;
8815 
8816       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(S, QT);
8817       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
8818         continue;
8819 
8820       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
8821         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
8822         continue;
8823       }
8824 
8825       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
8826       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
8827       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
8828       // union.
8829       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
8830           ParamType == InvalidAddrSpacePtrKernelParam) {
8831         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
8832                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
8833           << PT->isUnionType()
8834           << PT;
8835       } else {
8836         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
8837       }
8838 
8839       S.Diag(OrigRecDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8840           << OrigRecDecl->getDeclName();
8841 
8842       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
8843       // the offending field came from
8844       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator
8845                I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
8846                E = HistoryStack.end();
8847            I != E; ++I) {
8848         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
8849         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
8850           << OuterField->getType();
8851       }
8852 
8853       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
8854         << QT->isPointerType()
8855         << QT;
8856       D.setInvalidType();
8857       return;
8858     }
8859   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
8860 }
8861 
8862 /// Find the DeclContext in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8863 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8864 /// nothing.
8865 static DeclContext *getTagInjectionContext(DeclContext *DC) {
8866   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
8867     DC = DC->getParent();
8868   return DC;
8869 }
8870 
8871 /// Find the Scope in which a tag is implicitly declared if we see an
8872 /// elaborated type specifier in the specified context, and lookup finds
8873 /// nothing.
8874 static Scope *getTagInjectionScope(Scope *S, const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
8875   while (S->isClassScope() ||
8876          (LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
8877           S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
8878          ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
8879          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
8880     S = S->getParent();
8881   return S;
8882 }
8883 
8884 NamedDecl*
8885 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
8886                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
8887                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamListsRef,
8888                               bool &AddToScope) {
8889   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
8890 
8891   assert(R->isFunctionType());
8892   if (R.getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>()->getCmseNSCallAttr())
8893     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_decl_cmse_ns_call);
8894 
8895   SmallVector<TemplateParameterList *, 4> TemplateParamLists;
8896   for (TemplateParameterList *TPL : TemplateParamListsRef)
8897     TemplateParamLists.push_back(TPL);
8898   if (TemplateParameterList *Invented = D.getInventedTemplateParameterList()) {
8899     if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() &&
8900         Invented->getDepth() == TemplateParamLists.back()->getDepth())
8901       TemplateParamLists.back() = Invented;
8902     else
8903       TemplateParamLists.push_back(Invented);
8904   }
8905 
8906   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
8907   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
8908   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
8909   StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
8910 
8911   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
8912     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
8913          diag::err_invalid_thread)
8914       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
8915 
8916   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
8917     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember(), D.isCtorOrDtor(),
8918                            D.getIdentifierLoc());
8919 
8920   bool isFriend = false;
8921   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
8922   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
8923   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8924 
8925   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
8926   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
8927   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
8928 
8929   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
8930 
8931   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
8932   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
8933 
8934   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
8935                                               isVirtualOkay);
8936   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
8937 
8938   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
8939     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
8940 
8941   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
8942   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
8943   // context will be different from the semantic context.
8944   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
8945 
8946   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
8947     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
8948 
8949   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8950     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
8951     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
8952     bool hasExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().hasExplicitSpecifier();
8953     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
8954     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
8955       // C++ [class.friend]p5
8956       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
8957       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
8958       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
8959     }
8960 
8961     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
8962     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
8963     // return true).
8964     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
8965           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
8966       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
8967         NewFD->setPure(true);
8968 
8969       // C++ [class.union]p2
8970       //   A union can have member functions, but not virtual functions.
8971       if (isVirtual && Parent->isUnion())
8972         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_virtual_in_union);
8973     }
8974 
8975     SetNestedNameSpecifier(*this, NewFD, D);
8976     isMemberSpecialization = false;
8977     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
8978     if (D.isInvalidType())
8979       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8980 
8981     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
8982     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
8983     bool Invalid = false;
8984     TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
8985         MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
8986             D.getDeclSpec().getBeginLoc(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
8987             D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
8988             D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId
8989                 ? D.getName().TemplateId
8990                 : nullptr,
8991             TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isMemberSpecialization,
8992             Invalid);
8993     if (TemplateParams) {
8994       // Check that we can declare a template here.
8995       if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
8996         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
8997 
8998       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
8999         // This is a function template
9000 
9001         // A destructor cannot be a template.
9002         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
9003           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
9004           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9005         }
9006 
9007         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
9008         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
9009         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
9010         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
9011           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
9012           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
9013             Invalid = true;
9014         }
9015 
9016         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
9017                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
9018                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
9019                                                         NewFD);
9020         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9021         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
9022 
9023         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
9024         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
9025           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
9026               ArrayRef<TemplateParameterList *>(TemplateParamLists)
9027                   .drop_back(1));
9028         }
9029       } else {
9030         // This is a function template specialization.
9031         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9032         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9033         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9034           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9035 
9036         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
9037         if (isFriend) {
9038           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
9039           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
9040 
9041           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
9042           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
9043           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
9044           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
9045           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
9046           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
9047           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9048             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
9049             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
9050           }
9051 
9052           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
9053             << Name << RemoveRange
9054             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
9055             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
9056         }
9057       }
9058     } else {
9059       // Check that we can declare a template here.
9060       if (!TemplateParamLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
9061           CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParamLists.back()))
9062         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9063 
9064       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
9065       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
9066       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
9067         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
9068         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParamLists);
9069     }
9070 
9071     if (Invalid) {
9072       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9073       if (FunctionTemplate)
9074         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9075     }
9076 
9077     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
9078     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
9079     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
9080     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
9081     //
9082     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9083       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
9084         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9085              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
9086       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9087         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
9088         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9089              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
9090           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9091       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
9092         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
9093         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
9094         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
9095              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
9096           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
9097       } else {
9098         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
9099         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
9100       }
9101 
9102       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9103           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
9104         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
9105     }
9106 
9107     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 &&
9108         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
9109          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
9110         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
9111       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
9112       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
9113       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
9114       // thing to do.
9115       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
9116       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
9117       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
9118           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9119       QualType Result =
9120           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
9121       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
9122                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
9123     }
9124 
9125     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
9126     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
9127     //  declaration.
9128     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9129       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
9130         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
9131         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9132              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
9133           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
9134       }
9135     }
9136 
9137     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
9138     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
9139     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
9140     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
9141     if (hasExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9142         !isa<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
9143       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
9144         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
9145         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9146              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
9147             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9148       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9149                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
9150         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
9151         // or conversion function.
9152         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
9153              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
9154             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecRange());
9155       }
9156     }
9157 
9158     ConstexprSpecKind ConstexprKind = D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier();
9159     if (ConstexprKind != ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified) {
9160       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
9161       // are implicitly inline.
9162       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9163 
9164       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
9165       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
9166       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
9167       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
9168           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20 ||
9169            ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval)) {
9170         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor)
9171             << static_cast<int>(ConstexprKind);
9172         NewFD->setConstexprKind(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus20
9173                                     ? ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified
9174                                     : ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9175       }
9176       // C++20 [dcl.constexpr]p2: An allocation function, or a
9177       // deallocation function shall not be declared with the consteval
9178       // specifier.
9179       if (ConstexprKind == ConstexprSpecKind::Consteval &&
9180           (NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_New ||
9181            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New ||
9182            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9183            NewFD->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete)) {
9184         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(),
9185              diag::err_invalid_consteval_decl_kind)
9186             << NewFD;
9187         NewFD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Constexpr);
9188       }
9189     }
9190 
9191     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
9192     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
9193       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9194         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
9195           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
9196         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
9197           << 0
9198           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
9199       } else {
9200         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
9201         if (FunctionTemplate)
9202           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
9203       }
9204     }
9205 
9206     if (isFriend) {
9207       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9208         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9209         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
9210       }
9211       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
9212       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9213     }
9214 
9215     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
9216     // We'll do the relevant checks on defaulted / deleted functions later.
9217     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9218     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9219     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9220       break;
9221 
9222     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9223       NewFD->setDefaulted();
9224       break;
9225 
9226     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9227       NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
9228       break;
9229     }
9230 
9231     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
9232         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9233       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
9234       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
9235       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
9236       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
9237     }
9238 
9239     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
9240         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
9241       // C++ [class.static]p1:
9242       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
9243       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
9244       //   the class.
9245 
9246       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
9247       // member function definition.
9248 
9249       // MSVC permits the use of a 'static' storage specifier on an out-of-line
9250       // member function template declaration and class member template
9251       // declaration (MSVC versions before 2015), warn about this.
9252       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9253            ((!getLangOpts().isCompatibleWithMSVC(LangOptions::MSVC2015) &&
9254              cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getDescribedClassTemplate()) ||
9255            (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()))
9256            ? diag::ext_static_out_of_line : diag::err_static_out_of_line)
9257         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9258     }
9259 
9260     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
9261     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
9262     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
9263     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
9264     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
9265          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
9266         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
9267       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
9268           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
9269           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
9270   }
9271 
9272   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
9273   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
9274                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
9275                        isMemberSpecialization ||
9276                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
9277 
9278   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
9279   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
9280     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
9281     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
9282     NewFD->addAttr(AsmLabelAttr::Create(Context, SE->getString(),
9283                                         /*IsLiteralLabel=*/true,
9284                                         SE->getStrTokenLoc(0)));
9285   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
9286     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
9287       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
9288     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
9289       if (isDeclExternC(NewFD)) {
9290         NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
9291         ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
9292       } else
9293         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
9294             << /*Variable*/0 << NewFD;
9295     }
9296   }
9297 
9298   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
9299   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
9300   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
9301   unsigned FTIIdx;
9302   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator(FTIIdx)) {
9303     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getTypeObject(FTIIdx).Fun;
9304 
9305     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
9306     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
9307     // single void argument.
9308     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
9309     // already checks for that case.
9310     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
9311       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
9312         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
9313         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
9314         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9315         Params.push_back(Param);
9316 
9317         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
9318           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9319       }
9320     }
9321 
9322     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9323       // In C, find all the tag declarations from the prototype and move them
9324       // into the function DeclContext. Remove them from the surrounding tag
9325       // injection context of the function, which is typically but not always
9326       // the TU.
9327       DeclContext *PrototypeTagContext =
9328           getTagInjectionContext(NewFD->getLexicalDeclContext());
9329       for (NamedDecl *NonParmDecl : FTI.getDeclsInPrototype()) {
9330         auto *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(NonParmDecl);
9331 
9332         // We don't want to reparent enumerators. Look at their parent enum
9333         // instead.
9334         if (!TD) {
9335           if (auto *ECD = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(NonParmDecl))
9336             TD = cast<EnumDecl>(ECD->getDeclContext());
9337         }
9338         if (!TD)
9339           continue;
9340         DeclContext *TagDC = TD->getLexicalDeclContext();
9341         if (!TagDC->containsDecl(TD))
9342           continue;
9343         TagDC->removeDecl(TD);
9344         TD->setDeclContext(NewFD);
9345         NewFD->addDecl(TD);
9346 
9347         // Preserve the lexical DeclContext if it is not the surrounding tag
9348         // injection context of the FD. In this example, the semantic context of
9349         // E will be f and the lexical context will be S, while both the
9350         // semantic and lexical contexts of S will be f:
9351         //   void f(struct S { enum E { a } f; } s);
9352         if (TagDC != PrototypeTagContext)
9353           TD->setLexicalDeclContext(TagDC);
9354       }
9355     }
9356   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9357     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
9358     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
9359     // parameters for use in the declaration.
9360     //
9361     // @code
9362     // typedef void fn(int);
9363     // fn f;
9364     // @endcode
9365 
9366     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
9367     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
9368       ParmVarDecl *Param =
9369           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
9370       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
9371       Params.push_back(Param);
9372     }
9373   } else {
9374     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
9375            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
9376   }
9377 
9378   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
9379   NewFD->setParams(Params);
9380 
9381   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
9382     NewFD->addAttr(C11NoReturnAttr::Create(Context,
9383                                            D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
9384                                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword));
9385 
9386   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
9387   // because all functions have linkage.
9388   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9389       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
9390     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
9391     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9392   }
9393 
9394   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section text' is active
9395   if (PragmaClangTextSection.Valid && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9396       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>())
9397     NewFD->addAttr(PragmaClangTextSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9398         Context, PragmaClangTextSection.SectionName,
9399         PragmaClangTextSection.PragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
9400 
9401   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if #pragma code_seg is active.
9402   if (CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9403       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
9404     NewFD->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9405         Context, CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9406         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
9407         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
9408     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
9409                      ASTContext::PSF_Implicit | ASTContext::PSF_Execute |
9410                          ASTContext::PSF_Read,
9411                      NewFD))
9412       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9413   }
9414 
9415   // Apply an implicit CodeSegAttr from class declspec or
9416   // apply an implicit SectionAttr from #pragma code_seg if active.
9417   if (!NewFD->hasAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9418     if (Attr *SAttr = getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(NewFD,
9419                                                                  D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9420       NewFD->addAttr(SAttr);
9421     }
9422   }
9423 
9424   // Handle attributes.
9425   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
9426 
9427   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
9428     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
9429     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
9430     LangAS AddressSpace = NewFD->getReturnType().getAddressSpace();
9431     if (AddressSpace != LangAS::Default) {
9432       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9433            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
9434       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9435     }
9436   }
9437 
9438   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice || (LangOpts.OpenMP && LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice))
9439     checkDeviceDecl(NewFD, D.getBeginLoc());
9440 
9441   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9442     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9443     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9444       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9445 
9446     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9447       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9448 
9449     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9450       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9451                                                   isMemberSpecialization));
9452     else if (!Previous.empty())
9453       // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9454       D.setRedeclaration(true);
9455     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9456             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9457            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9458 
9459     // Diagnose no-prototype function declarations with calling conventions that
9460     // don't support variadic calls. Only do this in C and do it after merging
9461     // possibly prototyped redeclarations.
9462     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
9463     if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT) && !D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
9464       CallingConv CC = FT->getExtInfo().getCC();
9465       if (!supportsVariadicCall(CC)) {
9466         // Windows system headers sometimes accidentally use stdcall without
9467         // (void) parameters, so we relax this to a warning.
9468         int DiagID =
9469             CC == CC_X86StdCall ? diag::warn_cconv_knr : diag::err_cconv_knr;
9470         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagID)
9471             << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC);
9472       }
9473     }
9474 
9475    if (NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
9476        NewFD->getReturnType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
9477      checkNonTrivialCUnion(NewFD->getReturnType(),
9478                            NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange().getBegin(),
9479                            NTCUC_FunctionReturn, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
9480   } else {
9481     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
9482     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
9483     //
9484     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
9485     //
9486     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
9487     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
9488     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
9489         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
9490         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
9491       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
9492            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
9493         << NewFD->getDeclName();
9494 
9495     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
9496     // argument list into our AST format.
9497     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId) {
9498       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
9499       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
9500       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9501       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
9502                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
9503       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
9504                                  TemplateArgs);
9505 
9506       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9507 
9508       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9509         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9510       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
9511         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
9512         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
9513           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
9514 
9515         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
9516       } else {
9517         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
9518                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
9519                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
9520         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
9521         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
9522       }
9523     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9524       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
9525       // wrote something like:
9526       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
9527       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
9528       //   friend void foo<>(int);
9529       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
9530       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
9531       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9532       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
9533     }
9534 
9535     // We do not add HD attributes to specializations here because
9536     // they may have different constexpr-ness compared to their
9537     // templates and, after maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs() is applied,
9538     // may end up with different effective targets. Instead, a
9539     // specialization inherits its target attributes from its template
9540     // in the CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization() call below.
9541     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization)
9542       maybeAddCUDAHostDeviceAttrs(NewFD, Previous);
9543 
9544     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
9545     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
9546     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
9547     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
9548     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
9549         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
9550          TemplateSpecializationType::anyInstantiationDependentTemplateArguments(
9551              TemplateArgs.arguments()))) {
9552       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
9553              "friend function specialization without template args");
9554       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
9555                                                        Previous))
9556         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9557     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
9558       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
9559           && !isFriend) {
9560         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
9561       } else if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9562                  CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(
9563                      NewFD, (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs : nullptr),
9564                      Previous))
9565         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9566 
9567       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
9568       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
9569       //   specialization (14.7.3)
9570       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
9571           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
9572       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
9573         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
9574           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9575                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
9576             << SC
9577             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9578                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9579 
9580         else
9581           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9582                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
9583             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
9584                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
9585       }
9586     } else if (isMemberSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
9587       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
9588           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
9589     }
9590 
9591     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
9592     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9593       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
9594         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
9595 
9596       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
9597         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
9598 
9599       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9600         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
9601                                                     isMemberSpecialization));
9602       else if (!Previous.empty())
9603         // Recover gracefully from an invalid redeclaration.
9604         D.setRedeclaration(true);
9605     }
9606 
9607     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
9608             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
9609            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
9610 
9611     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
9612                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
9613                                 : NewFD);
9614 
9615     if (isFriend && NewFD->getPreviousDecl()) {
9616       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
9617       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9618         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
9619 
9620       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
9621       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
9622     }
9623 
9624     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
9625         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
9626       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
9627 
9628     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
9629     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
9630     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9631       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
9632                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
9633       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
9634                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
9635                                     : nullptr,
9636                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
9637                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
9638                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
9639                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
9640                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
9641                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
9642                                  DC->isDependentContext())
9643                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
9644                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
9645     }
9646 
9647     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
9648       // Ignore all the rest of this.
9649     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
9650       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
9651                                        AddToScope };
9652       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
9653       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
9654         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
9655 
9656       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
9657       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9658         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
9659         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
9660 
9661         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
9662         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
9663         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
9664         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
9665         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
9666         // can actually do this check immediately.
9667         //
9668         // Unless the scope is dependent, it's always an error if qualified
9669         // redeclaration lookup found nothing at all. Diagnose that now;
9670         // nothing will diagnose that error later.
9671         if (isFriend &&
9672             (D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
9673              (!Previous.empty() && CurContext->isDependentContext()))) {
9674           // ignore these
9675         } else {
9676           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
9677           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
9678           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
9679           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
9680           //
9681           // class X {
9682           //   void f() const;
9683           // };
9684           //
9685           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
9686           //
9687           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
9688           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
9689           // whether the parameter types are references).
9690 
9691           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9692                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
9693             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9694             return Result;
9695           }
9696         }
9697 
9698         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
9699         // to something.
9700       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
9701         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
9702                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
9703           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
9704           return Result;
9705         }
9706       }
9707     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
9708                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
9709                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
9710                !isMemberSpecialization) {
9711       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
9712       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
9713       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
9714       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
9715       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
9716       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
9717       // generate them.
9718       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
9719         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9720     }
9721   }
9722 
9723   // If this is the first declaration of a library builtin function, add
9724   // attributes as appropriate.
9725   if (!D.isRedeclaration() &&
9726       NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext()) {
9727     if (IdentifierInfo *II = Previous.getLookupName().getAsIdentifierInfo()) {
9728       if (unsigned BuiltinID = II->getBuiltinID()) {
9729         if (NewFD->getLanguageLinkage() == CLanguageLinkage) {
9730           // Validate the type matches unless this builtin is specified as
9731           // matching regardless of its declared type.
9732           if (Context.BuiltinInfo.allowTypeMismatch(BuiltinID)) {
9733             NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9734           } else {
9735             ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
9736             LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
9737             QualType BuiltinType = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
9738 
9739             if (!Error && !BuiltinType.isNull() &&
9740                 Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(
9741                     NewFD->getType(), BuiltinType))
9742               NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9743           }
9744         } else if (BuiltinID == Builtin::BI__GetExceptionInfo &&
9745                    Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
9746           // FIXME: We should consider this a builtin only in the std namespace.
9747           NewFD->addAttr(BuiltinAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, BuiltinID));
9748         }
9749       }
9750     }
9751   }
9752 
9753   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
9754   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
9755 
9756   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
9757 
9758   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
9759       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
9760     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
9761          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
9762       << NewFD;
9763 
9764     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
9765     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
9766     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
9767         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
9768     EPI.Variadic = true;
9769     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
9770 
9771     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
9772     NewFD->setType(R);
9773   }
9774 
9775   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9776   // member, set the visibility of this function.
9777   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
9778     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
9779 
9780   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
9781   // marking the function.
9782   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
9783 
9784   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
9785   // a pragma.
9786   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
9787     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
9788 
9789   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
9790   // the map of such variables.
9791   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9792       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
9793     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
9794 
9795   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
9796   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
9797 
9798   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
9799     NamedDecl *Prev = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
9800     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(*this, Prev, NewFD,
9801                                    isMemberSpecialization ||
9802                                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization,
9803                                    D.isFunctionDefinition());
9804   }
9805 
9806   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
9807     IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier();
9808     if (II && II->isStr(getCudaConfigureFuncName()) &&
9809         !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9810         NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
9811       if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
9812         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return)
9813             << getCudaConfigureFuncName();
9814       Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
9815     }
9816 
9817     // Variadic functions, other than a *declaration* of printf, are not allowed
9818     // in device-side CUDA code, unless someone passed
9819     // -fcuda-allow-variadic-functions.
9820     if (!getLangOpts().CUDAAllowVariadicFunctions && NewFD->isVariadic() &&
9821         (NewFD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() ||
9822          NewFD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) &&
9823         !(II && II->isStr("printf") && NewFD->isExternC() &&
9824           !D.isFunctionDefinition())) {
9825       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_variadic_device_fn);
9826     }
9827   }
9828 
9829   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
9830 
9831 
9832 
9833   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
9834     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
9835     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
9836         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
9837       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
9838       D.setInvalidType();
9839     }
9840 
9841     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
9842     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
9843       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
9844       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
9845           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
9846                                 : FixItHint());
9847       D.setInvalidType();
9848     }
9849 
9850     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
9851     for (auto Param : NewFD->parameters())
9852       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
9853 
9854     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9855       if (DC->isRecord()) {
9856         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_method_kernel);
9857         D.setInvalidType();
9858       }
9859       if (FunctionTemplate) {
9860         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_kernel);
9861         D.setInvalidType();
9862       }
9863     }
9864   }
9865 
9866   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9867     if (FunctionTemplate) {
9868       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9869         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
9870       return FunctionTemplate;
9871     }
9872 
9873     if (isMemberSpecialization && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
9874       CompleteMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous);
9875   }
9876 
9877   for (const ParmVarDecl *Param : NewFD->parameters()) {
9878     QualType PT = Param->getType();
9879 
9880     // OpenCL 2.0 pipe restrictions forbids pipe packet types to be non-value
9881     // types.
9882     if (getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 200 || getLangOpts().OpenCLCPlusPlus) {
9883       if(const PipeType *PipeTy = PT->getAs<PipeType>()) {
9884         QualType ElemTy = PipeTy->getElementType();
9885           if (ElemTy->isReferenceType() || ElemTy->isPointerType()) {
9886             Diag(Param->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_reference_pipe_type );
9887             D.setInvalidType();
9888           }
9889       }
9890     }
9891   }
9892 
9893   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
9894   // The actual specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
9895   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
9896   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
9897     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
9898                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
9899                                 Context, CurContext, NewFD->getLocation(),
9900                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
9901                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
9902     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
9903     AddToScope = false;
9904   }
9905 
9906   // Diagnose availability attributes. Availability cannot be used on functions
9907   // that are run during load/unload.
9908   if (const auto *attr = NewFD->getAttr<AvailabilityAttr>()) {
9909     if (NewFD->hasAttr<ConstructorAttr>()) {
9910       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9911           << 1;
9912       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9913     }
9914     if (NewFD->hasAttr<DestructorAttr>()) {
9915       Diag(attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_availability_on_static_initializer)
9916           << 2;
9917       NewFD->dropAttr<AvailabilityAttr>();
9918     }
9919   }
9920 
9921   // Diagnose no_builtin attribute on function declaration that are not a
9922   // definition.
9923   // FIXME: We should really be doing this in
9924   // SemaDeclAttr.cpp::handleNoBuiltinAttr, unfortunately we only have access to
9925   // the FunctionDecl and at this point of the code
9926   // FunctionDecl::isThisDeclarationADefinition() which always returns `false`
9927   // because Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef has not been called yet.
9928   if (const auto *NBA = NewFD->getAttr<NoBuiltinAttr>())
9929     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
9930     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Defaulted:
9931     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Deleted:
9932       Diag(NBA->getLocation(),
9933            diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_defaulted_deleted_function)
9934           << NBA->getSpelling();
9935       break;
9936     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Declaration:
9937       Diag(NBA->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_no_builtin_on_non_definition)
9938           << NBA->getSpelling();
9939       break;
9940     case FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition:
9941       break;
9942     }
9943 
9944   return NewFD;
9945 }
9946 
9947 /// Return a CodeSegAttr from a containing class.  The Microsoft docs say
9948 /// when __declspec(code_seg) "is applied to a class, all member functions of
9949 /// the class and nested classes -- this includes compiler-generated special
9950 /// member functions -- are put in the specified segment."
9951 /// The actual behavior is a little more complicated. The Microsoft compiler
9952 /// won't check outer classes if there is an active value from #pragma code_seg.
9953 /// The CodeSeg is always applied from the direct parent but only from outer
9954 /// classes when the #pragma code_seg stack is empty. See:
9955 /// https://reviews.llvm.org/D22931, the Microsoft feedback page is no longer
9956 /// available since MS has removed the page.
9957 static Attr *getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
9958   const auto *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
9959   if (!Method)
9960     return nullptr;
9961   const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = Method->getParent();
9962   if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9963     Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9964     NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9965     return NewAttr;
9966   }
9967 
9968   // The Microsoft compiler won't check outer classes for the CodeSeg
9969   // when the #pragma code_seg stack is active.
9970   if (S.CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9971    return nullptr;
9972 
9973   while ((Parent = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Parent->getParent()))) {
9974     if (const auto *SAttr = Parent->getAttr<CodeSegAttr>()) {
9975       Attr *NewAttr = SAttr->clone(S.getASTContext());
9976       NewAttr->setImplicit(true);
9977       return NewAttr;
9978     }
9979   }
9980   return nullptr;
9981 }
9982 
9983 /// Returns an implicit CodeSegAttr if a __declspec(code_seg) is found on a
9984 /// containing class. Otherwise it will return implicit SectionAttr if the
9985 /// function is a definition and there is an active value on CodeSegStack
9986 /// (from the current #pragma code-seg value).
9987 ///
9988 /// \param FD Function being declared.
9989 /// \param IsDefinition Whether it is a definition or just a declarartion.
9990 /// \returns A CodeSegAttr or SectionAttr to apply to the function or
9991 ///          nullptr if no attribute should be added.
9992 Attr *Sema::getImplicitCodeSegOrSectionAttrForFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9993                                                        bool IsDefinition) {
9994   if (Attr *A = getImplicitCodeSegAttrFromClass(*this, FD))
9995     return A;
9996   if (!FD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && IsDefinition &&
9997       CodeSegStack.CurrentValue)
9998     return SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
9999         getASTContext(), CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
10000         CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma,
10001         SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate);
10002   return nullptr;
10003 }
10004 
10005 /// Determines if we can perform a correct type check for \p D as a
10006 /// redeclaration of \p PrevDecl. If not, we can generally still perform a
10007 /// best-effort check.
10008 ///
10009 /// \param NewD The new declaration.
10010 /// \param OldD The old declaration.
10011 /// \param NewT The portion of the type of the new declaration to check.
10012 /// \param OldT The portion of the type of the old declaration to check.
10013 bool Sema::canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(ValueDecl *NewD, ValueDecl *OldD,
10014                                           QualType NewT, QualType OldT) {
10015   if (!NewD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10016     return true;
10017 
10018   // For dependently-typed local extern declarations and friends, we can't
10019   // perform a correct type check in general until instantiation:
10020   //
10021   //   int f();
10022   //   template<typename T> void g() { T f(); }
10023   //
10024   // (valid if g() is only instantiated with T = int).
10025   if (NewT->isDependentType() &&
10026       (NewD->isLocalExternDecl() || NewD->getFriendObjectKind()))
10027     return false;
10028 
10029   // Similarly, if the previous declaration was a dependent local extern
10030   // declaration, we don't really know its type yet.
10031   if (OldT->isDependentType() && OldD->isLocalExternDecl())
10032     return false;
10033 
10034   return true;
10035 }
10036 
10037 /// Checks if the new declaration declared in dependent context must be
10038 /// put in the same redeclaration chain as the specified declaration.
10039 ///
10040 /// \param D Declaration that is checked.
10041 /// \param PrevDecl Previous declaration found with proper lookup method for the
10042 ///                 same declaration name.
10043 /// \returns True if D must be added to the redeclaration chain which PrevDecl
10044 ///          belongs to.
10045 ///
10046 bool Sema::shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(Decl *D, Decl *PrevDecl) {
10047   if (!D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
10048     return true;
10049 
10050   // Don't chain dependent friend function definitions until instantiation, to
10051   // permit cases like
10052   //
10053   //   void func();
10054   //   template<typename T> class C1 { friend void func() {} };
10055   //   template<typename T> class C2 { friend void func() {} };
10056   //
10057   // ... which is valid if only one of C1 and C2 is ever instantiated.
10058   //
10059   // FIXME: This need only apply to function definitions. For now, we proxy
10060   // this by checking for a file-scope function. We do not want this to apply
10061   // to friend declarations nominating member functions, because that gets in
10062   // the way of access checks.
10063   if (D->getFriendObjectKind() && D->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
10064     return false;
10065 
10066   auto *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(D);
10067   auto *PrevVD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl);
10068   return !VD || !PrevVD ||
10069          canFullyTypeCheckRedeclaration(VD, PrevVD, VD->getType(),
10070                                         PrevVD->getType());
10071 }
10072 
10073 /// Check the target attribute of the function for MultiVersion
10074 /// validity.
10075 ///
10076 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10077 static bool CheckMultiVersionValue(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10078   const auto *TA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10079   assert(TA && "MultiVersion Candidate requires a target attribute");
10080   ParsedTargetAttr ParseInfo = TA->parse();
10081   const TargetInfo &TargetInfo = S.Context.getTargetInfo();
10082   enum ErrType { Feature = 0, Architecture = 1 };
10083 
10084   if (!ParseInfo.Architecture.empty() &&
10085       !TargetInfo.validateCpuIs(ParseInfo.Architecture)) {
10086     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10087         << Architecture << ParseInfo.Architecture;
10088     return true;
10089   }
10090 
10091   for (const auto &Feat : ParseInfo.Features) {
10092     auto BareFeat = StringRef{Feat}.substr(1);
10093     if (Feat[0] == '-') {
10094       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10095           << Feature << ("no-" + BareFeat).str();
10096       return true;
10097     }
10098 
10099     if (!TargetInfo.validateCpuSupports(BareFeat) ||
10100         !TargetInfo.isValidFeatureName(BareFeat)) {
10101       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_multiversion_option)
10102           << Feature << BareFeat;
10103       return true;
10104     }
10105   }
10106   return false;
10107 }
10108 
10109 // Provide a white-list of attributes that are allowed to be combined with
10110 // multiversion functions.
10111 static bool AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(attr::Kind Kind,
10112                                            MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10113   // Note: this list/diagnosis must match the list in
10114   // checkMultiversionAttributesAllSame.
10115   switch (Kind) {
10116   default:
10117     return false;
10118   case attr::Used:
10119     return MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target;
10120   case attr::NonNull:
10121   case attr::NoThrow:
10122     return true;
10123   }
10124 }
10125 
10126 static bool checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(Sema &S,
10127                                                  const FunctionDecl *FD,
10128                                                  const FunctionDecl *CausedFD,
10129                                                  MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10130   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10131       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10132       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10133   const auto Diagnose = [FD, CausedFD, IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType](
10134                             Sema &S, const Attr *A) {
10135     S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_disallowed_other_attr)
10136         << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType << A;
10137     if (CausedFD)
10138       S.Diag(CausedFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10139     return true;
10140   };
10141 
10142   for (const Attr *A : FD->attrs()) {
10143     switch (A->getKind()) {
10144     case attr::CPUDispatch:
10145     case attr::CPUSpecific:
10146       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10147           MVType != MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific)
10148         return Diagnose(S, A);
10149       break;
10150     case attr::Target:
10151       if (MVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)
10152         return Diagnose(S, A);
10153       break;
10154     default:
10155       if (!AttrCompatibleWithMultiVersion(A->getKind(), MVType))
10156         return Diagnose(S, A);
10157       break;
10158     }
10159   }
10160   return false;
10161 }
10162 
10163 bool Sema::areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10164     const FunctionDecl *OldFD, const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10165     const PartialDiagnostic &NoProtoDiagID,
10166     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoteCausedDiagIDAt,
10167     const PartialDiagnosticAt &NoSupportDiagIDAt,
10168     const PartialDiagnosticAt &DiffDiagIDAt, bool TemplatesSupported,
10169     bool ConstexprSupported, bool CLinkageMayDiffer) {
10170   enum DoesntSupport {
10171     FuncTemplates = 0,
10172     VirtFuncs = 1,
10173     DeducedReturn = 2,
10174     Constructors = 3,
10175     Destructors = 4,
10176     DeletedFuncs = 5,
10177     DefaultedFuncs = 6,
10178     ConstexprFuncs = 7,
10179     ConstevalFuncs = 8,
10180   };
10181   enum Different {
10182     CallingConv = 0,
10183     ReturnType = 1,
10184     ConstexprSpec = 2,
10185     InlineSpec = 3,
10186     StorageClass = 4,
10187     Linkage = 5,
10188   };
10189 
10190   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 && OldFD &&
10191       !OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
10192     Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10193     Diag(NoteCausedDiagIDAt.first, NoteCausedDiagIDAt.second);
10194     return true;
10195   }
10196 
10197   if (NoProtoDiagID.getDiagID() != 0 &&
10198       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10199     return Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), NoProtoDiagID);
10200 
10201   if (!TemplatesSupported &&
10202       NewFD->getTemplatedKind() == FunctionDecl::TK_FunctionTemplate)
10203     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10204            << FuncTemplates;
10205 
10206   if (const auto *NewCXXFD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10207     if (NewCXXFD->isVirtual())
10208       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10209              << VirtFuncs;
10210 
10211     if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10212       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10213              << Constructors;
10214 
10215     if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewCXXFD))
10216       return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10217              << Destructors;
10218   }
10219 
10220   if (NewFD->isDeleted())
10221     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10222            << DeletedFuncs;
10223 
10224   if (NewFD->isDefaulted())
10225     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10226            << DefaultedFuncs;
10227 
10228   if (!ConstexprSupported && NewFD->isConstexpr())
10229     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10230            << (NewFD->isConsteval() ? ConstevalFuncs : ConstexprFuncs);
10231 
10232   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
10233   const auto *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
10234   QualType NewReturnType = NewType->getReturnType();
10235 
10236   if (NewReturnType->isUndeducedType())
10237     return Diag(NoSupportDiagIDAt.first, NoSupportDiagIDAt.second)
10238            << DeducedReturn;
10239 
10240   // Ensure the return type is identical.
10241   if (OldFD) {
10242     QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(OldFD->getType());
10243     const auto *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
10244     FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
10245     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
10246 
10247     if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC())
10248       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << CallingConv;
10249 
10250     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
10251 
10252     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType)
10253       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ReturnType;
10254 
10255     if (OldFD->getConstexprKind() != NewFD->getConstexprKind())
10256       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << ConstexprSpec;
10257 
10258     if (OldFD->isInlineSpecified() != NewFD->isInlineSpecified())
10259       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << InlineSpec;
10260 
10261     if (OldFD->getStorageClass() != NewFD->getStorageClass())
10262       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << StorageClass;
10263 
10264     if (!CLinkageMayDiffer && OldFD->isExternC() != NewFD->isExternC())
10265       return Diag(DiffDiagIDAt.first, DiffDiagIDAt.second) << Linkage;
10266 
10267     if (CheckEquivalentExceptionSpec(
10268             OldFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), OldFD->getLocation(),
10269             NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(), NewFD->getLocation()))
10270       return true;
10271   }
10272   return false;
10273 }
10274 
10275 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(Sema &S, const FunctionDecl *OldFD,
10276                                              const FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10277                                              bool CausesMV,
10278                                              MultiVersionKind MVType) {
10279   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10280     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10281     if (OldFD)
10282       S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10283     return true;
10284   }
10285 
10286   bool IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType =
10287       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10288       MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific;
10289 
10290   if (CausesMV && OldFD &&
10291       checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType))
10292     return true;
10293 
10294   if (checkNonMultiVersionCompatAttributes(S, NewFD, nullptr, MVType))
10295     return true;
10296 
10297   // Only allow transition to MultiVersion if it hasn't been used.
10298   if (OldFD && CausesMV && OldFD->isUsed(false))
10299     return S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_after_used);
10300 
10301   return S.areMultiversionVariantFunctionsCompatible(
10302       OldFD, NewFD, S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_noproto),
10303       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10304                           S.PDiag(diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here)),
10305       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10306                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_doesnt_support)
10307                               << IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType),
10308       PartialDiagnosticAt(NewFD->getLocation(),
10309                           S.PDiag(diag::err_multiversion_diff)),
10310       /*TemplatesSupported=*/false,
10311       /*ConstexprSupported=*/!IsCPUSpecificCPUDispatchMVType,
10312       /*CLinkageMayDiffer=*/false);
10313 }
10314 
10315 /// Check the validity of a multiversion function declaration that is the
10316 /// first of its kind. Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10317 ///
10318 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10319 ///
10320 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10321 static bool CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD,
10322                                            MultiVersionKind MVType,
10323                                            const TargetAttr *TA) {
10324   assert(MVType != MultiVersionKind::None &&
10325          "Function lacks multiversion attribute");
10326 
10327   // Target only causes MV if it is default, otherwise this is a normal
10328   // function.
10329   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && !TA->isDefaultVersion())
10330     return false;
10331 
10332   if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && CheckMultiVersionValue(S, FD)) {
10333     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10334     return true;
10335   }
10336 
10337   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, nullptr, FD, true, MVType)) {
10338     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10339     return true;
10340   }
10341 
10342   FD->setIsMultiVersion();
10343   return false;
10344 }
10345 
10346 static bool PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
10347   for (const Decl *D = FD->getPreviousDecl(); D; D = D->getPreviousDecl()) {
10348     if (D->getAsFunction()->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::None)
10349       return true;
10350   }
10351 
10352   return false;
10353 }
10354 
10355 static bool CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(
10356     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10357     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10358     LookupResult &Previous) {
10359   const auto *OldTA = OldFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10360   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10361   // Sort order doesn't matter, it just needs to be consistent.
10362   llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10363 
10364   // If the old decl is NOT MultiVersioned yet, and we don't cause that
10365   // to change, this is a simple redeclaration.
10366   if (!NewTA->isDefaultVersion() &&
10367       (!OldTA || OldTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()))
10368     return false;
10369 
10370   // Otherwise, this decl causes MultiVersioning.
10371   if (!S.getASTContext().getTargetInfo().supportsMultiVersioning()) {
10372     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_supported);
10373     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10374     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10375     return true;
10376   }
10377 
10378   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD, true,
10379                                        MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10380     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10381     return true;
10382   }
10383 
10384   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10385     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10386     return true;
10387   }
10388 
10389   // If this is 'default', permit the forward declaration.
10390   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && !OldTA && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) {
10391     Redeclaration = true;
10392     OldDecl = OldFD;
10393     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10394     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10395     return false;
10396   }
10397 
10398   if (CheckMultiVersionValue(S, OldFD)) {
10399     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10400     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10401     return true;
10402   }
10403 
10404   ParsedTargetAttr OldParsed = OldTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10405 
10406   if (OldParsed == NewParsed) {
10407     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10408     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10409     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10410     return true;
10411   }
10412 
10413   for (const auto *FD : OldFD->redecls()) {
10414     const auto *CurTA = FD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10415     // We allow forward declarations before ANY multiversioning attributes, but
10416     // nothing after the fact.
10417     if (PreviousDeclsHaveMultiVersionAttribute(FD) &&
10418         (!CurTA || CurTA->isInherited())) {
10419       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10420           << 0;
10421       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::note_multiversioning_caused_here);
10422       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10423       return true;
10424     }
10425   }
10426 
10427   OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10428   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10429   Redeclaration = false;
10430   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10431   OldDecl = nullptr;
10432   Previous.clear();
10433   return false;
10434 }
10435 
10436 /// Check the validity of a new function declaration being added to an existing
10437 /// multiversioned declaration collection.
10438 static bool CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10439     Sema &S, FunctionDecl *OldFD, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10440     MultiVersionKind NewMVType, const TargetAttr *NewTA,
10441     const CPUDispatchAttr *NewCPUDisp, const CPUSpecificAttr *NewCPUSpec,
10442     bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl, bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10443     LookupResult &Previous) {
10444 
10445   MultiVersionKind OldMVType = OldFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10446   // Disallow mixing of multiversioning types.
10447   if ((OldMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10448        NewMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target) ||
10449       (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10450        OldMVType != MultiVersionKind::Target)) {
10451     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10452     S.Diag(OldFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10453     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10454     return true;
10455   }
10456 
10457   ParsedTargetAttr NewParsed;
10458   if (NewTA) {
10459     NewParsed = NewTA->parse();
10460     llvm::sort(NewParsed.Features);
10461   }
10462 
10463   bool UseMemberUsingDeclRules =
10464       S.CurContext->isRecord() && !NewFD->getFriendObjectKind();
10465 
10466   // Next, check ALL non-overloads to see if this is a redeclaration of a
10467   // previous member of the MultiVersion set.
10468   for (NamedDecl *ND : Previous) {
10469     FunctionDecl *CurFD = ND->getAsFunction();
10470     if (!CurFD)
10471       continue;
10472     if (S.IsOverload(NewFD, CurFD, UseMemberUsingDeclRules))
10473       continue;
10474 
10475     if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target) {
10476       const auto *CurTA = CurFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10477       if (CurTA->getFeaturesStr() == NewTA->getFeaturesStr()) {
10478         NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10479         Redeclaration = true;
10480         OldDecl = ND;
10481         return false;
10482       }
10483 
10484       ParsedTargetAttr CurParsed = CurTA->parse(std::less<std::string>());
10485       if (CurParsed == NewParsed) {
10486         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_duplicate);
10487         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10488         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10489         return true;
10490       }
10491     } else {
10492       const auto *CurCPUSpec = CurFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10493       const auto *CurCPUDisp = CurFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10494       // Handle CPUDispatch/CPUSpecific versions.
10495       // Only 1 CPUDispatch function is allowed, this will make it go through
10496       // the redeclaration errors.
10497       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch &&
10498           CurFD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>()) {
10499         if (CurCPUDisp->cpus_size() == NewCPUDisp->cpus_size() &&
10500             std::equal(
10501                 CurCPUDisp->cpus_begin(), CurCPUDisp->cpus_end(),
10502                 NewCPUDisp->cpus_begin(),
10503                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10504                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10505                 })) {
10506           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10507           Redeclaration = true;
10508           OldDecl = ND;
10509           return false;
10510         }
10511 
10512         // If the declarations don't match, this is an error condition.
10513         S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_dispatch_mismatch);
10514         S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10515         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10516         return true;
10517       }
10518       if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific && CurCPUSpec) {
10519 
10520         if (CurCPUSpec->cpus_size() == NewCPUSpec->cpus_size() &&
10521             std::equal(
10522                 CurCPUSpec->cpus_begin(), CurCPUSpec->cpus_end(),
10523                 NewCPUSpec->cpus_begin(),
10524                 [](const IdentifierInfo *Cur, const IdentifierInfo *New) {
10525                   return Cur->getName() == New->getName();
10526                 })) {
10527           NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10528           Redeclaration = true;
10529           OldDecl = ND;
10530           return false;
10531         }
10532 
10533         // Only 1 version of CPUSpecific is allowed for each CPU.
10534         for (const IdentifierInfo *CurII : CurCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10535           for (const IdentifierInfo *NewII : NewCPUSpec->cpus()) {
10536             if (CurII == NewII) {
10537               S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cpu_specific_multiple_defs)
10538                   << NewII;
10539               S.Diag(CurFD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10540               NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10541               return true;
10542             }
10543           }
10544         }
10545       }
10546       // If the two decls aren't the same MVType, there is no possible error
10547       // condition.
10548     }
10549   }
10550 
10551   // Else, this is simply a non-redecl case.  Checking the 'value' is only
10552   // necessary in the Target case, since The CPUSpecific/Dispatch cases are
10553   // handled in the attribute adding step.
10554   if (NewMVType == MultiVersionKind::Target &&
10555       CheckMultiVersionValue(S, NewFD)) {
10556     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10557     return true;
10558   }
10559 
10560   if (CheckMultiVersionAdditionalRules(S, OldFD, NewFD,
10561                                        !OldFD->isMultiVersion(), NewMVType)) {
10562     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10563     return true;
10564   }
10565 
10566   // Permit forward declarations in the case where these two are compatible.
10567   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion()) {
10568     OldFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10569     NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10570     Redeclaration = true;
10571     OldDecl = OldFD;
10572     return false;
10573   }
10574 
10575   NewFD->setIsMultiVersion();
10576   Redeclaration = false;
10577   MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10578   OldDecl = nullptr;
10579   Previous.clear();
10580   return false;
10581 }
10582 
10583 
10584 /// Check the validity of a mulitversion function declaration.
10585 /// Also sets the multiversion'ness' of the function itself.
10586 ///
10587 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10588 ///
10589 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
10590 static bool CheckMultiVersionFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10591                                       bool &Redeclaration, NamedDecl *&OldDecl,
10592                                       bool &MergeTypeWithPrevious,
10593                                       LookupResult &Previous) {
10594   const auto *NewTA = NewFD->getAttr<TargetAttr>();
10595   const auto *NewCPUDisp = NewFD->getAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>();
10596   const auto *NewCPUSpec = NewFD->getAttr<CPUSpecificAttr>();
10597 
10598   // Mixing Multiversioning types is prohibited.
10599   if ((NewTA && NewCPUDisp) || (NewTA && NewCPUSpec) ||
10600       (NewCPUDisp && NewCPUSpec)) {
10601     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_types_mixed);
10602     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10603     return true;
10604   }
10605 
10606   MultiVersionKind  MVType = NewFD->getMultiVersionKind();
10607 
10608   // Main isn't allowed to become a multiversion function, however it IS
10609   // permitted to have 'main' be marked with the 'target' optimization hint.
10610   if (NewFD->isMain()) {
10611     if ((MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target && NewTA->isDefaultVersion()) ||
10612         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUDispatch ||
10613         MVType == MultiVersionKind::CPUSpecific) {
10614       S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_not_allowed_on_main);
10615       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10616       return true;
10617     }
10618     return false;
10619   }
10620 
10621   if (!OldDecl || !OldDecl->getAsFunction() ||
10622       OldDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() !=
10623           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) {
10624     // If there's no previous declaration, AND this isn't attempting to cause
10625     // multiversioning, this isn't an error condition.
10626     if (MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10627       return false;
10628     return CheckMultiVersionFirstFunction(S, NewFD, MVType, NewTA);
10629   }
10630 
10631   FunctionDecl *OldFD = OldDecl->getAsFunction();
10632 
10633   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None)
10634     return false;
10635 
10636   if (OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::None) {
10637     S.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_multiversion_required_in_redecl)
10638         << (OldFD->getMultiVersionKind() != MultiVersionKind::Target);
10639     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10640     return true;
10641   }
10642 
10643   // Handle the target potentially causes multiversioning case.
10644   if (!OldFD->isMultiVersion() && MVType == MultiVersionKind::Target)
10645     return CheckTargetCausesMultiVersioning(S, OldFD, NewFD, NewTA,
10646                                             Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10647                                             MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10648 
10649   // At this point, we have a multiversion function decl (in OldFD) AND an
10650   // appropriate attribute in the current function decl.  Resolve that these are
10651   // still compatible with previous declarations.
10652   return CheckMultiVersionAdditionalDecl(
10653       S, OldFD, NewFD, MVType, NewTA, NewCPUDisp, NewCPUSpec, Redeclaration,
10654       OldDecl, MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous);
10655 }
10656 
10657 /// Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
10658 ///
10659 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
10660 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
10661 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
10662 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
10663 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
10664 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
10665 /// via InstantiateDecl).
10666 ///
10667 /// \param IsMemberSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
10668 /// a member specialization (that replaces any definition provided by the
10669 /// previous declaration).
10670 ///
10671 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
10672 ///
10673 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
10674 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
10675                                     LookupResult &Previous,
10676                                     bool IsMemberSpecialization) {
10677   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
10678          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
10679 
10680   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
10681   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
10682   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
10683   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10684                                !Previous.isShadowed();
10685 
10686   bool Redeclaration = false;
10687   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
10688   bool MayNeedOverloadableChecks = false;
10689 
10690   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
10691   // the same name, if appropriate.
10692   if (!Previous.empty()) {
10693     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
10694     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
10695     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
10696     // function to the scope.
10697     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context, NewFD)) {
10698       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
10699       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
10700         Redeclaration = true;
10701         OldDecl = Candidate;
10702       }
10703     } else {
10704       MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10705       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
10706                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
10707       case Ovl_Match:
10708         Redeclaration = true;
10709         break;
10710 
10711       case Ovl_NonFunction:
10712         Redeclaration = true;
10713         break;
10714 
10715       case Ovl_Overload:
10716         Redeclaration = false;
10717         break;
10718       }
10719     }
10720   }
10721 
10722   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
10723   if (!Redeclaration &&
10724       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
10725     if (!Previous.empty()) {
10726       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
10727       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
10728       Redeclaration = true;
10729       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
10730       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
10731 
10732       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
10733       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() ||
10734           NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10735         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
10736           MayNeedOverloadableChecks = true;
10737           Redeclaration = false;
10738           OldDecl = nullptr;
10739         }
10740       }
10741     }
10742   }
10743 
10744   if (CheckMultiVersionFunction(*this, NewFD, Redeclaration, OldDecl,
10745                                 MergeTypeWithPrevious, Previous))
10746     return Redeclaration;
10747 
10748   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function return types.
10749   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
10750       CheckPPCMMAType(NewFD->getReturnType(), NewFD->getLocation())) {
10751     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10752   }
10753 
10754   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
10755   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
10756   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
10757   //
10758   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
10759   // definition of a static member function.
10760   //
10761   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
10762   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
10763   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
10764   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14 && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
10765       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
10766       !isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD) && !MD->getMethodQualifiers().hasConst()) {
10767     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
10768     if (OldDecl)
10769       OldMD = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
10770     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
10771       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
10772         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
10773       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
10774       EPI.TypeQuals.addConst();
10775       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
10776                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
10777 
10778       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
10779       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
10780       if (!inTemplateInstantiation()) {
10781         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
10782         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
10783                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
10784           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
10785 
10786         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx14_compat_constexpr_not_const)
10787           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
10788       }
10789     }
10790   }
10791 
10792   if (Redeclaration) {
10793     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
10794     // merged.
10795     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
10796       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10797       return Redeclaration;
10798     }
10799 
10800     Previous.clear();
10801     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
10802 
10803     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl =
10804             dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
10805       auto *OldFD = OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl();
10806       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
10807         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
10808       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
10809 
10810       // The call to MergeFunctionDecl above may have created some state in
10811       // NewTemplateDecl that needs to be merged with OldTemplateDecl before we
10812       // can add it as a redeclaration.
10813       NewTemplateDecl->mergePrevDecl(OldTemplateDecl);
10814 
10815       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10816       if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember()) {
10817         NewFD->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10818         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
10819       }
10820 
10821       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
10822       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
10823       if (IsMemberSpecialization &&
10824           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
10825         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
10826         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
10827         // Explicit specializations of a member template do not inherit deleted
10828         // status from the parent member template that they are specializing.
10829         if (OldFD->isDeleted()) {
10830           // FIXME: This assert will not hold in the presence of modules.
10831           assert(OldFD->getCanonicalDecl() == OldFD);
10832           // FIXME: We need an update record for this AST mutation.
10833           OldFD->setDeletedAsWritten(false);
10834         }
10835       }
10836 
10837     } else {
10838       if (shouldLinkDependentDeclWithPrevious(NewFD, OldDecl)) {
10839         auto *OldFD = cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl);
10840         // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
10841         NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldFD);
10842         if (NewFD->isCXXClassMember())
10843           NewFD->setAccess(OldFD->getAccess());
10844       }
10845     }
10846   } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && MayNeedOverloadableChecks &&
10847              !NewFD->getAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
10848     assert((Previous.empty() ||
10849             llvm::any_of(Previous,
10850                          [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10851                            return ND->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10852                          })) &&
10853            "Non-redecls shouldn't happen without overloadable present");
10854 
10855     auto OtherUnmarkedIter = llvm::find_if(Previous, [](const NamedDecl *ND) {
10856       const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(ND);
10857       return FD && !FD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>();
10858     });
10859 
10860     if (OtherUnmarkedIter != Previous.end()) {
10861       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
10862            diag::err_attribute_overloadable_multiple_unmarked_overloads);
10863       Diag((*OtherUnmarkedIter)->getLocation(),
10864            diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload)
10865           << false;
10866 
10867       NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
10868     }
10869   }
10870 
10871   if (LangOpts.OpenMP)
10872     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPAssumeScope(NewFD);
10873 
10874   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
10875 
10876   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
10877     // C++-specific checks.
10878     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10879       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
10880     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
10881                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
10882       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
10883       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
10884 
10885       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
10886       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
10887       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
10888         DeclarationName Name
10889           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
10890                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
10891         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
10892           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
10893           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10894           return Redeclaration;
10895         }
10896       }
10897     } else if (auto *Guide = dyn_cast<CXXDeductionGuideDecl>(NewFD)) {
10898       if (auto *TD = Guide->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
10899         CheckDeductionGuideTemplate(TD);
10900 
10901       // A deduction guide is not on the list of entities that can be
10902       // explicitly specialized.
10903       if (Guide->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization)
10904         Diag(Guide->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_deduction_guide_specialized)
10905             << /*explicit specialization*/ 1;
10906     }
10907 
10908     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
10909     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
10910       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
10911           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
10912           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
10913         AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method);
10914       }
10915       if (Method->isVirtual() && NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause())
10916         // C++2a [class.virtual]p6
10917         // A virtual method shall not have a requires-clause.
10918         Diag(NewFD->getTrailingRequiresClause()->getBeginLoc(),
10919              diag::err_constrained_virtual_method);
10920 
10921       if (Method->isStatic())
10922         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
10923     }
10924 
10925     if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD))
10926       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
10927 
10928     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
10929     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
10930         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10931       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10932       return Redeclaration;
10933     }
10934 
10935     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
10936     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
10937         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
10938       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
10939       return Redeclaration;
10940     }
10941 
10942     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
10943     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
10944     // during delayed parsing anyway.
10945     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
10946       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
10947 
10948     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
10949     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
10950     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
10951       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
10952       LookupNecessaryTypesForBuiltin(S, BuiltinID);
10953       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
10954       // If the type of the builtin differs only in its exception
10955       // specification, that's OK.
10956       // FIXME: If the types do differ in this way, it would be better to
10957       // retain the 'noexcept' form of the type.
10958       if (!T.isNull() &&
10959           !Context.hasSameFunctionTypeIgnoringExceptionSpec(T,
10960                                                             NewFD->getType()))
10961         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
10962         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
10963         Context.BuiltinInfo.forgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
10964     }
10965 
10966     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
10967     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
10968     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
10969     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
10970     if (Previous.empty() && NewFD->isExternC()) {
10971       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
10972       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
10973         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
10974             << NewFD << R;
10975       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
10976                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10977         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
10978     }
10979 
10980     // C++1z [dcl.fct]p6:
10981     //   [...] whether the function has a non-throwing exception-specification
10982     //   [is] part of the function type
10983     //
10984     // This results in an ABI break between C++14 and C++17 for functions whose
10985     // declared type includes an exception-specification in a parameter or
10986     // return type. (Exception specifications on the function itself are OK in
10987     // most cases, and exception specifications are not permitted in most other
10988     // contexts where they could make it into a mangling.)
10989     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 && !NewFD->getPrimaryTemplate()) {
10990       auto HasNoexcept = [&](QualType T) -> bool {
10991         // Strip off declarator chunks that could be between us and a function
10992         // type. We don't need to look far, exception specifications are very
10993         // restricted prior to C++17.
10994         if (auto *RT = T->getAs<ReferenceType>())
10995           T = RT->getPointeeType();
10996         else if (T->isAnyPointerType())
10997           T = T->getPointeeType();
10998         else if (auto *MPT = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>())
10999           T = MPT->getPointeeType();
11000         if (auto *FPT = T->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
11001           if (FPT->isNothrow())
11002             return true;
11003         return false;
11004       };
11005 
11006       auto *FPT = NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
11007       bool AnyNoexcept = HasNoexcept(FPT->getReturnType());
11008       for (QualType T : FPT->param_types())
11009         AnyNoexcept |= HasNoexcept(T);
11010       if (AnyNoexcept)
11011         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
11012              diag::warn_cxx17_compat_exception_spec_in_signature)
11013             << NewFD;
11014     }
11015 
11016     if (!Redeclaration && LangOpts.CUDA)
11017       checkCUDATargetOverload(NewFD, Previous);
11018   }
11019   return Redeclaration;
11020 }
11021 
11022 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
11023   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
11024   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
11025   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
11026   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
11027   //   appear in a declaration of main.
11028   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
11029   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
11030   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
11031     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
11032          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
11033       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
11034   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
11035     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
11036       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
11037   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
11038     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
11039     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
11040     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
11041     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
11042       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
11043   }
11044   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
11045     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
11046         << FD->isConsteval()
11047         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
11048     FD->setConstexprKind(ConstexprSpecKind::Unspecified);
11049   }
11050 
11051   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11052     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
11053         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
11054     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11055     return;
11056   }
11057 
11058   QualType T = FD->getType();
11059   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11060   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11061 
11062   // Set default calling convention for main()
11063   if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11064     FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11065     FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11066     T = Context.getCanonicalType(FD->getType());
11067   }
11068 
11069   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11070     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
11071     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
11072     // implicit-return-zero rule.
11073 
11074     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
11075     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11076       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11077     else {
11078       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
11079       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11080       if (RTRange.isValid())
11081         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
11082             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
11083     }
11084   } else {
11085     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
11086     // set the flag which tells us that.
11087     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
11088 
11089     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
11090     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
11091       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11092     else {
11093       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
11094       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
11095       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
11096           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
11097                                 : FixItHint());
11098       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11099     }
11100   }
11101 
11102   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
11103   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
11104 
11105   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
11106   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
11107   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
11108 
11109   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
11110 
11111   if (FTP->isVariadic()) {
11112     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variadic_main);
11113     // FIXME: if we had information about the location of the ellipsis, we
11114     // could add a FixIt hint to remove it as a parameter.
11115   }
11116 
11117   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
11118   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
11119   // getting shifty.
11120   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
11121     HasExtraParameters = false;
11122 
11123   if (HasExtraParameters) {
11124     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
11125     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11126     nparams = 3;
11127   }
11128 
11129   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
11130   // if we had some location information about types.
11131 
11132   QualType CharPP =
11133     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
11134   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
11135 
11136   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
11137     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
11138 
11139     bool mismatch = true;
11140 
11141     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
11142       mismatch = false;
11143     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
11144       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
11145       //   char const **
11146       //   char const * const *
11147       //   char * const *
11148 
11149       QualifierCollector qs;
11150       const PointerType* PT;
11151       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11152           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
11153           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
11154                               Context.CharTy)) {
11155         qs.removeConst();
11156         mismatch = !qs.empty();
11157       }
11158     }
11159 
11160     if (mismatch) {
11161       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
11162       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
11163       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
11164     }
11165   }
11166 
11167   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
11168     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
11169   }
11170 
11171   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11172     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11173     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11174   }
11175 }
11176 
11177 static bool isDefaultStdCall(FunctionDecl *FD, Sema &S) {
11178 
11179   // Default calling convention for main and wmain is __cdecl
11180   if (FD->getName() == "main" || FD->getName() == "wmain")
11181     return false;
11182 
11183   // Default calling convention for MinGW is __cdecl
11184   const llvm::Triple &T = S.Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
11185   if (T.isWindowsGNUEnvironment())
11186     return false;
11187 
11188   // Default calling convention for WinMain, wWinMain and DllMain
11189   // is __stdcall on 32 bit Windows
11190   if (T.isOSWindows() && T.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86)
11191     return true;
11192 
11193   return false;
11194 }
11195 
11196 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
11197   QualType T = FD->getType();
11198   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
11199   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
11200 
11201   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
11202   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
11203   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
11204       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
11205       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
11206     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
11207     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
11208       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
11209 
11210   // Explicity specified calling conventions are applied to MSVC entry points
11211   if (!hasExplicitCallingConv(T)) {
11212     if (isDefaultStdCall(FD, *this)) {
11213       if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_X86StdCall) {
11214         FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(
11215             FT, FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_X86StdCall));
11216         FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11217       }
11218     } else if (FT->getCallConv() != CC_C) {
11219       FT = Context.adjustFunctionType(FT,
11220                                       FT->getExtInfo().withCallingConv(CC_C));
11221       FD->setType(QualType(FT, 0));
11222     }
11223   }
11224 
11225   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
11226     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
11227     FD->setInvalidDecl();
11228   }
11229 }
11230 
11231 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
11232   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
11233   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
11234   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
11235   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
11236   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
11237   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
11238   //
11239   // Regular C++ code will not end up here (exceptions: language extensions,
11240   // OpenCL C++ etc), so the constant expression rules there don't matter.
11241   if (Init->isValueDependent()) {
11242     assert(Init->containsErrors() &&
11243            "Dependent code should only occur in error-recovery path.");
11244     return true;
11245   }
11246   const Expr *Culprit;
11247   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
11248     return false;
11249   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
11250     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
11251   return true;
11252 }
11253 
11254 namespace {
11255   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
11256   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
11257   class SelfReferenceChecker
11258       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
11259     Sema &S;
11260     Decl *OrigDecl;
11261     bool isRecordType;
11262     bool isPODType;
11263     bool isReferenceType;
11264 
11265     bool isInitList;
11266     llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> InitFieldIndex;
11267 
11268   public:
11269     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
11270 
11271     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
11272                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
11273       isPODType = false;
11274       isRecordType = false;
11275       isReferenceType = false;
11276       isInitList = false;
11277       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
11278         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
11279         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
11280         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
11281       }
11282     }
11283 
11284     // For most expressions, just call the visitor.  For initializer lists,
11285     // track the index of the field being initialized since fields are
11286     // initialized in order allowing use of previously initialized fields.
11287     void CheckExpr(Expr *E) {
11288       InitListExpr *InitList = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(E);
11289       if (!InitList) {
11290         Visit(E);
11291         return;
11292       }
11293 
11294       // Track and increment the index here.
11295       isInitList = true;
11296       InitFieldIndex.push_back(0);
11297       for (auto Child : InitList->children()) {
11298         CheckExpr(cast<Expr>(Child));
11299         ++InitFieldIndex.back();
11300       }
11301       InitFieldIndex.pop_back();
11302     }
11303 
11304     // Returns true if MemberExpr is checked and no further checking is needed.
11305     // Returns false if additional checking is required.
11306     bool CheckInitListMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E, bool CheckReference) {
11307       llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 4> Fields;
11308       Expr *Base = E;
11309       bool ReferenceField = false;
11310 
11311       // Get the field members used.
11312       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11313         FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl());
11314         if (!FD)
11315           return false;
11316         Fields.push_back(FD);
11317         if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType())
11318           ReferenceField = true;
11319         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11320       }
11321 
11322       // Keep checking only if the base Decl is the same.
11323       DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base);
11324       if (!DRE || DRE->getDecl() != OrigDecl)
11325         return false;
11326 
11327       // A reference field can be bound to an unininitialized field.
11328       if (CheckReference && !ReferenceField)
11329         return true;
11330 
11331       // Convert FieldDecls to their index number.
11332       llvm::SmallVector<unsigned, 4> UsedFieldIndex;
11333       for (const FieldDecl *I : llvm::reverse(Fields))
11334         UsedFieldIndex.push_back(I->getFieldIndex());
11335 
11336       // See if a warning is needed by checking the first difference in index
11337       // numbers.  If field being used has index less than the field being
11338       // initialized, then the use is safe.
11339       for (auto UsedIter = UsedFieldIndex.begin(),
11340                 UsedEnd = UsedFieldIndex.end(),
11341                 OrigIter = InitFieldIndex.begin(),
11342                 OrigEnd = InitFieldIndex.end();
11343            UsedIter != UsedEnd && OrigIter != OrigEnd; ++UsedIter, ++OrigIter) {
11344         if (*UsedIter < *OrigIter)
11345           return true;
11346         if (*UsedIter > *OrigIter)
11347           break;
11348       }
11349 
11350       // TODO: Add a different warning which will print the field names.
11351       HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11352       return true;
11353     }
11354 
11355     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
11356     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
11357     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
11358     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
11359       E = E->IgnoreParens();
11360       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
11361         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11362         return;
11363       }
11364 
11365       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11366         Visit(CO->getCond());
11367         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
11368         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
11369         return;
11370       }
11371 
11372       if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO =
11373               dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) {
11374         Visit(BCO->getCond());
11375         HandleValue(BCO->getFalseExpr());
11376         return;
11377       }
11378 
11379       if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(E)) {
11380         HandleValue(OVE->getSourceExpr());
11381         return;
11382       }
11383 
11384       if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) {
11385         if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) {
11386           Visit(BO->getLHS());
11387           HandleValue(BO->getRHS());
11388           return;
11389         }
11390       }
11391 
11392       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
11393         if (isInitList) {
11394           if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(cast<MemberExpr>(E),
11395                                       false /*CheckReference*/))
11396             return;
11397         }
11398 
11399         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11400         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11401           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
11402           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11403             return;
11404           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11405         }
11406         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
11407           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11408         return;
11409       }
11410 
11411       Visit(E);
11412     }
11413 
11414     // Reference types not handled in HandleValue are handled here since all
11415     // uses of references are bad, not just r-value uses.
11416     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
11417       if (isReferenceType)
11418         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
11419     }
11420 
11421     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
11422       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) {
11423         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11424         return;
11425       }
11426 
11427       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
11428     }
11429 
11430     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
11431       if (isInitList) {
11432         if (CheckInitListMemberExpr(E, true /*CheckReference*/))
11433           return;
11434       }
11435 
11436       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
11437       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
11438 
11439       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
11440       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
11441       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
11442       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
11443       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11444       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
11445         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
11446           Warn = false;
11447         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
11448       }
11449 
11450       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
11451         if (Warn)
11452           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
11453         return;
11454       }
11455 
11456       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
11457       // Visit that expression.
11458       Visit(Base);
11459     }
11460 
11461     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
11462       Expr *Callee = E->getCallee();
11463 
11464       if (isa<UnresolvedLookupExpr>(Callee))
11465         return Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
11466 
11467       Visit(Callee);
11468       for (auto Arg: E->arguments())
11469         HandleValue(Arg->IgnoreParenImpCasts());
11470     }
11471 
11472     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
11473       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
11474       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
11475           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
11476         if (!isPODType)
11477           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11478         return;
11479       }
11480 
11481       if (E->isIncrementDecrementOp()) {
11482         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
11483         return;
11484       }
11485 
11486       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
11487     }
11488 
11489     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) {}
11490 
11491     void VisitCXXConstructExpr(CXXConstructExpr *E) {
11492       if (E->getConstructor()->isCopyConstructor()) {
11493         Expr *ArgExpr = E->getArg(0);
11494         if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(ArgExpr))
11495           if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1)
11496             ArgExpr = ILE->getInit(0);
11497         if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(ArgExpr))
11498           if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)
11499             ArgExpr = ICE->getSubExpr();
11500         HandleValue(ArgExpr);
11501         return;
11502       }
11503       Inherited::VisitCXXConstructExpr(E);
11504     }
11505 
11506     void VisitCallExpr(CallExpr *E) {
11507       // Treat std::move as a use.
11508       if (E->isCallToStdMove()) {
11509         HandleValue(E->getArg(0));
11510         return;
11511       }
11512 
11513       Inherited::VisitCallExpr(E);
11514     }
11515 
11516     void VisitBinaryOperator(BinaryOperator *E) {
11517       if (E->isCompoundAssignmentOp()) {
11518         HandleValue(E->getLHS());
11519         Visit(E->getRHS());
11520         return;
11521       }
11522 
11523       Inherited::VisitBinaryOperator(E);
11524     }
11525 
11526     // A custom visitor for BinaryConditionalOperator is needed because the
11527     // regular visitor would check the condition and true expression separately
11528     // but both point to the same place giving duplicate diagnostics.
11529     void VisitBinaryConditionalOperator(BinaryConditionalOperator *E) {
11530       Visit(E->getCond());
11531       Visit(E->getFalseExpr());
11532     }
11533 
11534     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
11535       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
11536       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
11537       unsigned diag;
11538       if (isReferenceType) {
11539         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
11540       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
11541         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
11542       } else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11543                  isa<NamespaceDecl>(OrigDecl->getDeclContext()) ||
11544                  DRE->getDecl()->getType()->isRecordType()) {
11545         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
11546       } else {
11547         // Local variables will be handled by the CFG analysis.
11548         return;
11549       }
11550 
11551       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getBeginLoc(), DRE,
11552                             S.PDiag(diag)
11553                                 << DRE->getDecl() << OrigDecl->getLocation()
11554                                 << DRE->getSourceRange());
11555     }
11556   };
11557 
11558   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
11559   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
11560                                  bool DirectInit) {
11561     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
11562     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
11563     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
11564       return;
11565 
11566     E = E->IgnoreParens();
11567 
11568     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
11569     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
11570     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
11571       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
11572         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
11573           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
11574             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
11575               return;
11576 
11577     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).CheckExpr(E);
11578   }
11579 } // end anonymous namespace
11580 
11581 namespace {
11582   // Simple wrapper to add the name of a variable or (if no variable is
11583   // available) a DeclarationName into a diagnostic.
11584   struct VarDeclOrName {
11585     VarDecl *VDecl;
11586     DeclarationName Name;
11587 
11588     friend const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &
11589     operator<<(const Sema::SemaDiagnosticBuilder &Diag, VarDeclOrName VN) {
11590       return VN.VDecl ? Diag << VN.VDecl : Diag << VN.Name;
11591     }
11592   };
11593 } // end anonymous namespace
11594 
11595 QualType Sema::deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(VarDecl *VDecl,
11596                                             DeclarationName Name, QualType Type,
11597                                             TypeSourceInfo *TSI,
11598                                             SourceRange Range, bool DirectInit,
11599                                             Expr *Init) {
11600   bool IsInitCapture = !VDecl;
11601   assert((!VDecl || !VDecl->isInitCapture()) &&
11602          "init captures are expected to be deduced prior to initialization");
11603 
11604   VarDeclOrName VN{VDecl, Name};
11605 
11606   DeducedType *Deduced = Type->getContainedDeducedType();
11607   assert(Deduced && "deduceVarTypeFromInitializer for non-deduced type");
11608 
11609   // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
11610   if (!Init) {
11611     assert(VDecl && "no init for init capture deduction?");
11612 
11613     // Except for class argument deduction, and then for an initializing
11614     // declaration only, i.e. no static at class scope or extern.
11615     if (!isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced) ||
11616         VDecl->hasExternalStorage() ||
11617         VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
11618       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
11619         << VDecl->getDeclName() << Type;
11620       return QualType();
11621     }
11622   }
11623 
11624   ArrayRef<Expr*> DeduceInits;
11625   if (Init)
11626     DeduceInits = Init;
11627 
11628   if (DirectInit) {
11629     if (auto *PL = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Init))
11630       DeduceInits = PL->exprs();
11631   }
11632 
11633   if (isa<DeducedTemplateSpecializationType>(Deduced)) {
11634     assert(VDecl && "non-auto type for init capture deduction?");
11635     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
11636     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
11637         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
11638     // FIXME: Initialization should not be taking a mutable list of inits.
11639     SmallVector<Expr*, 8> InitsCopy(DeduceInits.begin(), DeduceInits.end());
11640     return DeduceTemplateSpecializationFromInitializer(TSI, Entity, Kind,
11641                                                        InitsCopy);
11642   }
11643 
11644   if (DirectInit) {
11645     if (auto *IL = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init))
11646       DeduceInits = IL->inits();
11647   }
11648 
11649   // Deduction only works if we have exactly one source expression.
11650   if (DeduceInits.empty()) {
11651     // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
11652     // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
11653     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11654                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
11655                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
11656         << VN << Type << Range;
11657     return QualType();
11658   }
11659 
11660   if (DeduceInits.size() > 1) {
11661     Diag(DeduceInits[1]->getBeginLoc(),
11662          IsInitCapture ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
11663                        : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
11664         << VN << Type << Range;
11665     return QualType();
11666   }
11667 
11668   Expr *DeduceInit = DeduceInits[0];
11669   if (DirectInit && isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) {
11670     Diag(Init->getBeginLoc(), IsInitCapture
11671                                   ? diag::err_init_capture_paren_braces
11672                                   : diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
11673         << isa<InitListExpr>(Init) << VN << Type << Range;
11674     return QualType();
11675   }
11676 
11677   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
11678   bool DefaultedAnyToId = false;
11679   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
11680       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy && !IsInitCapture) {
11681     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
11682     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
11683       return QualType();
11684     }
11685     Init = Result.get();
11686     DefaultedAnyToId = true;
11687   }
11688 
11689   // C++ [dcl.decomp]p1:
11690   //   If the assignment-expression [...] has array type A and no ref-qualifier
11691   //   is present, e has type cv A
11692   if (VDecl && isa<DecompositionDecl>(VDecl) &&
11693       Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Type, Context.getAutoDeductType()) &&
11694       DeduceInit->getType()->isConstantArrayType())
11695     return Context.getQualifiedType(DeduceInit->getType(),
11696                                     Type.getQualifiers());
11697 
11698   QualType DeducedType;
11699   if (DeduceAutoType(TSI, DeduceInit, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) {
11700     if (!IsInitCapture)
11701       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
11702     else if (isa<InitListExpr>(Init))
11703       Diag(Range.getBegin(),
11704            diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure_from_init_list)
11705           << VN
11706           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11707                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11708           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11709     else
11710       Diag(Range.getBegin(), diag::err_init_capture_deduction_failure)
11711           << VN << TSI->getType()
11712           << (DeduceInit->getType().isNull() ? TSI->getType()
11713                                              : DeduceInit->getType())
11714           << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
11715   }
11716 
11717   // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
11718   // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual
11719   // checks.
11720   // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
11721   // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
11722   if (!inTemplateInstantiation() && !DefaultedAnyToId && !IsInitCapture &&
11723       !DeducedType.isNull() && DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
11724     SourceLocation Loc = TSI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
11725     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) << VN << Range;
11726   }
11727 
11728   return DeducedType;
11729 }
11730 
11731 bool Sema::DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *VDecl, bool DirectInit,
11732                                          Expr *Init) {
11733   assert(!Init || !Init->containsErrors());
11734   QualType DeducedType = deduceVarTypeFromInitializer(
11735       VDecl, VDecl->getDeclName(), VDecl->getType(), VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(),
11736       VDecl->getSourceRange(), DirectInit, Init);
11737   if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
11738     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11739     return true;
11740   }
11741 
11742   VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
11743   assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
11744 
11745   // In ARC, infer lifetime.
11746   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
11747     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
11748 
11749   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
11750     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(VDecl);
11751 
11752   // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
11753   // the previously declared type.
11754   if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
11755     // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
11756     // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
11757     MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/ false);
11758   }
11759 
11760   // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
11761   CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
11762   return VDecl->isInvalidDecl();
11763 }
11764 
11765 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(const Expr *Init,
11766                                               SourceLocation Loc) {
11767   if (auto *EWC = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
11768     Init = EWC->getSubExpr();
11769 
11770   if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<ConstantExpr>(Init))
11771     Init = CE->getSubExpr();
11772 
11773   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
11774   assert((InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
11775           InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
11776          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C struct");
11777   if (auto *ILE = dyn_cast<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
11778     for (auto I : ILE->inits()) {
11779       if (!I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() &&
11780           !I->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11781         continue;
11782       SourceLocation SL = I->getExprLoc();
11783       checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(I, SL.isValid() ? SL : Loc);
11784     }
11785     return;
11786   }
11787 
11788   if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) {
11789     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
11790       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject,
11791                             NTCUK_Init);
11792   } else {
11793     // Assume all other explicit initializers involving copying some existing
11794     // object.
11795     // TODO: ignore any explicit initializers where we can guarantee
11796     // copy-elision.
11797     if (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
11798       checkNonTrivialCUnion(InitType, Loc, NTCUC_CopyInit, NTCUK_Copy);
11799   }
11800 }
11801 
11802 namespace {
11803 
11804 bool shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(const FieldDecl *FD) {
11805   // Ignore unavailable fields. A field can be marked as unavailable explicitly
11806   // in the source code or implicitly by the compiler if it is in a union
11807   // defined in a system header and has non-trivial ObjC ownership
11808   // qualifications. We don't want those fields to participate in determining
11809   // whether the containing union is non-trivial.
11810   return FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>();
11811 }
11812 
11813 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor
11814     : DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11815                                     void> {
11816   using Super =
11817       DefaultInitializedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor,
11818                                     void>;
11819 
11820   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(
11821       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11822       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11823       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11824 
11825   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveDefaultInitializeKind PDIK, QualType QT,
11826                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11827     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11828       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11829                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11830     return Super::visitWithKind(PDIK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11831   }
11832 
11833   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11834                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11835     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11836       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11837           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11838   }
11839 
11840   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11841     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11842       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11843           << 1 << 0 << QT << FD->getName();
11844   }
11845 
11846   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11847     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11848     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11849       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11850         bool IsUnion = false;
11851         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11852           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11853         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11854             << 0 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11855         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11856         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11857       }
11858       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11859     }
11860 
11861     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11862       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11863           << 0 << 0 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11864 
11865     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11866       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11867         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11868   }
11869 
11870   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11871 
11872   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11873   // non-trivial C union.
11874   QualType OrigTy;
11875   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11876   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11877   Sema &S;
11878 };
11879 
11880 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor
11881     : DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void> {
11882   using Super =
11883       DestructedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor, void>;
11884 
11885   DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(
11886       QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11887       Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext, Sema &S)
11888       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11889 
11890   void visitWithKind(QualType::DestructionKind DK, QualType QT,
11891                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11892     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11893       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11894                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11895     return Super::visitWithKind(DK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11896   }
11897 
11898   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11899                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11900     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11901       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11902           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11903   }
11904 
11905   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11906     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11907       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11908           << 1 << 1 << QT << FD->getName();
11909   }
11910 
11911   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11912     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11913     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11914       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11915         bool IsUnion = false;
11916         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11917           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11918         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11919             << 1 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11920         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11921         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11922       }
11923       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11924     }
11925 
11926     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11927       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11928           << 0 << 1 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11929 
11930     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11931       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11932         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11933   }
11934 
11935   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11936   void visitCXXDestructor(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11937                           bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
11938 
11939   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
11940   // non-trivial C union.
11941   QualType OrigTy;
11942   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
11943   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
11944   Sema &S;
11945 };
11946 
11947 struct DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor
11948     : CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void> {
11949   using Super = CopiedTypeVisitor<DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor, false, void>;
11950 
11951   DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QualType OrigTy, SourceLocation OrigLoc,
11952                                  Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
11953                                  Sema &S)
11954       : OrigTy(OrigTy), OrigLoc(OrigLoc), UseContext(UseContext), S(S) {}
11955 
11956   void visitWithKind(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
11957                      const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11958     if (const auto *AT = S.Context.getAsArrayType(QT))
11959       return this->asDerived().visit(S.Context.getBaseElementType(AT), FD,
11960                                      InNonTrivialUnion);
11961     return Super::visitWithKind(PCK, QT, FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11962   }
11963 
11964   void visitARCStrong(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
11965                       bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11966     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11967       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11968           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11969   }
11970 
11971   void visitARCWeak(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11972     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11973       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11974           << 1 << 2 << QT << FD->getName();
11975   }
11976 
11977   void visitStruct(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {
11978     const RecordDecl *RD = QT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
11979     if (RD->isUnion()) {
11980       if (OrigLoc.isValid()) {
11981         bool IsUnion = false;
11982         if (auto *OrigRD = OrigTy->getAsRecordDecl())
11983           IsUnion = OrigRD->isUnion();
11984         S.Diag(OrigLoc, diag::err_non_trivial_c_union_in_invalid_context)
11985             << 2 << OrigTy << IsUnion << UseContext;
11986         // Reset OrigLoc so that this diagnostic is emitted only once.
11987         OrigLoc = SourceLocation();
11988       }
11989       InNonTrivialUnion = true;
11990     }
11991 
11992     if (InNonTrivialUnion)
11993       S.Diag(RD->getLocation(), diag::note_non_trivial_c_union)
11994           << 0 << 2 << QT.getUnqualifiedType() << "";
11995 
11996     for (const FieldDecl *FD : RD->fields())
11997       if (!shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD))
11998         asDerived().visit(FD->getType(), FD, InNonTrivialUnion);
11999   }
12000 
12001   void preVisit(QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK, QualType QT,
12002                 const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12003   void visitTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD, bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12004   void visitVolatileTrivial(QualType QT, const FieldDecl *FD,
12005                             bool InNonTrivialUnion) {}
12006 
12007   // The non-trivial C union type or the struct/union type that contains a
12008   // non-trivial C union.
12009   QualType OrigTy;
12010   SourceLocation OrigLoc;
12011   Sema::NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext;
12012   Sema &S;
12013 };
12014 
12015 } // namespace
12016 
12017 void Sema::checkNonTrivialCUnion(QualType QT, SourceLocation Loc,
12018                                  NonTrivialCUnionContext UseContext,
12019                                  unsigned NonTrivialKind) {
12020   assert((QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12021           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
12022           QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()) &&
12023          "shouldn't be called if type doesn't have a non-trivial C union");
12024 
12025   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Init) &&
12026       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12027     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDefaultInitializeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12028         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12029   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Destruct) &&
12030       QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion())
12031     DiagNonTrivalCUnionDestructedTypeVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12032         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12033   if ((NonTrivialKind & NTCUK_Copy) && QT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
12034     DiagNonTrivalCUnionCopyVisitor(QT, Loc, UseContext, *this)
12035         .visit(QT, nullptr, false);
12036 }
12037 
12038 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
12039 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
12040 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
12041 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, bool DirectInit) {
12042   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
12043   // the initializer.
12044   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12045     CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(RealDecl));
12046     return;
12047   }
12048 
12049   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12050     // Pure-specifiers are handled in ActOnPureSpecifier.
12051     Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
12052       << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
12053     Method->setInvalidDecl();
12054     return;
12055   }
12056 
12057   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
12058   if (!VDecl) {
12059     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
12060     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
12061     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12062     return;
12063   }
12064 
12065   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
12066   if (VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12067     // Attempt typo correction early so that the type of the init expression can
12068     // be deduced based on the chosen correction if the original init contains a
12069     // TypoExpr.
12070     ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Init, VDecl);
12071     if (!Res.isUsable()) {
12072       // There are unresolved typos in Init, just drop them.
12073       // FIXME: improve the recovery strategy to preserve the Init.
12074       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12075       return;
12076     }
12077     if (Res.get()->containsErrors()) {
12078       // Invalidate the decl as we don't know the type for recovery-expr yet.
12079       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12080       VDecl->setInit(Res.get());
12081       return;
12082     }
12083     Init = Res.get();
12084 
12085     if (DeduceVariableDeclarationType(VDecl, DirectInit, Init))
12086       return;
12087   }
12088 
12089   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
12090   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
12091     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
12092     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12093     return;
12094   }
12095 
12096   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
12097     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
12098     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
12099     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12100     return;
12101   }
12102 
12103   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
12104     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
12105     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
12106     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
12107     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
12108     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
12109       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
12110     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
12111                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12112       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12113       return;
12114     }
12115 
12116     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12117     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
12118                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12119                                AbstractVariableType))
12120       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12121   }
12122 
12123   // If adding the initializer will turn this declaration into a definition,
12124   // and we already have a definition for this variable, diagnose or otherwise
12125   // handle the situation.
12126   VarDecl *Def;
12127   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl &&
12128       (!VDecl->isStaticDataMember() || VDecl->isOutOfLine()) &&
12129       !VDecl->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition() &&
12130       checkVarDeclRedefinition(Def, VDecl))
12131     return;
12132 
12133   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12134     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
12135     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
12136     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12137     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
12138     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
12139     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
12140     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
12141     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
12142     //
12143     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
12144     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
12145     // declaration with an initializer.
12146     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->hasInit()) {
12147       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
12148           << VDecl->getDeclName();
12149       Diag(VDecl->getCanonicalDecl()->getInit()->getExprLoc(),
12150            diag::note_previous_initializer)
12151           << 0;
12152       return;
12153     }
12154 
12155     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12156       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12157 
12158     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
12159       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12160       return;
12161     }
12162   }
12163 
12164   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
12165   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
12166   if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
12167     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
12168     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12169     return;
12170   }
12171 
12172   // The LoaderUninitialized attribute acts as a definition (of undef).
12173   if (VDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12174     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_cant_init);
12175     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12176     return;
12177   }
12178 
12179   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
12180   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
12181   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
12182 
12183   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
12184   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
12185   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
12186       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
12187     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
12188     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12189       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12190       return;
12191     }
12192     Init = Result.get();
12193   }
12194 
12195   // Perform the initialization.
12196   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
12197   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12198     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
12199     InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateForInit(
12200         VDecl->getLocation(), DirectInit, Init);
12201 
12202     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
12203     if (CXXDirectInit)
12204       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
12205                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
12206 
12207     // Try to correct any TypoExprs in the initialization arguments.
12208     for (size_t Idx = 0; Idx < Args.size(); ++Idx) {
12209       ExprResult Res = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(
12210           Args[Idx], VDecl, /*RecoverUncorrectedTypos=*/true,
12211           [this, Entity, Kind](Expr *E) {
12212             InitializationSequence Init(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(E));
12213             return Init.Failed() ? ExprError() : E;
12214           });
12215       if (Res.isInvalid()) {
12216         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12217       } else if (Res.get() != Args[Idx]) {
12218         Args[Idx] = Res.get();
12219       }
12220     }
12221     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12222       return;
12223 
12224     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args,
12225                                    /*TopLevelOfInitList=*/false,
12226                                    /*TreatUnavailableAsInvalid=*/false);
12227     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
12228     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12229       // If the provied initializer fails to initialize the var decl,
12230       // we attach a recovery expr for better recovery.
12231       auto RecoveryExpr =
12232           CreateRecoveryExpr(Init->getBeginLoc(), Init->getEndLoc(), Args);
12233       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12234         VDecl->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12235       return;
12236     }
12237 
12238     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
12239   }
12240 
12241   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
12242   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
12243   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
12244   // This is undefined behavior in C++, but valid in C.
12245   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12246     if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
12247         VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
12248       CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
12249     }
12250   }
12251 
12252   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
12253   // completed by the initializer. For example:
12254   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
12255   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
12256   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
12257     VDecl->setType(DclT);
12258 
12259   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12260     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
12261 
12262     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
12263       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
12264 
12265     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
12266     // Although this code can still have problems:
12267     //   id x = self.weakProp;
12268     //   id y = self.weakProp;
12269     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
12270     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
12271     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
12272     if (FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction())
12273       if ((VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
12274            VDecl->getType().isNonWeakInMRRWithObjCWeak(Context)) &&
12275           !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
12276                            Init->getBeginLoc()))
12277         FSI->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
12278   }
12279 
12280   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
12281   //
12282   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
12283   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
12284   // full-expression. For instance, in:
12285   //
12286   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
12287   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
12288   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
12289   //
12290   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
12291   ExprResult Result =
12292       ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
12293                           /*DiscardedValue*/ false, VDecl->isConstexpr());
12294   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
12295     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12296     return;
12297   }
12298   Init = Result.get();
12299 
12300   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
12301   VDecl->setInit(Init);
12302 
12303   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
12304     // Don't check the initializer if the declaration is malformed.
12305     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
12306       // do nothing
12307 
12308     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5.3: __constant locals must be constant-initialized.
12309     // This is true even in C++ for OpenCL.
12310     } else if (VDecl->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
12311       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12312 
12313     // Otherwise, C++ does not restrict the initializer.
12314     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12315       // do nothing
12316 
12317     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
12318     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
12319     } else if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12320       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12321 
12322     // C89 is stricter than C99 for aggregate initializers.
12323     // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
12324     // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
12325     // constant expressions.
12326     } else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
12327                isa<InitListExpr>(Init)) {
12328       const Expr *Culprit;
12329       if (!Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) {
12330         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
12331              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
12332           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
12333       }
12334     }
12335 
12336     if (auto *E = dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
12337       if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<BlockExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens()))
12338         if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
12339           BE->getBlockDecl()->setCanAvoidCopyToHeap();
12340   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && !VDecl->isInline() &&
12341              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
12342     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
12343     //
12344     // struct S {
12345     //   static const int value = 17;
12346     // };
12347 
12348     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
12349     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
12350     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
12351     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
12352     //
12353     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
12354     //   If a non-volatile non-inline const static data member is of integral
12355     //   or enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
12356     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause
12357     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
12358     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
12359     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
12360     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
12361     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
12362 
12363     // Do nothing on dependent types.
12364     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
12365 
12366     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
12367     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
12368     // type.
12369     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
12370 
12371     // Require constness.
12372     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
12373       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
12374         << Init->getSourceRange();
12375       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12376 
12377     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
12378     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
12379       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
12380       SourceLocation Loc;
12381       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
12382         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
12383         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
12384         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
12385       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
12386         ; // Nothing to check.
12387       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
12388         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
12389       else if (Init->getType()->isScopedEnumeralType() &&
12390                Init->isCXX11ConstantExpr(Context))
12391         ; // Ok, it is a scoped-enum constant expression.
12392       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12393         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
12394         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
12395         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12396           << Init->getSourceRange();
12397       } else {
12398         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
12399         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
12400         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12401           << Init->getSourceRange();
12402         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12403       }
12404 
12405     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
12406     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
12407       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
12408       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
12409       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
12410         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
12411              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12412             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12413         Diag(VDecl->getBeginLoc(),
12414              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
12415             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12416       } else {
12417         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
12418           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12419 
12420         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
12421           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
12422             << Init->getSourceRange();
12423           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12424         }
12425       }
12426 
12427     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
12428     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
12429       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
12430           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
12431           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getBeginLoc(), "constexpr ");
12432       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
12433 
12434     } else {
12435       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
12436         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
12437       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12438     }
12439   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
12440     // In C, extern is typically used to avoid tentative definitions when
12441     // declaring variables in headers, but adding an intializer makes it a
12442     // definition. This is somewhat confusing, so GCC and Clang both warn on it.
12443     // In C++, extern is often used to give implictly static const variables
12444     // external linkage, so don't warn in that case. If selectany is present,
12445     // this might be header code intended for C and C++ inclusion, so apply the
12446     // C++ rules.
12447     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
12448         ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->hasAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) ||
12449          !Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified()) &&
12450         !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->isExternC()) &&
12451         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
12452       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
12453 
12454     // In Microsoft C++ mode, a const variable defined in namespace scope has
12455     // external linkage by default if the variable is declared with
12456     // __declspec(dllexport).
12457     if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft() &&
12458         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && VDecl->getType().isConstQualified() &&
12459         VDecl->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>() && VDecl->getDefinition())
12460       VDecl->setStorageClass(SC_Extern);
12461 
12462     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
12463     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12464       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
12465   }
12466 
12467   QualType InitType = Init->getType();
12468   if (!InitType.isNull() &&
12469       (InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
12470        InitType.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion()))
12471     checkNonTrivialCUnionInInitializer(Init, Init->getExprLoc());
12472 
12473   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
12474   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
12475   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
12476   //
12477   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
12478   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
12479   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
12480   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
12481   // special case code.
12482 
12483   // C++ 8.5p11:
12484   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
12485   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
12486   // class type.
12487   if (CXXDirectInit) {
12488     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
12489     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12490   } else if (DirectInit) {
12491     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
12492     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
12493   }
12494 
12495   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && VDecl->isFileVarDecl())
12496     DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(VDecl);
12497   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
12498 }
12499 
12500 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
12501 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
12502 /// of sanity.
12503 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
12504   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
12505   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
12506   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12507 
12508   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12509   if (!VD) return;
12510 
12511   // Bindings are not usable if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12512   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D))
12513     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings())
12514       BD->setInvalidDecl();
12515 
12516   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
12517   if (VD->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
12518     D->setInvalidDecl();
12519     return;
12520   }
12521 
12522   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
12523   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
12524 
12525   // Require a complete type.
12526   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
12527                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
12528                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12529     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12530     return;
12531   }
12532 
12533   // Require a non-abstract type.
12534   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
12535                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12536                              AbstractVariableType)) {
12537     VD->setInvalidDecl();
12538     return;
12539   }
12540 
12541   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
12542   // though.
12543 }
12544 
12545 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl) {
12546   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
12547   if (!RealDecl)
12548     return;
12549 
12550   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12551     QualType Type = Var->getType();
12552 
12553     // C++1z [dcl.dcl]p1 grammar implies that an initializer is mandatory.
12554     if (isa<DecompositionDecl>(RealDecl)) {
12555       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_decomp_decl_requires_init) << Var;
12556       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12557       return;
12558     }
12559 
12560     if (Type->isUndeducedType() &&
12561         DeduceVariableDeclarationType(Var, false, nullptr))
12562       return;
12563 
12564     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
12565     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
12566     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
12567     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
12568     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
12569     // member.
12570     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12571         !Var->isThisDeclarationADemotedDefinition()) {
12572       if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) {
12573         // C++1z removes the relevant rule; the in-class declaration is always
12574         // a definition there.
12575         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 &&
12576             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
12577           Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12578                diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
12579               << Var;
12580           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12581           return;
12582         }
12583       } else {
12584         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
12585         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12586         return;
12587       }
12588     }
12589 
12590     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
12591     // be initialized.
12592     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12593         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
12594         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
12595       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
12596       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12597       return;
12598     }
12599 
12600     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && RealDecl->hasAttr<LoaderUninitializedAttr>()) {
12601       if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) {
12602         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_extern_decl)
12603             << Var;
12604         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12605         return;
12606       }
12607       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Var->getType(),
12608                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12609         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12610         return;
12611       }
12612       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = Var->getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) {
12613         if (!RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) {
12614           Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_loader_uninitialized_trivial_ctor);
12615           Var->setInvalidDecl();
12616           return;
12617         }
12618       }
12619     }
12620 
12621     VarDecl::DefinitionKind DefKind = Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
12622     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && DefKind != VarDecl::DeclarationOnly &&
12623         Var->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion())
12624       checkNonTrivialCUnion(Var->getType(), Var->getLocation(),
12625                             NTCUC_DefaultInitializedObject, NTCUK_Init);
12626 
12627 
12628     switch (DefKind) {
12629     case VarDecl::Definition:
12630       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
12631         break;
12632 
12633       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
12634       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
12635       // a declaration.
12636       //
12637       LLVM_FALLTHROUGH;
12638 
12639     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
12640       // It's only a declaration.
12641 
12642       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
12643       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
12644       // object shall be complete.
12645       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
12646           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12647           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12648                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
12649         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12650 
12651       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
12652       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12653           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12654                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12655                                  AbstractVariableType))
12656         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12657       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
12658           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
12659         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
12660         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
12661       }
12662 
12663       if (Context.getTargetInfo().allowDebugInfoForExternalVar() &&
12664           !Var->isInvalidDecl() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
12665         ExternalDeclarations.push_back(Var);
12666 
12667       return;
12668 
12669     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
12670       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
12671       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
12672       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
12673       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
12674       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
12675       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
12676         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
12677                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
12678           if (RequireCompleteSizedType(
12679                   Var->getLocation(), ArrayT->getElementType(),
12680                   diag::err_array_incomplete_or_sizeless_type))
12681             Var->setInvalidDecl();
12682         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
12683           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
12684           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
12685           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
12686           // NOTE: code such as the following
12687           //     static struct s;
12688           //     struct s { int a; };
12689           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
12690           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
12691           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
12692           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
12693             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12694                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
12695         }
12696       }
12697 
12698       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
12699       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
12700         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
12701       return;
12702     }
12703 
12704     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12705     // definitions with incomplete array type.
12706     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
12707       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
12708            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
12709       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12710       return;
12711     }
12712 
12713     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
12714     // definitions with reference type.
12715     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
12716       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
12717           << Var << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
12718       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12719       return;
12720     }
12721 
12722     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
12723     // variable with dependent type.
12724     if (Type->isDependentType())
12725       return;
12726 
12727     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
12728       return;
12729 
12730     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
12731       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
12732                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
12733                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
12734         Var->setInvalidDecl();
12735         return;
12736       }
12737     } else {
12738       return;
12739     }
12740 
12741     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
12742     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
12743                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12744                                AbstractVariableType)) {
12745       Var->setInvalidDecl();
12746       return;
12747     }
12748 
12749     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
12750     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
12751     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
12752     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
12753     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
12754     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
12755     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
12756     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
12757     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
12758     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
12759     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12760       if (const RecordType *Record
12761             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12762         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
12763         // Mark the function (if we're in one) for further checking even if the
12764         // looser rules of C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can
12765         // diagnose incompatibilities with C++98.
12766         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
12767           setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12768       }
12769     }
12770     // In OpenCL, we can't initialize objects in the __local address space,
12771     // even implicitly, so don't synthesize an implicit initializer.
12772     if (getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
12773         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local)
12774       return;
12775     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
12776     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
12777     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
12778     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
12779     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
12780     //   type shall have a user-declared default
12781     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
12782     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
12783     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
12784     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
12785     //   program is ill-formed.
12786     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
12787     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
12788     //   default-initialized; [...].
12789     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
12790     InitializationKind Kind
12791       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
12792 
12793     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12794     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
12795 
12796     if (Init.get()) {
12797       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
12798       // This is important for template substitution.
12799       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
12800     } else if (Init.isInvalid()) {
12801       // If default-init fails, attach a recovery-expr initializer to track
12802       // that initialization was attempted and failed.
12803       auto RecoveryExpr =
12804           CreateRecoveryExpr(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation(), {});
12805       if (RecoveryExpr.get())
12806         Var->setInit(RecoveryExpr.get());
12807     }
12808 
12809     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
12810   }
12811 }
12812 
12813 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
12814   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Ignore it.
12815   if (!D)
12816     return;
12817 
12818   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
12819   if (!VD) {
12820     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
12821     D->setInvalidDecl();
12822     return;
12823   }
12824 
12825   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12826 
12827   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
12828   int Error = -1;
12829   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
12830   case SC_None:
12831     break;
12832   case SC_Extern:
12833     Error = 0;
12834     break;
12835   case SC_Static:
12836     Error = 1;
12837     break;
12838   case SC_PrivateExtern:
12839     Error = 2;
12840     break;
12841   case SC_Auto:
12842     Error = 3;
12843     break;
12844   case SC_Register:
12845     Error = 4;
12846     break;
12847   }
12848 
12849   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier con't.
12850   switch (VD->getTSCSpec()) {
12851   case TSCS_thread_local:
12852     Error = 6;
12853     break;
12854   case TSCS___thread:
12855   case TSCS__Thread_local:
12856   case TSCS_unspecified:
12857     break;
12858   }
12859 
12860   if (Error != -1) {
12861     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
12862         << VD << Error;
12863     D->setInvalidDecl();
12864   }
12865 }
12866 
12867 StmtResult
12868 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
12869                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
12870                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
12871                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
12872   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
12873   //   A range-based for statement of the form
12874   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12875   //   is equivalent to
12876   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
12877   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
12878 
12879   const char *PrevSpec;
12880   unsigned DiagID;
12881   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
12882                      getPrintingPolicy());
12883 
12884   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::ForInit);
12885   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
12886   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
12887 
12888   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/ false),
12889                 IdentLoc);
12890   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
12891   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
12892   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
12893   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
12894                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
12895 }
12896 
12897 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
12898   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
12899 
12900   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
12901     // OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - Every block variable declaration must have an
12902     // initialiser
12903     if (var->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->isBlockPointerType() &&
12904         !var->hasInit()) {
12905       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_invalid_block_declaration)
12906           << 1 /*Init*/;
12907       var->setInvalidDecl();
12908       return;
12909     }
12910   }
12911 
12912   // In Objective-C, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
12913   // local retaining variable.
12914   if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
12915       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
12916     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
12917     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
12918     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
12919     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
12920       break;
12921 
12922     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
12923     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
12924       setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12925       break;
12926     }
12927   }
12928 
12929   if (var->hasLocalStorage() &&
12930       var->getType().isDestructedType() == QualType::DK_nontrivial_c_struct)
12931     setFunctionHasBranchProtectedScope();
12932 
12933   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
12934   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
12935   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
12936   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
12937   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
12938   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12939       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
12940       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
12941       !var->isInline() && !var->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
12942       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(var) &&
12943       !isTemplateInstantiation(var->getTemplateSpecializationKind()) &&
12944       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
12945                                   var->getLocation())) {
12946     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
12947     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
12948     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
12949       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
12950 
12951     if (!prev) {
12952       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
12953       Diag(var->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
12954           << /* variable */ 0;
12955     }
12956   }
12957 
12958   // Cache the result of checking for constant initialization.
12959   Optional<bool> CacheHasConstInit;
12960   const Expr *CacheCulprit = nullptr;
12961   auto checkConstInit = [&]() mutable {
12962     if (!CacheHasConstInit)
12963       CacheHasConstInit = var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
12964             Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &CacheCulprit);
12965     return *CacheHasConstInit;
12966   };
12967 
12968   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
12969     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
12970       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
12971       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
12972       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
12973       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
12974       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12975         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12976     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit()) {
12977       if (!checkConstInit()) {
12978         // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
12979         //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
12980         //   initialization.
12981         // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
12982         Diag(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
12983           << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
12984         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12985           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
12986       }
12987     }
12988   }
12989 
12990   // Apply section attributes and pragmas to global variables.
12991   bool GlobalStorage = var->hasGlobalStorage();
12992   if (GlobalStorage && var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
12993       !inTemplateInstantiation()) {
12994     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
12995     int SectionFlags = ASTContext::PSF_Read;
12996     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
12997       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
12998     else if (!var->getInit()) {
12999       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
13000       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13001     } else {
13002       Stack = &DataSegStack;
13003       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Write;
13004     }
13005     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13006       if (SA->getSyntax() == AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Declspec)
13007         SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13008       UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var);
13009     } else if (Stack->CurrentValue) {
13010       SectionFlags |= ASTContext::PSF_Implicit;
13011       auto SectionName = Stack->CurrentValue->getString();
13012       var->addAttr(SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13013           Context, SectionName, Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation,
13014           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate));
13015       if (UnifySection(SectionName, SectionFlags, var))
13016         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
13017     }
13018 
13019     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
13020     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
13021     // attribute.
13022     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
13023       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
13024                                                CurInitSegLoc,
13025                                                AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13026   }
13027 
13028   if (!var->getType()->isStructureType() && var->hasInit() &&
13029       isa<InitListExpr>(var->getInit())) {
13030     const auto *ILE = cast<InitListExpr>(var->getInit());
13031     unsigned NumInits = ILE->getNumInits();
13032     if (NumInits > 2)
13033       for (unsigned I = 0; I < NumInits; ++I) {
13034         const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(I);
13035         if (!Init)
13036           break;
13037         const auto *SL = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13038         if (!SL)
13039           break;
13040 
13041         unsigned NumConcat = SL->getNumConcatenated();
13042         // Diagnose missing comma in string array initialization.
13043         // Do not warn when all the elements in the initializer are concatenated
13044         // together. Do not warn for macros too.
13045         if (NumConcat == 2 && !SL->getBeginLoc().isMacroID()) {
13046           bool OnlyOneMissingComma = true;
13047           for (unsigned J = I + 1; J < NumInits; ++J) {
13048             const auto *Init = ILE->getInit(J);
13049             if (!Init)
13050               break;
13051             const auto *SLJ = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(Init->IgnoreImpCasts());
13052             if (!SLJ || SLJ->getNumConcatenated() > 1) {
13053               OnlyOneMissingComma = false;
13054               break;
13055             }
13056           }
13057 
13058           if (OnlyOneMissingComma) {
13059             SmallVector<FixItHint, 1> Hints;
13060             for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumConcat - 1; ++i)
13061               Hints.push_back(FixItHint::CreateInsertion(
13062                   PP.getLocForEndOfToken(SL->getStrTokenLoc(i)), ","));
13063 
13064             Diag(SL->getStrTokenLoc(1),
13065                  diag::warn_concatenated_literal_array_init)
13066                 << Hints;
13067             Diag(SL->getBeginLoc(),
13068                  diag::note_concatenated_string_literal_silence);
13069           }
13070           // In any case, stop now.
13071           break;
13072         }
13073       }
13074   }
13075 
13076   // All the following checks are C++ only.
13077   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
13078     // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the
13079     // current module.
13080     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13081       Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13082     return;
13083   }
13084 
13085   QualType type = var->getType();
13086 
13087   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
13088     getCurFunction()->addByrefBlockVar(var);
13089 
13090   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
13091   bool IsGlobal = GlobalStorage && !var->isStaticLocal();
13092   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
13093 
13094   // Check whether the initializer is sufficiently constant.
13095   if (!type->isDependentType() && Init && !Init->isValueDependent() &&
13096       (GlobalStorage || var->isConstexpr() ||
13097        var->mightBeUsableInConstantExpressions(Context))) {
13098     // If this variable might have a constant initializer or might be usable in
13099     // constant expressions, check whether or not it actually is now.  We can't
13100     // do this lazily, because the result might depend on things that change
13101     // later, such as which constexpr functions happen to be defined.
13102     SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
13103     bool HasConstInit;
13104     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13105       // Prior to C++11, in contexts where a constant initializer is required,
13106       // the set of valid constant initializers is described by syntactic rules
13107       // in [expr.const]p2-6.
13108       // FIXME: Stricter checking for these rules would be useful for constinit /
13109       // -Wglobal-constructors.
13110       HasConstInit = checkConstInit();
13111 
13112       // Compute and cache the constant value, and remember that we have a
13113       // constant initializer.
13114       if (HasConstInit) {
13115         (void)var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13116         Notes.clear();
13117       } else if (CacheCulprit) {
13118         Notes.emplace_back(CacheCulprit->getExprLoc(),
13119                            PDiag(diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr));
13120         Notes.back().second << CacheCulprit->getSourceRange();
13121       }
13122     } else {
13123       // Evaluate the initializer to see if it's a constant initializer.
13124       HasConstInit = var->checkForConstantInitialization(Notes);
13125     }
13126 
13127     if (HasConstInit) {
13128       // FIXME: Consider replacing the initializer with a ConstantExpr.
13129     } else if (var->isConstexpr()) {
13130       SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
13131       // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
13132       // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
13133       if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
13134                                    diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
13135         DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
13136         Notes.clear();
13137       }
13138       Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
13139           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
13140       for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
13141         Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
13142     } else if (GlobalStorage && var->hasAttr<ConstInitAttr>()) {
13143       auto *Attr = var->getAttr<ConstInitAttr>();
13144       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_require_constant_init_failed)
13145           << Init->getSourceRange();
13146       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_required_constant_init_here)
13147           << Attr->getRange() << Attr->isConstinit();
13148       for (auto &it : Notes)
13149         Diag(it.first, it.second);
13150     } else if (IsGlobal &&
13151                !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
13152                                            var->getLocation())) {
13153       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
13154       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
13155       // warned about them.
13156       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
13157       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor())) {
13158         // checkConstInit() here permits trivial default initialization even in
13159         // C++11 onwards, where such an initializer is not a constant initializer
13160         // but nonetheless doesn't require a global constructor.
13161         if (!checkConstInit())
13162           Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
13163               << Init->getSourceRange();
13164       }
13165     }
13166   }
13167 
13168   // Require the destructor.
13169   if (!type->isDependentType())
13170     if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
13171       FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
13172 
13173   // If this variable must be emitted, add it as an initializer for the current
13174   // module.
13175   if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(var) && !ModuleScopes.empty())
13176     Context.addModuleInitializer(ModuleScopes.back().Module, var);
13177 
13178   // Build the bindings if this is a structured binding declaration.
13179   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(var))
13180     CheckCompleteDecompositionDeclaration(DD);
13181 }
13182 
13183 /// Determines if a variable's alignment is dependent.
13184 static bool hasDependentAlignment(VarDecl *VD) {
13185   if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
13186     return true;
13187   for (auto *I : VD->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>())
13188     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
13189       return true;
13190   return false;
13191 }
13192 
13193 /// Check if VD needs to be dllexport/dllimport due to being in a
13194 /// dllexport/import function.
13195 void Sema::CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VarDecl *VD) {
13196   assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13197 
13198   auto *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13199 
13200   // Find outermost function when VD is in lambda function.
13201   while (FD && !getDLLAttr(FD) &&
13202          !FD->hasAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>() &&
13203          !FD->hasAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13204     FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(FD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13205   }
13206 
13207   if (!FD)
13208     return;
13209 
13210   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
13211   if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
13212     auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
13213     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13214     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13215   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLExportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13216     auto *NewAttr = DLLExportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13217     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13218     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13219 
13220     // Export this function to enforce exporting this static variable even
13221     // if it is not used in this compilation unit.
13222     if (!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>())
13223       FD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13224 
13225   } else if (Attr *A = FD->getAttr<DLLImportStaticLocalAttr>()) {
13226     auto *NewAttr = DLLImportAttr::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), *A);
13227     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
13228     VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
13229   }
13230 }
13231 
13232 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
13233 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
13234 void Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
13235   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
13236   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
13237 
13238   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
13239   if (!VD)
13240     return;
13241 
13242   // Apply an implicit SectionAttr if '#pragma clang section bss|data|rodata' is active
13243   if (VD->hasGlobalStorage() && VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
13244       !inTemplateInstantiation() && !VD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
13245     if (PragmaClangBSSSection.Valid)
13246       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangBSSSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13247           Context, PragmaClangBSSSection.SectionName,
13248           PragmaClangBSSSection.PragmaLocation,
13249           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13250     if (PragmaClangDataSection.Valid)
13251       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangDataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13252           Context, PragmaClangDataSection.SectionName,
13253           PragmaClangDataSection.PragmaLocation,
13254           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13255     if (PragmaClangRodataSection.Valid)
13256       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRodataSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13257           Context, PragmaClangRodataSection.SectionName,
13258           PragmaClangRodataSection.PragmaLocation,
13259           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13260     if (PragmaClangRelroSection.Valid)
13261       VD->addAttr(PragmaClangRelroSectionAttr::CreateImplicit(
13262           Context, PragmaClangRelroSection.SectionName,
13263           PragmaClangRelroSection.PragmaLocation,
13264           AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
13265   }
13266 
13267   if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(ThisDecl)) {
13268     for (auto *BD : DD->bindings()) {
13269       FinalizeDeclaration(BD);
13270     }
13271   }
13272 
13273   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
13274 
13275   // Perform TLS alignment check here after attributes attached to the variable
13276   // which may affect the alignment have been processed. Only perform the check
13277   // if the target has a maximum TLS alignment (zero means no constraints).
13278   if (unsigned MaxAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getMaxTLSAlign()) {
13279     // Protect the check so that it's not performed on dependent types and
13280     // dependent alignments (we can't determine the alignment in that case).
13281     if (VD->getTLSKind() && !hasDependentAlignment(VD) &&
13282         !VD->isInvalidDecl()) {
13283       CharUnits MaxAlignChars = Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(MaxAlign);
13284       if (Context.getDeclAlign(VD) > MaxAlignChars) {
13285         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tls_var_aligned_over_maximum)
13286           << (unsigned)Context.getDeclAlign(VD).getQuantity() << VD
13287           << (unsigned)MaxAlignChars.getQuantity();
13288       }
13289     }
13290   }
13291 
13292   if (VD->isStaticLocal())
13293     CheckStaticLocalForDllExport(VD);
13294 
13295   // Perform check for initializers of device-side global variables.
13296   // CUDA allows empty constructors as initializers (see E.2.3.1, CUDA
13297   // 7.5). We must also apply the same checks to all __shared__
13298   // variables whether they are local or not. CUDA also allows
13299   // constant initializers for __constant__ and __device__ variables.
13300   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
13301     checkAllowedCUDAInitializer(VD);
13302 
13303   // Grab the dllimport or dllexport attribute off of the VarDecl.
13304   const InheritableAttr *DLLAttr = getDLLAttr(VD);
13305 
13306   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
13307   if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast_or_null<DLLImportAttr>(DLLAttr)) {
13308     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
13309         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13310       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
13311       // with a warning.
13312       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
13313         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
13314       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
13315           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
13316           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
13317 
13318       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
13319            IsClassTemplateMember
13320                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
13321                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
13322       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
13323       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
13324         VD->setInvalidDecl();
13325     }
13326   }
13327 
13328   // dllimport/dllexport variables cannot be thread local, their TLS index
13329   // isn't exported with the variable.
13330   if (DLLAttr && VD->getTLSKind()) {
13331     auto *F = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod());
13332     if (F && getDLLAttr(F)) {
13333       assert(VD->isStaticLocal());
13334       // But if this is a static local in a dlimport/dllexport function, the
13335       // function will never be inlined, which means the var would never be
13336       // imported, so having it marked import/export is safe.
13337     } else {
13338       Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_thread_local) << VD
13339                                                                     << DLLAttr;
13340       VD->setInvalidDecl();
13341     }
13342   }
13343 
13344   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
13345     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13346       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13347           << Attr;
13348       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
13349     }
13350   }
13351   if (RetainAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<RetainAttr>()) {
13352     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
13353       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored_on_non_definition)
13354           << Attr;
13355       VD->dropAttr<RetainAttr>();
13356     }
13357   }
13358 
13359   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
13360   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
13361   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
13362   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
13363     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
13364 
13365   // FIXME: Warn on unused var template partial specializations.
13366   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
13367     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
13368 
13369   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
13370   // tag values.
13371   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
13372       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
13373     return;
13374 
13375   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
13376     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
13377     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
13378       continue;
13379     }
13380     Optional<llvm::APSInt> MagicValueInt;
13381     if (!(MagicValueInt = MagicValueExpr->getIntegerConstantExpr(Context))) {
13382       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13383            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
13384         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13385       continue;
13386     }
13387     if (MagicValueInt->getActiveBits() > 64) {
13388       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
13389            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
13390         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
13391       continue;
13392     }
13393     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt->getZExtValue();
13394     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
13395                                MagicValue,
13396                                I->getMatchingCType(),
13397                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
13398                                I->getMustBeNull());
13399   }
13400 }
13401 
13402 static bool hasDeducedAuto(DeclaratorDecl *DD) {
13403   auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DD);
13404   return VD && !VD->getType()->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType();
13405 }
13406 
13407 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
13408                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13409   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
13410 
13411   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
13412     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
13413 
13414   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13415   DecompositionDecl *FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
13416   bool DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = false;
13417   DeclaratorDecl *FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = nullptr;
13418   bool DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = false;
13419 
13420   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13421     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
13422       // For declarators, there are some additional syntactic-ish checks we need
13423       // to perform.
13424       if (auto *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) {
13425         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
13426           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
13427         if (!FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup)
13428           FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup = dyn_cast<DecompositionDecl>(D);
13429         if (!FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && DS.hasAutoTypeSpec() &&
13430             !hasDeducedAuto(DD))
13431           FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup = DD;
13432 
13433         if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup != DD) {
13434           // A decomposition declaration cannot be combined with any other
13435           // declaration in the same group.
13436           if (FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup && !DiagnosedMultipleDecomps) {
13437             Diag(FirstDecompDeclaratorInGroup->getLocation(),
13438                  diag::err_decomp_decl_not_alone)
13439                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13440                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13441             DiagnosedMultipleDecomps = true;
13442           }
13443 
13444           // A declarator that uses 'auto' in any way other than to declare a
13445           // variable with a deduced type cannot be combined with any other
13446           // declarator in the same group.
13447           if (FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup && !DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto) {
13448             Diag(FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getLocation(),
13449                  diag::err_auto_non_deduced_not_alone)
13450                 << FirstNonDeducedAutoInGroup->getType()
13451                        ->hasAutoForTrailingReturnType()
13452                 << FirstDeclaratorInGroup->getSourceRange()
13453                 << DD->getSourceRange();
13454             DiagnosedNonDeducedAuto = true;
13455           }
13456         }
13457       }
13458 
13459       Decls.push_back(D);
13460     }
13461   }
13462 
13463   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
13464     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
13465       handleTagNumbering(Tag, S);
13466       if (FirstDeclaratorInGroup && !Tag->hasNameForLinkage() &&
13467           getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13468         Context.addDeclaratorForUnnamedTagDecl(Tag, FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
13469     }
13470   }
13471 
13472   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls);
13473 }
13474 
13475 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
13476 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
13477 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
13478 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13479   // C++14 [dcl.spec.auto]p7: (DR1347)
13480   //   If the type that replaces the placeholder type is not the same in each
13481   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
13482   if (Group.size() > 1) {
13483     QualType Deduced;
13484     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
13485     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13486       VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i]);
13487       if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl())
13488         break;
13489       DeducedType *DT = D->getType()->getContainedDeducedType();
13490       if (!DT || DT->getDeducedType().isNull())
13491         continue;
13492       if (Deduced.isNull()) {
13493         Deduced = DT->getDeducedType();
13494         DeducedDecl = D;
13495       } else if (!Context.hasSameType(DT->getDeducedType(), Deduced)) {
13496         auto *AT = dyn_cast<AutoType>(DT);
13497         auto Dia = Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
13498                         diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
13499                    << (AT ? (unsigned)AT->getKeyword() : 3) << Deduced
13500                    << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() << DT->getDeducedType()
13501                    << D->getDeclName();
13502         if (DeducedDecl->hasInit())
13503           Dia << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13504         if (D->getInit())
13505           Dia << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
13506         D->setInvalidDecl();
13507         break;
13508       }
13509     }
13510   }
13511 
13512   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
13513 
13514   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
13515       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
13516 }
13517 
13518 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
13519   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
13520 }
13521 
13522 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
13523   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
13524   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
13525     return;
13526 
13527   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found,
13528                       Group[0]->getLocation()) &&
13529       Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_unknown_comment_command_name,
13530                       Group[0]->getLocation()))
13531     return;
13532 
13533   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
13534     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
13535     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
13536     // additional declaration references:
13537     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
13538     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
13539     //   'struct S *pS;'
13540     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
13541     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
13542     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
13543       Group = Group.slice(1);
13544     }
13545   }
13546 
13547   // FIMXE: We assume every Decl in the group is in the same file.
13548   // This is false when preprocessor constructs the group from decls in
13549   // different files (e. g. macros or #include).
13550   Context.attachCommentsToJustParsedDecls(Group, &getPreprocessor());
13551 }
13552 
13553 /// Common checks for a parameter-declaration that should apply to both function
13554 /// parameters and non-type template parameters.
13555 void Sema::CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13556   // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
13557   // parameter.
13558   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13559     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
13560 
13561   // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
13562   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
13563     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
13564       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
13565   }
13566 
13567   // [dcl.meaning]p1: An unqualified-id occurring in a declarator-id shall be a
13568   // simple identifier except [...irrelevant cases...].
13569   switch (D.getName().getKind()) {
13570   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_Identifier:
13571     break;
13572 
13573   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
13574   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConversionFunctionId:
13575   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
13576   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorName:
13577   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DestructorName:
13578   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
13579   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_DeductionGuideName:
13580     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
13581       << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
13582     break;
13583 
13584   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_TemplateId:
13585   case UnqualifiedIdKind::IK_ConstructorTemplateId:
13586     // GetNameForDeclarator would not produce a useful name in this case.
13587     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name_template_id);
13588     break;
13589   }
13590 }
13591 
13592 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
13593 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
13594 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
13595   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
13596 
13597   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
13598 
13599   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
13600   StorageClass SC = SC_None;
13601   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
13602     SC = SC_Register;
13603     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
13604     // In C++17, it is not allowed, but we tolerate it as an extension.
13605     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
13606       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13607            getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17 ? diag::ext_register_storage_class
13608                                      : diag::warn_deprecated_register)
13609         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
13610     }
13611   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13612              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
13613     SC = SC_Auto;
13614   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
13615     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
13616          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
13617     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
13618   }
13619 
13620   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
13621     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
13622       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
13623   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
13624     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
13625         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
13626   if (DS.hasConstexprSpecifier())
13627     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
13628         << 0 << static_cast<int>(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecifier());
13629 
13630   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
13631 
13632   CheckFunctionOrTemplateParamDeclarator(S, D);
13633 
13634   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
13635   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
13636 
13637   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
13638   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
13639   if (II) {
13640     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
13641                    ForVisibleRedeclaration);
13642     LookupName(R, S);
13643     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
13644       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
13645       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
13646         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
13647         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
13648         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
13649         PrevDecl = nullptr;
13650       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
13651         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
13652         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
13653 
13654         // Recover by removing the name
13655         II = nullptr;
13656         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
13657         D.setInvalidType(true);
13658       }
13659     }
13660   }
13661 
13662   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
13663   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
13664   // looking like class members in C++.
13665   ParmVarDecl *New =
13666       CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), D.getBeginLoc(),
13667                      D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, parmDeclType, TInfo, SC);
13668 
13669   if (D.isInvalidType())
13670     New->setInvalidDecl();
13671 
13672   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
13673   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
13674   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
13675                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
13676 
13677   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
13678   S->AddDecl(New);
13679   if (II)
13680     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
13681 
13682   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
13683 
13684   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
13685     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
13686         << 1 << New << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
13687         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
13688 
13689   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
13690     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
13691   }
13692 
13693   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
13694     deduceOpenCLAddressSpace(New);
13695 
13696   return New;
13697 }
13698 
13699 /// Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
13700 /// typedef.
13701 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
13702                                               SourceLocation Loc,
13703                                               QualType T) {
13704   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
13705      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
13706      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
13707   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
13708                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
13709                                            SC_None, nullptr);
13710   Param->setImplicit();
13711   return Param;
13712 }
13713 
13714 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters) {
13715   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
13716   // will already have done so in the template itself.
13717   if (inTemplateInstantiation())
13718     return;
13719 
13720   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13721     if (!Parameter->isReferenced() && Parameter->getDeclName() &&
13722         !Parameter->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
13723       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
13724         << Parameter->getDeclName();
13725     }
13726   }
13727 }
13728 
13729 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(
13730     ArrayRef<ParmVarDecl *> Parameters, QualType ReturnTy, NamedDecl *D) {
13731   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
13732     return;
13733 
13734   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13735   // threshold.
13736   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
13737     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
13738     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13739       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) << D << Size;
13740   }
13741 
13742   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
13743   // threshold.
13744   for (const ParmVarDecl *Parameter : Parameters) {
13745     QualType T = Parameter->getType();
13746     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
13747       continue;
13748     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
13749     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
13750       Diag(Parameter->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
13751           << Parameter << Size;
13752   }
13753 }
13754 
13755 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
13756                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
13757                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
13758                                   StorageClass SC) {
13759   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
13760   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
13761       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
13762       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
13763 
13764     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
13765 
13766     // Special cases for arrays:
13767     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
13768     //   - otherwise, it's an error
13769     if (T->isArrayType()) {
13770       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
13771         if (DelayedDiagnostics.shouldDelayDiagnostics())
13772           DelayedDiagnostics.add(
13773               sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
13774               NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
13775         else
13776           Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership)
13777               << TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
13778       }
13779       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
13780     } else {
13781       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
13782     }
13783     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
13784   }
13785 
13786   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
13787                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
13788                                          TSInfo, SC, nullptr);
13789 
13790   // Make a note if we created a new pack in the scope of a lambda, so that
13791   // we know that references to that pack must also be expanded within the
13792   // lambda scope.
13793   if (New->isParameterPack())
13794     if (auto *LSI = getEnclosingLambda())
13795       LSI->LocalPacks.push_back(New);
13796 
13797   if (New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() ||
13798       New->getType().hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion())
13799     checkNonTrivialCUnion(New->getType(), New->getLocation(),
13800                           NTCUC_FunctionParam, NTCUK_Destruct|NTCUK_Copy);
13801 
13802   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
13803   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
13804   // the class has been completely parsed.
13805   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
13806       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
13807                              AbstractParamType))
13808     New->setInvalidDecl();
13809 
13810   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
13811   // passed by reference.
13812   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
13813     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc =
13814         getLocForEndOfToken(TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getEndLoc());
13815     Diag(NameLoc,
13816          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
13817       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
13818     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
13819     New->setType(T);
13820   }
13821 
13822   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
13823   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
13824   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
13825   // an address space.
13826   if (T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::Default &&
13827       // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
13828       // to be qualified with an address space.
13829       !(getLangOpts().OpenCL &&
13830         (T->isArrayType() || T.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_private))) {
13831     Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
13832     New->setInvalidDecl();
13833   }
13834 
13835   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as function argument types.
13836   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
13837       CheckPPCMMAType(New->getOriginalType(), New->getLocation())) {
13838     New->setInvalidDecl();
13839   }
13840 
13841   return New;
13842 }
13843 
13844 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
13845                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
13846   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
13847 
13848   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
13849   // for a K&R function.
13850   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
13851     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
13852       --i;
13853       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
13854         SmallString<256> Code;
13855         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
13856             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
13857         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
13858             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
13859             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code);
13860 
13861         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
13862         // type.
13863         AttributeFactory attrs;
13864         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
13865         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
13866         unsigned DiagID; // unused
13867         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
13868                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
13869         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
13870         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13871         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13872         Declarator ParamD(DS, DeclaratorContext::KNRTypeList);
13873         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
13874         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
13875       }
13876     }
13877   }
13878 }
13879 
13880 Decl *
13881 Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D,
13882                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
13883                               SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13884   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
13885   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
13886   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
13887 
13888   // Check if we are in an `omp begin/end declare variant` scope. If we are, and
13889   // we define a non-templated function definition, we will create a declaration
13890   // instead (=BaseFD), and emit the definition with a mangled name afterwards.
13891   // The base function declaration will have the equivalent of an `omp declare
13892   // variant` annotation which specifies the mangled definition as a
13893   // specialization function under the OpenMP context defined as part of the
13894   // `omp begin declare variant`.
13895   SmallVector<FunctionDecl *, 4> Bases;
13896   if (LangOpts.OpenMP && isInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope())
13897     ActOnStartOfFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(
13898         ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists, Bases);
13899 
13900   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FunctionDefinitionKind::Definition);
13901   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, TemplateParameterLists);
13902   Decl *Dcl = ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP, SkipBody);
13903 
13904   if (!Bases.empty())
13905     ActOnFinishedFunctionDefinitionInOpenMPDeclareVariantScope(Dcl, Bases);
13906 
13907   return Dcl;
13908 }
13909 
13910 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineFunctionDef(FunctionDecl *D) {
13911   Consumer.HandleInlineFunctionDefinition(D);
13912 }
13913 
13914 static bool
13915 ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
13916                                 const FunctionDecl *&PossiblePrototype) {
13917   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
13918   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
13919     return false;
13920 
13921   // Or declarations that aren't global.
13922   if (!FD->isGlobal())
13923     return false;
13924 
13925   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
13926   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
13927     return false;
13928 
13929   // Don't warn about 'main'.
13930   if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
13931     if (IdentifierInfo *II = FD->getIdentifier())
13932       if (II->isStr("main") || II->isStr("efi_main"))
13933         return false;
13934 
13935   // Don't warn about inline functions.
13936   if (FD->isInlined())
13937     return false;
13938 
13939   // Don't warn about function templates.
13940   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
13941     return false;
13942 
13943   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
13944   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
13945     return false;
13946 
13947   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
13948   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
13949     return false;
13950 
13951   // Don't warn on explicitly deleted functions.
13952   if (FD->isDeleted())
13953     return false;
13954 
13955   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
13956        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
13957     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
13958     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
13959     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
13960       continue;
13961 
13962     PossiblePrototype = Prev;
13963     return Prev->getType()->isFunctionNoProtoType();
13964   }
13965 
13966   return true;
13967 }
13968 
13969 void
13970 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
13971                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition,
13972                                    SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
13973   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
13974   if (!Definition &&
13975       !FD->isDefined(Definition, /*CheckForPendingFriendDefinition*/ true))
13976     return;
13977 
13978   if (Definition->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
13979     if (FunctionDecl *OrigDef = Definition->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13980       if (FunctionDecl *OrigFD = FD->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction()) {
13981         // A merged copy of the same function, instantiated as a member of
13982         // the same class, is OK.
13983         if (declaresSameEntity(OrigFD, OrigDef) &&
13984             declaresSameEntity(cast<Decl>(Definition->getLexicalDeclContext()),
13985                                cast<Decl>(FD->getLexicalDeclContext())))
13986           return;
13987       }
13988     }
13989   }
13990 
13991   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
13992     return;
13993 
13994   // Don't emit an error when this is redefinition of a typo-corrected
13995   // definition.
13996   if (TypoCorrectedFunctionDefinitions.count(Definition))
13997     return;
13998 
13999   // If we don't have a visible definition of the function, and it's inline or
14000   // a template, skip the new definition.
14001   if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Definition) &&
14002       (Definition->getFormalLinkage() == InternalLinkage ||
14003        Definition->isInlined() ||
14004        Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() ||
14005        Definition->getNumTemplateParameterLists())) {
14006     SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
14007     SkipBody->Previous = const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition);
14008     if (auto *TD = Definition->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
14009       makeMergedDefinitionVisible(TD);
14010     makeMergedDefinitionVisible(const_cast<FunctionDecl*>(Definition));
14011     return;
14012   }
14013 
14014   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
14015       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
14016     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
14017         << FD << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
14018   else
14019     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD;
14020 
14021   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
14022   FD->setInvalidDecl();
14023 }
14024 
14025 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
14026                                    Sema &S) {
14027   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
14028 
14029   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
14030   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
14031   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
14032   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
14033   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
14034 
14035   if (LCD == LCD_None)
14036     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
14037   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
14038     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
14039   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
14040     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
14041   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
14042 
14043   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
14044   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
14045 
14046   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
14047   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
14048   auto I = LambdaClass->field_begin();
14049   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
14050     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
14051       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
14052       if (VD->isInitCapture())
14053         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
14054       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
14055       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
14056           /*RefersToEnclosingVariableOrCapture*/true, C.getLocation(),
14057           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
14058                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
14059           I->getType(), /*Invalid*/false);
14060 
14061     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
14062       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), I->getType(),
14063                           C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_StarThis);
14064     } else {
14065       LSI->addVLATypeCapture(C.getLocation(), I->getCapturedVLAType(),
14066                              I->getType());
14067     }
14068     ++I;
14069   }
14070 }
14071 
14072 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D,
14073                                     SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
14074   if (!D) {
14075     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Push on a fake scope
14076     // anyway so we can try to parse the function body.
14077     PushFunctionScope();
14078     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14079     return D;
14080   }
14081 
14082   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
14083 
14084   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
14085     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
14086   else
14087     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
14088 
14089   // Do not push if it is a lambda because one is already pushed when building
14090   // the lambda in ActOnStartOfLambdaDefinition().
14091   if (!isLambdaCallOperator(FD))
14092     PushExpressionEvaluationContext(
14093         FD->isConsteval() ? ExpressionEvaluationContext::ConstantEvaluated
14094                           : ExprEvalContexts.back().Context);
14095 
14096   // Check for defining attributes before the check for redefinition.
14097   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
14098     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 0;
14099     FD->dropAttr<AliasAttr>();
14100     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14101   }
14102   if (const auto *Attr = FD->getAttr<IFuncAttr>()) {
14103     Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_alias_is_definition) << FD << 1;
14104     FD->dropAttr<IFuncAttr>();
14105     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14106   }
14107 
14108   if (auto *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) {
14109     if (Ctor->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ExplicitSpecialization &&
14110         Ctor->isDefaultConstructor() &&
14111         Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
14112       // If this is an MS ABI dllexport default constructor, instantiate any
14113       // default arguments.
14114       InstantiateDefaultCtorDefaultArgs(Ctor);
14115     }
14116   }
14117 
14118   // See if this is a redefinition. If 'will have body' (or similar) is already
14119   // set, then these checks were already performed when it was set.
14120   if (!FD->willHaveBody() && !FD->isLateTemplateParsed() &&
14121       !FD->isThisDeclarationInstantiatedFromAFriendDefinition()) {
14122     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, nullptr, SkipBody);
14123 
14124     // If we're skipping the body, we're done. Don't enter the scope.
14125     if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip)
14126       return D;
14127   }
14128 
14129   // Mark this function as "will have a body eventually".  This lets users to
14130   // call e.g. isInlineDefinitionExternallyVisible while we're still parsing
14131   // this function.
14132   FD->setWillHaveBody();
14133 
14134   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
14135   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
14136   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
14137   // LambdaScopeInfo.
14138   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
14139   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
14140   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
14141   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
14142   // have the LSI properly restored.
14143   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
14144     assert(inTemplateInstantiation() &&
14145            "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
14146            "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
14147     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
14148   } else {
14149     // Enter a new function scope
14150     PushFunctionScope();
14151   }
14152 
14153   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
14154   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14155     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
14156         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
14157       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
14158       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14159     }
14160   }
14161 
14162   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
14163   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
14164   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
14165   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
14166       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14167       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
14168                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
14169     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14170 
14171   if (FnBodyScope)
14172     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
14173 
14174   // Check the validity of our function parameters
14175   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->parameters(),
14176                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
14177 
14178   // Add non-parameter declarations already in the function to the current
14179   // scope.
14180   if (FnBodyScope) {
14181     for (Decl *NPD : FD->decls()) {
14182       auto *NonParmDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(NPD);
14183       if (!NonParmDecl)
14184         continue;
14185       assert(!isa<ParmVarDecl>(NonParmDecl) &&
14186              "parameters should not be in newly created FD yet");
14187 
14188       // If the decl has a name, make it accessible in the current scope.
14189       if (NonParmDecl->getDeclName())
14190         PushOnScopeChains(NonParmDecl, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14191 
14192       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
14193       // accessible in this scope.
14194       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(NonParmDecl)) {
14195         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
14196           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
14197       }
14198     }
14199   }
14200 
14201   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
14202   for (auto Param : FD->parameters()) {
14203     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
14204 
14205     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
14206     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
14207       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
14208 
14209       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
14210     }
14211   }
14212 
14213   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
14214   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
14215     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
14216 
14217   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
14218   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
14219       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
14220     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
14221     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
14222     FD->setInvalidDecl();
14223     return D;
14224   }
14225   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
14226   // a function template).
14227   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
14228   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
14229       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
14230       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
14231     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
14232 
14233   return D;
14234 }
14235 
14236 /// Given the set of return statements within a function body,
14237 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
14238 /// optimization.
14239 ///
14240 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
14241 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
14242 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
14243 /// use the named return value optimization.
14244 ///
14245 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
14246 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
14247 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
14248 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
14249   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
14250 
14251   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
14252     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
14253       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
14254         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
14255     }
14256   }
14257 }
14258 
14259 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
14260   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
14261   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasConstexprSpecifier())
14262     return false;
14263 
14264   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
14265   // return type (yet).
14266   if (D.getDeclSpec().hasAutoTypeSpec()) {
14267     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
14268     // we can still delay parsing it.
14269     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
14270       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
14271       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
14272           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
14273         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
14274         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
14275       }
14276     }
14277     return false;
14278   }
14279 
14280   return true;
14281 }
14282 
14283 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
14284   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
14285   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
14286   // rest of the file.
14287   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
14288   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
14289   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) {
14290     if (FD->isConstexpr())
14291       return false;
14292     // We can't simply call Type::isUndeducedType here, because inside template
14293     // auto can be deduced to a dependent type, which is not considered
14294     // "undeduced".
14295     if (FD->getReturnType()->getContainedDeducedType())
14296       return false;
14297   }
14298   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
14299 }
14300 
14301 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
14302   if (!Decl)
14303     return nullptr;
14304   if (FunctionDecl *FD = Decl->getAsFunction())
14305     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
14306   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
14307     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
14308   return Decl;
14309 }
14310 
14311 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
14312   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
14313 }
14314 
14315 /// RAII object that pops an ExpressionEvaluationContext when exiting a function
14316 /// body.
14317 class ExitFunctionBodyRAII {
14318 public:
14319   ExitFunctionBodyRAII(Sema &S, bool IsLambda) : S(S), IsLambda(IsLambda) {}
14320   ~ExitFunctionBodyRAII() {
14321     if (!IsLambda)
14322       S.PopExpressionEvaluationContext();
14323   }
14324 
14325 private:
14326   Sema &S;
14327   bool IsLambda = false;
14328 };
14329 
14330 static void diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(Sema &S) {
14331   llvm::DenseMap<const BlockDecl *, bool> EscapeInfo;
14332 
14333   auto IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock = [&](const BlockDecl *BD) {
14334     if (EscapeInfo.count(BD))
14335       return EscapeInfo[BD];
14336 
14337     bool R = false;
14338     const BlockDecl *CurBD = BD;
14339 
14340     do {
14341       R = !CurBD->doesNotEscape();
14342       if (R)
14343         break;
14344       CurBD = CurBD->getParent()->getInnermostBlockDecl();
14345     } while (CurBD);
14346 
14347     return EscapeInfo[BD] = R;
14348   };
14349 
14350   // If the location where 'self' is implicitly retained is inside a escaping
14351   // block, emit a diagnostic.
14352   for (const std::pair<SourceLocation, const BlockDecl *> &P :
14353        S.ImplicitlyRetainedSelfLocs)
14354     if (IsOrNestedInEscapingBlock(P.second))
14355       S.Diag(P.first, diag::warn_implicitly_retains_self)
14356           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(P.first, "self->");
14357 }
14358 
14359 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
14360                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
14361   FunctionScopeInfo *FSI = getCurFunction();
14362   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
14363 
14364   if (FSI->UsesFPIntrin && !FD->hasAttr<StrictFPAttr>())
14365     FD->addAttr(StrictFPAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
14366 
14367   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
14368   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
14369 
14370   if (getLangOpts().Coroutines && FSI->isCoroutine())
14371     CheckCompletedCoroutineBody(FD, Body);
14372 
14373   // Do not call PopExpressionEvaluationContext() if it is a lambda because one
14374   // is already popped when finishing the lambda in BuildLambdaExpr(). This is
14375   // meant to pop the context added in ActOnStartOfFunctionDef().
14376   ExitFunctionBodyRAII ExitRAII(*this, isLambdaCallOperator(FD));
14377 
14378   if (FD) {
14379     FD->setBody(Body);
14380     FD->setWillHaveBody(false);
14381 
14382     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) {
14383       if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && !FD->isDependentContext() &&
14384           FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
14385         // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
14386         // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
14387         // the deduced result type is 'void'.
14388         if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
14389           Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
14390               << FD->getReturnType();
14391           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14392         } else {
14393           // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
14394           TypeLoc ResultType = getReturnTypeLoc(FD);
14395           Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
14396               FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
14397         }
14398       }
14399     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && isLambdaCallOperator(FD)) {
14400       // In C++11, we don't use 'auto' deduction rules for lambda call
14401       // operators because we don't support return type deduction.
14402       auto *LSI = getCurLambda();
14403       if (LSI->HasImplicitReturnType) {
14404         deduceClosureReturnType(*LSI);
14405 
14406         // C++11 [expr.prim.lambda]p4:
14407         //   [...] if there are no return statements in the compound-statement
14408         //   [the deduced type is] the type void
14409         QualType RetType =
14410             LSI->ReturnType.isNull() ? Context.VoidTy : LSI->ReturnType;
14411 
14412         // Update the return type to the deduced type.
14413         const auto *Proto = FD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
14414         FD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(RetType, Proto->getParamTypes(),
14415                                             Proto->getExtProtoInfo()));
14416       }
14417     }
14418 
14419     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
14420     // don't complain about missing return statements.
14421     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
14422       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
14423 
14424     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
14425     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
14426     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && !FD->isOutOfLine())
14427       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
14428 
14429     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14430       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
14431       if (!FD->isDeleted() && !FD->isDefaulted() && !FD->hasSkippedBody())
14432         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->parameters());
14433       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->parameters(),
14434                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
14435 
14436       // If this is a structor, we need a vtable.
14437       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
14438         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
14439       else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(FD))
14440         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Destructor->getParent());
14441 
14442       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
14443       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
14444       // to deduce an implicit return type.
14445       if (FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
14446           (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !FD->isDependentContext()))
14447         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14448     }
14449 
14450     // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
14451     //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
14452     //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
14453     //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
14454     //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
14455     const FunctionDecl *PossiblePrototype = nullptr;
14456     if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossiblePrototype)) {
14457       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
14458 
14459       if (PossiblePrototype) {
14460         // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
14461         // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
14462         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = PossiblePrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
14463           TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14464           if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
14465             Diag(PossiblePrototype->getLocation(),
14466                  diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
14467                 << (FD->getNumParams() != 0)
14468                 << (FD->getNumParams() == 0
14469                         ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void")
14470                         : FixItHint{});
14471         }
14472       } else {
14473         // Returns true if the token beginning at this Loc is `const`.
14474         auto isLocAtConst = [&](SourceLocation Loc, const SourceManager &SM,
14475                                 const LangOptions &LangOpts) {
14476           std::pair<FileID, unsigned> LocInfo = SM.getDecomposedLoc(Loc);
14477           if (LocInfo.first.isInvalid())
14478             return false;
14479 
14480           bool Invalid = false;
14481           StringRef Buffer = SM.getBufferData(LocInfo.first, &Invalid);
14482           if (Invalid)
14483             return false;
14484 
14485           if (LocInfo.second > Buffer.size())
14486             return false;
14487 
14488           const char *LexStart = Buffer.data() + LocInfo.second;
14489           StringRef StartTok(LexStart, Buffer.size() - LocInfo.second);
14490 
14491           return StartTok.consume_front("const") &&
14492                  (StartTok.empty() || isWhitespace(StartTok[0]) ||
14493                   StartTok.startswith("/*") || StartTok.startswith("//"));
14494         };
14495 
14496         auto findBeginLoc = [&]() {
14497           // If the return type has `const` qualifier, we want to insert
14498           // `static` before `const` (and not before the typename).
14499           if ((FD->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() &&
14500                FD->getReturnType()->getPointeeType().isConstQualified()) ||
14501               FD->getReturnType().isConstQualified()) {
14502             // But only do this if we can determine where the `const` is.
14503 
14504             if (isLocAtConst(FD->getBeginLoc(), getSourceManager(),
14505                              getLangOpts()))
14506 
14507               return FD->getBeginLoc();
14508           }
14509           return FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
14510         };
14511         Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::note_static_for_internal_linkage)
14512             << /* function */ 1
14513             << (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_None
14514                     ? FixItHint::CreateInsertion(findBeginLoc(), "static ")
14515                     : FixItHint{});
14516       }
14517 
14518       // GNU warning -Wstrict-prototypes
14519       //   Warn if K&R function is defined without a previous declaration.
14520       //   This warning is issued only if the definition itself does not provide
14521       //   a prototype. Only K&R definitions do not provide a prototype.
14522       if (!FD->hasWrittenPrototype()) {
14523         TypeSourceInfo *TI = FD->getTypeSourceInfo();
14524         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
14525         FunctionTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAsAdjusted<FunctionTypeLoc>();
14526         Diag(FTL.getLParenLoc(), diag::warn_strict_prototypes) << 2;
14527       }
14528     }
14529 
14530     // Warn on CPUDispatch with an actual body.
14531     if (FD->isMultiVersion() && FD->hasAttr<CPUDispatchAttr>() && Body)
14532       if (const auto *CmpndBody = dyn_cast<CompoundStmt>(Body))
14533         if (!CmpndBody->body_empty())
14534           Diag(CmpndBody->body_front()->getBeginLoc(),
14535                diag::warn_dispatch_body_ignored);
14536 
14537     if (auto *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
14538       const CXXMethodDecl *KeyFunction;
14539       if (MD->isOutOfLine() && (MD = MD->getCanonicalDecl()) &&
14540           MD->isVirtual() &&
14541           (KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent())) &&
14542           MD == KeyFunction->getCanonicalDecl()) {
14543         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
14544         if (FD->isInlined() &&
14545             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
14546           Context.setNonKeyFunction(MD);
14547 
14548           // If the newly-chosen key function is already defined, then we
14549           // need to mark the vtable as used retroactively.
14550           KeyFunction = Context.getCurrentKeyFunction(MD->getParent());
14551           const FunctionDecl *Definition;
14552           if (KeyFunction && KeyFunction->isDefined(Definition))
14553             MarkVTableUsed(Definition->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14554         } else {
14555           // We just defined they key function; mark the vtable as used.
14556           MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), MD->getParent(), true);
14557         }
14558       }
14559     }
14560 
14561     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
14562            "Function parsing confused");
14563   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
14564     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
14565     MD->setBody(Body);
14566     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
14567       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->parameters(),
14568                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
14569 
14570       if (Body)
14571         computeNRVO(Body, FSI);
14572     }
14573     if (FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
14574       Diag(MD->getEndLoc(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
14575           << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
14576       FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
14577     }
14578     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
14579       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
14580       bool isDesignated =
14581           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
14582       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
14583       (void)isDesignated;
14584 
14585       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
14586         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
14587         if (!IFace)
14588           return false;
14589         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
14590         if (!SuperD)
14591           return false;
14592         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
14593             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
14594       };
14595       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
14596       // of NSObject.
14597       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
14598         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14599              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
14600         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
14601              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
14602       }
14603       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
14604     }
14605     if (FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
14606       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
14607       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
14608         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
14609              diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
14610       FSI->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
14611     }
14612 
14613     diagnoseImplicitlyRetainedSelf(*this);
14614   } else {
14615     // Parsing the function declaration failed in some way. Pop the fake scope
14616     // we pushed on.
14617     PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14618     return nullptr;
14619   }
14620 
14621   if (Body && FSI->HasPotentialAvailabilityViolations)
14622     DiagnoseUnguardedAvailabilityViolations(dcl);
14623 
14624   assert(!FSI->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
14625          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
14626          "handled in the block above.");
14627 
14628   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
14629   if (Body && (!FD || !FD->isDefaulted())) {
14630     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
14631     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
14632     // Verify this.
14633     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
14634       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
14635 
14636     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
14637     if (FSI->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
14638         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
14639       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
14640 
14641     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
14642       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
14643         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
14644 
14645       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
14646                                              Destructor->getParent());
14647     }
14648 
14649     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14650     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14651     // deletion in some later function.
14652     if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() ||
14653         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
14654       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14655     }
14656     if (!hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
14657         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
14658       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
14659       // enabled.
14660       ActivePolicy = &WP;
14661     }
14662 
14663     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
14664         !CheckConstexprFunctionDefinition(FD, CheckConstexprKind::Diagnose))
14665       FD->setInvalidDecl();
14666 
14667     if (FD && FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) {
14668       for (const Stmt *S : Body->children()) {
14669         // Allow local register variables without initializer as they don't
14670         // require prologue.
14671         bool RegisterVariables = false;
14672         if (auto *DS = dyn_cast<DeclStmt>(S)) {
14673           for (const auto *Decl : DS->decls()) {
14674             if (const auto *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Decl)) {
14675               RegisterVariables =
14676                   Var->hasAttr<AsmLabelAttr>() && !Var->hasInit();
14677               if (!RegisterVariables)
14678                 break;
14679             }
14680           }
14681         }
14682         if (RegisterVariables)
14683           continue;
14684         if (!isa<AsmStmt>(S) && !isa<NullStmt>(S)) {
14685           Diag(S->getBeginLoc(), diag::err_non_asm_stmt_in_naked_function);
14686           Diag(FD->getAttr<NakedAttr>()->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
14687           FD->setInvalidDecl();
14688           break;
14689         }
14690       }
14691     }
14692 
14693     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() ==
14694                ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects &&
14695            "Leftover temporaries in function");
14696     assert(!Cleanup.exprNeedsCleanups() && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
14697     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
14698            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
14699   }
14700 
14701   if (!IsInstantiation)
14702     PopDeclContext();
14703 
14704   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
14705   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
14706   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
14707   // deletion in some later function.
14708   if (hasUncompilableErrorOccurred()) {
14709     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
14710   }
14711 
14712   if (FD && (LangOpts.OpenMP || LangOpts.CUDA || LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice)) {
14713     auto ES = getEmissionStatus(FD);
14714     if (ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted ||
14715         ES == Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown)
14716       DeclsToCheckForDeferredDiags.push_back(FD);
14717   }
14718 
14719   return dcl;
14720 }
14721 
14722 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
14723 /// relevant Decl.
14724 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
14725                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
14726   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
14727   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
14728     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
14729   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs);
14730 
14731   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
14732     if (Method->isStatic())
14733       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
14734 }
14735 
14736 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
14737 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
14738 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
14739                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
14740   // Find the scope in which the identifier is injected and the corresponding
14741   // DeclContext.
14742   // FIXME: C89 does not say what happens if there is no enclosing block scope.
14743   // In that case, we inject the declaration into the translation unit scope
14744   // instead.
14745   Scope *BlockScope = S;
14746   while (!BlockScope->isCompoundStmtScope() && BlockScope->getParent())
14747     BlockScope = BlockScope->getParent();
14748 
14749   Scope *ContextScope = BlockScope;
14750   while (!ContextScope->getEntity())
14751     ContextScope = ContextScope->getParent();
14752   ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, ContextScope->getEntity());
14753 
14754   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
14755   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
14756   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
14757   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
14758   NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II);
14759   if (ExternCPrev) {
14760     // We still need to inject the function into the enclosing block scope so
14761     // that later (non-call) uses can see it.
14762     PushOnScopeChains(ExternCPrev, BlockScope, /*AddToContext*/false);
14763 
14764     // C89 footnote 38:
14765     //   If in fact it is not defined as having type "function returning int",
14766     //   the behavior is undefined.
14767     if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev) ||
14768         !Context.typesAreCompatible(
14769             cast<FunctionDecl>(ExternCPrev)->getType(),
14770             Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Context.IntTy))) {
14771       Diag(Loc, diag::ext_use_out_of_scope_declaration)
14772           << ExternCPrev << !getLangOpts().C99;
14773       Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
14774       return ExternCPrev;
14775     }
14776   }
14777 
14778   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
14779   unsigned diag_id;
14780   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
14781     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
14782   // OpenCL v2.0 s6.9.u - Implicit function declaration is not supported.
14783   else if (getLangOpts().OpenCL)
14784     diag_id = diag::err_opencl_implicit_function_decl;
14785   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
14786     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
14787   else
14788     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
14789   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
14790 
14791   // If we found a prior declaration of this function, don't bother building
14792   // another one. We've already pushed that one into scope, so there's nothing
14793   // more to do.
14794   if (ExternCPrev)
14795     return ExternCPrev;
14796 
14797   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
14798   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
14799   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
14800     TypoCorrection Corrected;
14801     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> CCC{};
14802     if (S && (Corrected =
14803                   CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), LookupOrdinaryName,
14804                               S, nullptr, CCC, CTK_NonError)))
14805       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
14806                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
14807   }
14808 
14809   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
14810   const char *Dummy;
14811   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
14812   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
14813   unsigned DiagID;
14814   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
14815                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
14816   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
14817   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
14818   SourceLocation NoLoc;
14819   Declarator D(DS, DeclaratorContext::Block);
14820   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
14821                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
14822                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14823                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
14824                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
14825                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
14826                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
14827                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
14828                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
14829                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, EST_None,
14830                                              /*ESpecRange=*/SourceRange(),
14831                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
14832                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
14833                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
14834                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
14835                                              /*ExceptionSpecTokens=*/nullptr,
14836                                              /*DeclsInPrototype=*/None, Loc,
14837                                              Loc, D),
14838                 std::move(DS.getAttributes()), SourceLocation());
14839   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
14840 
14841   // Insert this function into the enclosing block scope.
14842   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(BlockScope, D));
14843   FD->setImplicit();
14844 
14845   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
14846 
14847   return FD;
14848 }
14849 
14850 /// If this function is a C++ replaceable global allocation function
14851 /// (C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation], C++2a [new.delete]),
14852 /// adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on the standard.
14853 ///
14854 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14855 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14856 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(
14857     FunctionDecl *FD) {
14858   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14859     return;
14860 
14861   if (FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_New &&
14862       FD->getDeclName().getCXXOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_New)
14863     return;
14864 
14865   Optional<unsigned> AlignmentParam;
14866   bool IsNothrow = false;
14867   if (!FD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(&AlignmentParam, &IsNothrow))
14868     return;
14869 
14870   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p4:
14871   //   An allocation function that has a non-throwing exception specification
14872   //   indicates failure by returning a null pointer value. Any other allocation
14873   //   function never returns a null pointer value and indicates failure only by
14874   //   throwing an exception [...]
14875   if (!IsNothrow && !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsNonNullAttr>())
14876     FD->addAttr(ReturnsNonNullAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14877 
14878   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14879   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14880   //   storage. [...] If the request succeeds, the value returned by a
14881   //   replaceable allocation function is a [...] pointer value p0 different
14882   //   from any previously returned value p1 [...]
14883   //
14884   // However, this particular information is being added in codegen,
14885   // because there is an opt-out switch for it (-fno-assume-sane-operator-new)
14886 
14887   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p2:
14888   //   An allocation function attempts to allocate the requested amount of
14889   //   storage. If it is successful, it returns the address of the start of a
14890   //   block of storage whose length in bytes is at least as large as the
14891   //   requested size.
14892   if (!FD->hasAttr<AllocSizeAttr>()) {
14893     FD->addAttr(AllocSizeAttr::CreateImplicit(
14894         Context, /*ElemSizeParam=*/ParamIdx(1, FD),
14895         /*NumElemsParam=*/ParamIdx(), FD->getLocation()));
14896   }
14897 
14898   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14899   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14900   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14901   //   (3.1) If the allocation function takes an argument of type
14902   //         std​::​align_­val_­t, the storage will have the alignment
14903   //         specified by the value of this argument.
14904   if (AlignmentParam.hasValue() && !FD->hasAttr<AllocAlignAttr>()) {
14905     FD->addAttr(AllocAlignAttr::CreateImplicit(
14906         Context, ParamIdx(AlignmentParam.getValue(), FD), FD->getLocation()));
14907   }
14908 
14909   // FIXME:
14910   // C++2a [basic.stc.dynamic.allocation]p3:
14911   //   For an allocation function [...], the pointer returned on a successful
14912   //   call shall represent the address of storage that is aligned as follows:
14913   //   (3.2) Otherwise, if the allocation function is named operator new[],
14914   //         the storage is aligned for any object that does not have
14915   //         new-extended alignment ([basic.align]) and is no larger than the
14916   //         requested size.
14917   //   (3.3) Otherwise, the storage is aligned for any object that does not
14918   //         have new-extended alignment and is of the requested size.
14919 }
14920 
14921 /// Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
14922 /// the declaration of this function.
14923 ///
14924 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
14925 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
14926 /// like NSLog or printf.
14927 ///
14928 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
14929 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
14930 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
14931   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
14932     return;
14933 
14934   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
14935   // actual attributes.
14936   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
14937     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
14938     unsigned FormatIdx;
14939     bool HasVAListArg;
14940     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
14941       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
14942         const char *fmt = "printf";
14943         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
14944         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
14945             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
14946           fmt = "NSString";
14947         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14948                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
14949                                                FormatIdx+1,
14950                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14951                                                FD->getLocation()));
14952       }
14953     }
14954     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
14955                                              HasVAListArg)) {
14956      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
14957        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
14958                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
14959                                               FormatIdx+1,
14960                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
14961                                               FD->getLocation()));
14962     }
14963 
14964     // Handle automatically recognized callbacks.
14965     SmallVector<int, 4> Encoding;
14966     if (!FD->hasAttr<CallbackAttr>() &&
14967         Context.BuiltinInfo.performsCallback(BuiltinID, Encoding))
14968       FD->addAttr(CallbackAttr::CreateImplicit(
14969           Context, Encoding.data(), Encoding.size(), FD->getLocation()));
14970 
14971     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only thing
14972     // preventing the function from being const. This allows IRgen to use LLVM
14973     // intrinsics for such functions.
14974     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>() &&
14975         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID))
14976       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14977 
14978     // We make "fma" on some platforms const because we know it does not set
14979     // errno in those environments even though it could set errno based on the
14980     // C standard.
14981     const llvm::Triple &Trip = Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple();
14982     if ((Trip.isGNUEnvironment() || Trip.isAndroid() || Trip.isOSMSVCRT()) &&
14983         !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) {
14984       switch (BuiltinID) {
14985       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fma:
14986       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmaf:
14987       case Builtin::BI__builtin_fmal:
14988       case Builtin::BIfma:
14989       case Builtin::BIfmaf:
14990       case Builtin::BIfmal:
14991         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
14992         break;
14993       default:
14994         break;
14995       }
14996     }
14997 
14998     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
14999         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
15000       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15001                                          FD->getLocation()));
15002     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
15003       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15004     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPure(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<PureAttr>())
15005       FD->addAttr(PureAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15006     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
15007       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15008     if (getLangOpts().CUDA && Context.BuiltinInfo.isTSBuiltin(BuiltinID) &&
15009         !FD->hasAttr<CUDADeviceAttr>() && !FD->hasAttr<CUDAHostAttr>()) {
15010       // Add the appropriate attribute, depending on the CUDA compilation mode
15011       // and which target the builtin belongs to. For example, during host
15012       // compilation, aux builtins are __device__, while the rest are __host__.
15013       if (getLangOpts().CUDAIsDevice !=
15014           Context.BuiltinInfo.isAuxBuiltinID(BuiltinID))
15015         FD->addAttr(CUDADeviceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15016       else
15017         FD->addAttr(CUDAHostAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15018     }
15019   }
15020 
15021   AddKnownFunctionAttributesForReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction(FD);
15022 
15023   // If C++ exceptions are enabled but we are told extern "C" functions cannot
15024   // throw, add an implicit nothrow attribute to any extern "C" function we come
15025   // across.
15026   if (getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && getLangOpts().ExternCNoUnwind &&
15027       FD->isExternC() && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) {
15028     const auto *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
15029     if (!FPT || FPT->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None)
15030       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
15031   }
15032 
15033   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
15034   if (!Name)
15035     return;
15036   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
15037        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
15038       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
15039        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
15040        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
15041     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
15042     // about.
15043   } else
15044     return;
15045 
15046   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
15047     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
15048     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
15049     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
15050       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
15051                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
15052                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
15053                                              FD->getLocation()));
15054   }
15055 
15056   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
15057     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
15058     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
15059     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
15060       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, ParamIdx(1, FD),
15061                                                 FD->getLocation()));
15062   }
15063 }
15064 
15065 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
15066                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
15067   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
15068   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
15069 
15070   if (!TInfo) {
15071     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
15072     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
15073   }
15074 
15075   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
15076   TypedefDecl *NewTD =
15077       TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, D.getBeginLoc(),
15078                           D.getIdentifierLoc(), D.getIdentifier(), TInfo);
15079 
15080   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
15081   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
15082     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
15083     return NewTD;
15084   }
15085 
15086   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
15087     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
15088       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
15089           << 2 << NewTD
15090           << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
15091           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
15092                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
15093     else
15094       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
15095   }
15096 
15097   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
15098   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
15099   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
15100   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
15101   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
15102   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
15103   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
15104   case TST_enum:
15105   case TST_struct:
15106   case TST_interface:
15107   case TST_union:
15108   case TST_class: {
15109     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
15110     setTagNameForLinkagePurposes(tagFromDeclSpec, NewTD);
15111     break;
15112   }
15113 
15114   default:
15115     break;
15116   }
15117 
15118   return NewTD;
15119 }
15120 
15121 /// Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
15122 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
15123   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
15124   QualType T = TI->getType();
15125 
15126   if (T->isDependentType())
15127     return false;
15128 
15129   // This doesn't use 'isIntegralType' despite the error message mentioning
15130   // integral type because isIntegralType would also allow enum types in C.
15131   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
15132     if (BT->isInteger())
15133       return false;
15134 
15135   if (T->isExtIntType())
15136     return false;
15137 
15138   return Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
15139 }
15140 
15141 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
15142 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
15143 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
15144                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, bool IsFixed,
15145                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
15146   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
15147     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
15148       << Prev->isScoped();
15149     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15150     return true;
15151   }
15152 
15153   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
15154     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
15155         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
15156         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
15157                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
15158       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
15159       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
15160         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
15161       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
15162           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
15163       return true;
15164     }
15165   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
15166     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
15167       << Prev->isFixed();
15168     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15169     return true;
15170   }
15171 
15172   return false;
15173 }
15174 
15175 /// Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
15176 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
15177 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
15178 ///
15179 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
15180 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
15181   switch (Tag) {
15182   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
15183   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
15184   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
15185   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
15186   }
15187 }
15188 
15189 /// Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
15190 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
15191 ///
15192 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
15193 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
15194 {
15195   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
15196 }
15197 
15198 Sema::NonTagKind Sema::getNonTagTypeDeclKind(const Decl *PrevDecl,
15199                                              TagTypeKind TTK) {
15200   if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl))
15201     return NTK_Typedef;
15202   else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl))
15203     return NTK_TypeAlias;
15204   else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15205     return NTK_Template;
15206   else if (isa<TypeAliasTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl))
15207     return NTK_TypeAliasTemplate;
15208   else if (isa<TemplateTemplateParmDecl>(PrevDecl))
15209     return NTK_TemplateTemplateArgument;
15210   switch (TTK) {
15211   case TTK_Struct:
15212   case TTK_Interface:
15213   case TTK_Class:
15214     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? NTK_NonClass : NTK_NonStruct;
15215   case TTK_Union:
15216     return NTK_NonUnion;
15217   case TTK_Enum:
15218     return NTK_NonEnum;
15219   }
15220   llvm_unreachable("invalid TTK");
15221 }
15222 
15223 /// Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
15224 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
15225 ///
15226 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
15227 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
15228                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
15229                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
15230                                         const IdentifierInfo *Name) {
15231   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
15232   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
15233   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
15234   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
15235   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
15236   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
15237   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
15238   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
15239   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
15240   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
15241   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
15242   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
15243   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
15244   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15245   if (OldTag != NewTag &&
15246       !(isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)))
15247     return false;
15248 
15249   // Tags are compatible, but we might still want to warn on mismatched tags.
15250   // Non-class tags can't be mismatched at this point.
15251   if (!isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
15252     return true;
15253 
15254   // Declarations for which -Wmismatched-tags is disabled are entirely ignored
15255   // by our warning analysis. We don't want to warn about mismatches with (eg)
15256   // declarations in system headers that are designed to be specialized, but if
15257   // a user asks us to warn, we should warn if their code contains mismatched
15258   // declarations.
15259   auto IsIgnoredLoc = [&](SourceLocation Loc) {
15260     return getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch,
15261                                       Loc);
15262   };
15263   if (IsIgnoredLoc(NewTagLoc))
15264     return true;
15265 
15266   auto IsIgnored = [&](const TagDecl *Tag) {
15267     return IsIgnoredLoc(Tag->getLocation());
15268   };
15269   while (IsIgnored(Previous)) {
15270     Previous = Previous->getPreviousDecl();
15271     if (!Previous)
15272       return true;
15273     OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
15274   }
15275 
15276   bool isTemplate = false;
15277   if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
15278     isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
15279 
15280   if (inTemplateInstantiation()) {
15281     if (OldTag != NewTag) {
15282       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
15283       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
15284       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15285         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15286         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15287       // FIXME: Note previous location?
15288     }
15289     return true;
15290   }
15291 
15292   if (isDefinition) {
15293     // On definitions, check all previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
15294     // one that doesn't match the current tag.
15295     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
15296       // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
15297       return true;
15298     }
15299 
15300     bool previousMismatch = false;
15301     for (const TagDecl *I : Previous->redecls()) {
15302       if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15303         // Ignore previous declarations for which the warning was disabled.
15304         if (IsIgnored(I))
15305           continue;
15306 
15307         if (!previousMismatch) {
15308           previousMismatch = true;
15309           Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
15310             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15311             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
15312         }
15313         Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15314           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
15315           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
15316                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
15317       }
15318     }
15319     return true;
15320   }
15321 
15322   // Identify the prevailing tag kind: this is the kind of the definition (if
15323   // there is a non-ignored definition), or otherwise the kind of the prior
15324   // (non-ignored) declaration.
15325   const TagDecl *PrevDef = Previous->getDefinition();
15326   if (PrevDef && IsIgnored(PrevDef))
15327     PrevDef = nullptr;
15328   const TagDecl *Redecl = PrevDef ? PrevDef : Previous;
15329   if (Redecl->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
15330     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
15331       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << Name
15332       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
15333     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15334 
15335     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
15336     if (PrevDef) {
15337       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
15338         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
15339         << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
15340              TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
15341     }
15342   }
15343 
15344   return true;
15345 }
15346 
15347 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
15348 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
15349 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
15350 ///   namespace N {
15351 ///     struct X;
15352 ///     namespace M {
15353 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
15354 ///     }
15355 ///   }
15356 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
15357                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
15358   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
15359   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
15360   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
15361   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
15362   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15363   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
15364     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
15365     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
15366     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
15367     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
15368       return FixItHint();
15369     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
15370     Namespaces.push_back(II);
15371     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
15372         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
15373     if (Lookup == Namespace)
15374       break;
15375   }
15376 
15377   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
15378   // build an NNS.
15379   SmallString<64> Insertion;
15380   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
15381   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
15382     OS << "::";
15383   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
15384   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
15385     OS << II->getName() << "::";
15386   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
15387 }
15388 
15389 /// Determine whether a tag originally declared in context \p OldDC can
15390 /// be redeclared with an unqualified name in \p NewDC (assuming name lookup
15391 /// found a declaration in \p OldDC as a previous decl, perhaps through a
15392 /// using-declaration).
15393 static bool isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(Sema &S, DeclContext *OldDC,
15394                                          DeclContext *NewDC) {
15395   OldDC = OldDC->getRedeclContext();
15396   NewDC = NewDC->getRedeclContext();
15397 
15398   if (OldDC->Equals(NewDC))
15399     return true;
15400 
15401   // In MSVC mode, we allow a redeclaration if the contexts are related (either
15402   // encloses the other).
15403   if (S.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat &&
15404       (OldDC->Encloses(NewDC) || NewDC->Encloses(OldDC)))
15405     return true;
15406 
15407   return false;
15408 }
15409 
15410 /// This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
15411 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
15412 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
15413 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
15414 ///
15415 /// \param IsTypeSpecifier \c true if this is a type-specifier (or
15416 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
15417 ///
15418 /// \param SkipBody If non-null, will be set to indicate if the caller should
15419 /// skip the definition of this tag and treat it as if it were a declaration.
15420 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
15421                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
15422                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
15423                      const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs, AccessSpecifier AS,
15424                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
15425                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
15426                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
15427                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
15428                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, TypeResult UnderlyingType,
15429                      bool IsTypeSpecifier, bool IsTemplateParamOrArg,
15430                      SkipBodyInfo *SkipBody) {
15431   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
15432   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
15433   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
15434          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
15435   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
15436 
15437   OwnedDecl = false;
15438   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
15439   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
15440 
15441   // FIXME: Check member specializations more carefully.
15442   bool isMemberSpecialization = false;
15443   bool Invalid = false;
15444 
15445   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
15446   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
15447   // for non-C++ cases.
15448   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
15449       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
15450     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
15451             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
15452                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
15453                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isMemberSpecialization, Invalid)) {
15454       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15455         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
15456         return nullptr;
15457       }
15458 
15459       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
15460         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
15461         // be a member of another template).
15462 
15463         if (Invalid)
15464           return nullptr;
15465 
15466         OwnedDecl = false;
15467         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(
15468             S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, SS, Name, NameLoc, Attrs, TemplateParams,
15469             AS, ModulePrivateLoc,
15470             /*FriendLoc*/ SourceLocation(), TemplateParameterLists.size() - 1,
15471             TemplateParameterLists.data(), SkipBody);
15472         return Result.get();
15473       } else {
15474         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
15475         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
15476           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
15477         isMemberSpecialization = true;
15478       }
15479     }
15480 
15481     if (!TemplateParameterLists.empty() && isMemberSpecialization &&
15482         CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParameterLists.back()))
15483       return nullptr;
15484   }
15485 
15486   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
15487   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
15488   // redeclaration.
15489   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
15490   bool IsFixed = !UnderlyingType.isUnset() || ScopedEnum;
15491 
15492   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15493     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) {
15494       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
15495       // type, default to int.
15496       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15497     } else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
15498       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
15499       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
15500       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
15501       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
15502       EnumUnderlying = TI;
15503 
15504       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
15505         // Recover by falling back to int.
15506         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15507 
15508       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
15509                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
15510         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15511 
15512     } else if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
15513       // For MSVC ABI compatibility, unfixed enums must use an underlying type
15514       // of 'int'. However, if this is an unfixed forward declaration, don't set
15515       // the underlying type unless the user enables -fms-compatibility. This
15516       // makes unfixed forward declared enums incomplete and is more conforming.
15517       if (TUK == TUK_Definition || getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15518         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
15519     }
15520   }
15521 
15522   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
15523   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
15524   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
15525   bool isStdAlignValT = false;
15526 
15527   RedeclarationKind Redecl = forRedeclarationInCurContext();
15528   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
15529     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
15530 
15531   /// Create a new tag decl in C/ObjC. Since the ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C
15532   /// implemented asks for structural equivalence checking, the returned decl
15533   /// here is passed back to the parser, allowing the tag body to be parsed.
15534   auto createTagFromNewDecl = [&]() -> TagDecl * {
15535     assert(!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "not meant for C++ usage");
15536     // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
15537     // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
15538     // keyword.
15539     SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
15540     TagDecl *New = nullptr;
15541 
15542     if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
15543       New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, nullptr,
15544                              ScopedEnum, ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
15545       // If this is an undefined enum, bail.
15546       if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid)
15547         return nullptr;
15548       if (EnumUnderlying) {
15549         EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
15550         if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo *>())
15551           ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
15552         else
15553           ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type *>(), 0));
15554         ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
15555       }
15556     } else { // struct/union
15557       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
15558                                nullptr);
15559     }
15560 
15561     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
15562       // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked
15563       // when the ASTContext lays out the structure.
15564       //
15565       // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
15566       // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
15567       // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
15568       // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
15569       // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
15570       // parsing of the struct).
15571       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
15572         AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
15573         AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
15574       }
15575     }
15576     New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
15577     return New;
15578   };
15579 
15580   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
15581   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
15582     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
15583 
15584     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
15585     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
15586       Name = nullptr;
15587       goto CreateNewDecl;
15588     }
15589 
15590     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
15591     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
15592     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
15593       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
15594       if (!DC) {
15595         IsDependent = true;
15596         return nullptr;
15597       }
15598     } else {
15599       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
15600       if (!DC) {
15601         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
15602           << SS.getRange();
15603         return nullptr;
15604       }
15605     }
15606 
15607     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
15608       return nullptr;
15609 
15610     SearchDC = DC;
15611     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
15612     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
15613 
15614     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15615       return nullptr;
15616 
15617     if (Previous.empty()) {
15618       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
15619       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
15620       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
15621       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
15622       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
15623       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
15624       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
15625           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
15626         IsDependent = true;
15627         return nullptr;
15628       }
15629 
15630       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
15631       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
15632         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
15633       Name = nullptr;
15634       Invalid = true;
15635       goto CreateNewDecl;
15636     }
15637   } else if (Name) {
15638     // C++14 [class.mem]p14:
15639     //   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
15640     //   name different from T:
15641     //    -- every member of class T that is itself a type
15642     if (TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15643         DiagnoseClassNameShadow(SearchDC, DeclarationNameInfo(Name, NameLoc)))
15644       return nullptr;
15645 
15646     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
15647     // declaration or definition.
15648     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
15649     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
15650     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
15651     LookupName(Previous, S);
15652 
15653     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
15654     // by types using'ed into this scope.
15655     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
15656         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
15657       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15658       while (F.hasNext()) {
15659         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15660         if (!ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
15661                 SearchDC->getRedeclContext()))
15662           F.erase();
15663       }
15664       F.done();
15665     }
15666 
15667     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
15668     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
15669     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
15670     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
15671     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
15672     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
15673     //
15674     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
15675     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
15676     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
15677     //
15678     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
15679     // semantic context?
15680     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15681       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15682       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
15683       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
15684       while (F.hasNext()) {
15685         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
15686         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
15687         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
15688             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
15689           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
15690             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
15691           else
15692             F.erase();
15693         }
15694       }
15695       F.done();
15696 
15697       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
15698       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
15699       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
15700         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15701         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
15702             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
15703       }
15704     }
15705 
15706     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
15707     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
15708       return nullptr;
15709 
15710     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
15711       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
15712       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
15713       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
15714       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
15715       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
15716         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
15717     }
15718   }
15719 
15720   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
15721       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
15722     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
15723     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
15724     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
15725     Previous.clear();
15726   }
15727 
15728   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
15729       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace())) {
15730     if (Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
15731       // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
15732       isStdBadAlloc = true;
15733 
15734       // If std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
15735       // name lookup), fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
15736       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
15737       if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc)
15738         Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
15739     } else if (Name->isStr("align_val_t")) {
15740       isStdAlignValT = true;
15741       if (Previous.empty() && StdAlignValT)
15742         Previous.addDecl(getStdAlignValT());
15743     }
15744   }
15745 
15746   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
15747   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
15748   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
15749   // there's a shadow friend decl.
15750   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
15751       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || IsTemplateParamOrArg)) {
15752     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
15753     assert(SS.isEmpty());
15754 
15755     if (TUK == TUK_Reference || IsTemplateParamOrArg) {
15756       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
15757       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
15758       //
15759       //          class-key identifier
15760       //
15761       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
15762       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
15763       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
15764       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
15765       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
15766       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
15767       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
15768       //      declaration.
15769       //
15770       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
15771       // C structs and unions.
15772       //
15773       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
15774       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
15775       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
15776       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
15777       //
15778       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
15779       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
15780       //
15781       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
15782       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
15783       // lexical context,
15784       SearchDC = getTagInjectionContext(SearchDC);
15785 
15786       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
15787       S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15788     } else {
15789       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
15790       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
15791       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
15792       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
15793       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
15794       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
15795     }
15796 
15797     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
15798     // diagnose some problems.
15799     // FIXME: redeclaration lookup is also used (with and without C++) to find a
15800     // hidden declaration so that we don't get ambiguity errors when using a
15801     // type declared by an elaborated-type-specifier.  In C that is not correct
15802     // and we should instead merge compatible types found by lookup.
15803     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15804       // FIXME: This can perform qualified lookups into function contexts,
15805       // which are meaningless.
15806       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15807       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
15808     } else {
15809       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(forRedeclarationInCurContext());
15810       LookupName(Previous, S);
15811     }
15812   }
15813 
15814   // If we have a known previous declaration to use, then use it.
15815   if (Previous.empty() && SkipBody && SkipBody->Previous)
15816     Previous.addDecl(SkipBody->Previous);
15817 
15818   if (!Previous.empty()) {
15819     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
15820     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
15821 
15822     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
15823     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
15824     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
15825     // in C++.
15826     //
15827     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
15828     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
15829     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
15830     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
15831     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15832       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15833         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
15834           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
15835           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
15836               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
15837                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
15838             PrevDecl = Tag;
15839             Previous.clear();
15840             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
15841             Previous.resolveKind();
15842           }
15843         }
15844       }
15845     }
15846 
15847     // If this is a redeclaration of a using shadow declaration, it must
15848     // declare a tag in the same context. In MSVC mode, we allow a
15849     // redefinition if either context is within the other.
15850     if (auto *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(DirectPrevDecl)) {
15851       auto *OldTag = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl);
15852       if (SS.isEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference && TUK != TUK_Friend &&
15853           isDeclInScope(Shadow, SearchDC, S, isMemberSpecialization) &&
15854           !(OldTag && isAcceptableTagRedeclContext(
15855                           *this, OldTag->getDeclContext(), SearchDC))) {
15856         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
15857         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
15858              diag::note_using_decl_target);
15859         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl)
15860             << 0;
15861         // Recover by ignoring the old declaration.
15862         Previous.clear();
15863         goto CreateNewDecl;
15864       }
15865     }
15866 
15867     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
15868       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
15869       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
15870       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
15871       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
15872           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
15873                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
15874         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
15875         // struct or something similar.
15876         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
15877                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
15878                                           Name)) {
15879           bool SafeToContinue
15880             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
15881                Kind != TTK_Enum);
15882           if (SafeToContinue)
15883             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
15884               << Name
15885               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
15886                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
15887           else
15888             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
15889           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
15890 
15891           if (SafeToContinue)
15892             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
15893           else {
15894             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
15895             Name = nullptr;
15896             Previous.clear();
15897             Invalid = true;
15898           }
15899         }
15900 
15901         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
15902           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
15903           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)
15904             return PrevTagDecl;
15905 
15906           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
15907           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
15908             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
15909           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
15910             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
15911 
15912           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
15913           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
15914           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
15915           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
15916                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy,
15917                                      IsFixed, PrevEnum))
15918             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
15919         }
15920 
15921         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
15922         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
15923         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
15924         //   and then later defined.
15925         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
15926             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
15927           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
15928           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
15929         }
15930 
15931         if (!Invalid) {
15932           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
15933           // we have attributes.
15934           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
15935             if (!Attrs.empty()) {
15936               // FIXME: Diagnose these attributes. For now, we create a new
15937               // declaration to hold them.
15938             } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference &&
15939                        (PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() ==
15940                             Decl::FOK_Undeclared ||
15941                         PrevDecl->getOwningModule() != getCurrentModule()) &&
15942                        SS.isEmpty()) {
15943               // This declaration is a reference to an existing entity, but
15944               // has different visibility from that entity: it either makes
15945               // a friend visible or it makes a type visible in a new module.
15946               // In either case, create a new declaration. We only do this if
15947               // the declaration would have meant the same thing if no prior
15948               // declaration were found, that is, if it was found in the same
15949               // scope where we would have injected a declaration.
15950               if (!getTagInjectionContext(CurContext)->getRedeclContext()
15951                        ->Equals(PrevDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
15952                 return PrevTagDecl;
15953               // This is in the injected scope, create a new declaration in
15954               // that scope.
15955               S = getTagInjectionScope(S, getLangOpts());
15956             } else {
15957               return PrevTagDecl;
15958             }
15959           }
15960 
15961           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
15962           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
15963             if (NamedDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
15964               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
15965               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
15966               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
15967               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
15968               if (isMemberSpecialization) {
15969                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
15970                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15971                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15972                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15973                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
15974                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
15975                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
15976                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
15977               }
15978 
15979               // Note that clang allows ODR-like semantics for ObjC/C, i.e., do
15980               // not keep more that one definition around (merge them). However,
15981               // ensure the decl passes the structural compatibility check in
15982               // C11 6.2.7/1 (or 6.1.2.6/1 in C89).
15983               NamedDecl *Hidden = nullptr;
15984               if (SkipBody && !hasVisibleDefinition(Def, &Hidden)) {
15985                 // There is a definition of this tag, but it is not visible. We
15986                 // explicitly make use of C++'s one definition rule here, and
15987                 // assume that this definition is identical to the hidden one
15988                 // we already have. Make the existing definition visible and
15989                 // use it in place of this one.
15990                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
15991                   // Postpone making the old definition visible until after we
15992                   // complete parsing the new one and do the structural
15993                   // comparison.
15994                   SkipBody->CheckSameAsPrevious = true;
15995                   SkipBody->New = createTagFromNewDecl();
15996                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
15997                   return Def;
15998                 } else {
15999                   SkipBody->ShouldSkip = true;
16000                   SkipBody->Previous = Def;
16001                   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(Hidden);
16002                   // Carry on and handle it like a normal definition. We'll
16003                   // skip starting the definitiion later.
16004                 }
16005               } else if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
16006                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
16007                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
16008                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
16009                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
16010                 else
16011                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
16012                 notePreviousDefinition(Def,
16013                                        NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc);
16014                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
16015                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
16016                 // references get the previous definition.
16017                 Name = nullptr;
16018                 Previous.clear();
16019                 Invalid = true;
16020               }
16021             } else {
16022               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
16023               // about a nested redefinition.
16024               auto *TD = Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)->getAsTagDecl();
16025               if (TD->isBeingDefined()) {
16026                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
16027                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
16028                      diag::note_previous_definition);
16029                 Name = nullptr;
16030                 Previous.clear();
16031                 Invalid = true;
16032               }
16033             }
16034 
16035             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
16036             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
16037           }
16038 
16039           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
16040           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
16041           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
16042           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
16043             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
16044             AS = AS_none;
16045           }
16046         }
16047         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
16048         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
16049 
16050       } else {
16051         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
16052         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
16053         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
16054         // have distinct types.
16055         Previous.clear();
16056       }
16057       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
16058       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
16059       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
16060 
16061     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
16062     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
16063     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
16064     } else {
16065       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
16066       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
16067       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
16068       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
16069           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
16070         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16071         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << PrevDecl << NTK
16072                                                        << Kind;
16073         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
16074         Invalid = true;
16075 
16076       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
16077       } else if (!isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
16078                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isMemberSpecialization)) {
16079         // do nothing
16080 
16081       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
16082       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16083         NonTagKind NTK = getNonTagTypeDeclKind(PrevDecl, Kind);
16084         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << NTK;
16085         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16086         Invalid = true;
16087 
16088       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
16089       // case here.
16090       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16091         unsigned Kind = 0;
16092         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
16093         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
16094           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
16095         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
16096         Invalid = true;
16097 
16098       // Otherwise, diagnose.
16099       } else {
16100         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
16101         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
16102         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
16103         notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, NameLoc);
16104         Name = nullptr;
16105         Invalid = true;
16106       }
16107 
16108       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
16109       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
16110       Previous.clear();
16111     }
16112   }
16113 
16114 CreateNewDecl:
16115 
16116   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16117   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
16118     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
16119 
16120   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
16121   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
16122   // keyword.
16123   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
16124 
16125   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
16126   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
16127   // PrevDecl.
16128   TagDecl *New;
16129 
16130   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
16131     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16132     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
16133     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16134                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
16135                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, IsFixed);
16136 
16137     if (isStdAlignValT && (!StdAlignValT || getStdAlignValT()->isImplicit()))
16138       StdAlignValT = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16139 
16140     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
16141     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
16142       TagDecl *Def;
16143       if (IsFixed && cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
16144         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
16145         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
16146       }
16147       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
16148         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
16149           << New;
16150         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
16151       } else {
16152         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
16153         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
16154           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
16155         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
16156           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
16157         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
16158       }
16159     }
16160 
16161     if (EnumUnderlying) {
16162       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
16163       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
16164         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
16165       else
16166         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
16167       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
16168       assert(ED->isComplete() && "enum with type should be complete");
16169     }
16170   } else {
16171     // struct/union/class
16172 
16173     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
16174     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
16175     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16176       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
16177       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16178                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16179 
16180       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
16181         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
16182     } else
16183       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
16184                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
16185   }
16186 
16187   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
16188   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
16189   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && (IsTypeSpecifier || IsTemplateParamOrArg) &&
16190       TUK == TUK_Definition) {
16191     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
16192       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16193     Invalid = true;
16194   }
16195 
16196   if (!Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK == TUK_Definition &&
16197       DC->getDeclKind() == Decl::Enum) {
16198     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_enum)
16199       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16200     Invalid = true;
16201   }
16202 
16203   // Maybe add qualifier info.
16204   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
16205     if (SS.isSet()) {
16206       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
16207       // nested-name-specifier against the current context.
16208       if ((TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
16209           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, Loc,
16210                                        isMemberSpecialization))
16211         Invalid = true;
16212 
16213       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
16214       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
16215         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, TemplateParameterLists);
16216       }
16217     }
16218     else
16219       Invalid = true;
16220   }
16221 
16222   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
16223     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
16224     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
16225     //
16226     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
16227     // happen here (in ActOnTag). The #pragma pack stack is
16228     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
16229     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
16230     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
16231     // parsing of the struct).
16232     if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip)) {
16233       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
16234       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
16235     }
16236   }
16237 
16238   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
16239     if (isMemberSpecialization)
16240       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
16241         << 2
16242         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
16243     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
16244     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
16245     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
16246     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
16247       New->setModulePrivate();
16248   }
16249 
16250   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
16251   // check the specialization.
16252   if (isMemberSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
16253     Invalid = true;
16254 
16255   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
16256   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
16257   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
16258   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
16259       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
16260     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16261       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
16262       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
16263       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
16264         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
16265             << Name;
16266         Invalid = true;
16267       }
16268     } else if (!PrevDecl) {
16269       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
16270     }
16271   }
16272 
16273   if (Invalid)
16274     New->setInvalidDecl();
16275 
16276   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
16277   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
16278   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
16279 
16280   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
16281   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
16282   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
16283   // the tag name visible.
16284   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
16285     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
16286 
16287   // Set the access specifier.
16288   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
16289     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
16290 
16291   if (PrevDecl)
16292     CheckRedeclarationModuleOwnership(New, PrevDecl);
16293 
16294   if (TUK == TUK_Definition && (!SkipBody || !SkipBody->ShouldSkip))
16295     New->startDefinition();
16296 
16297   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
16298   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
16299 
16300   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
16301   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
16302     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
16303     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
16304     if (PrevDecl)
16305       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
16306 
16307     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
16308     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
16309     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
16310       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
16311         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
16312   } else if (Name) {
16313     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
16314     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, true);
16315   } else {
16316     CurContext->addDecl(New);
16317   }
16318 
16319   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
16320   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
16321     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
16322         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
16323         II->isStr("FILE"))
16324       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
16325 
16326   if (PrevDecl)
16327     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
16328 
16329   if (auto *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New))
16330     inferGslOwnerPointerAttribute(CXXRD);
16331 
16332   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16333   // record.
16334   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
16335 
16336   if (isMemberSpecialization && !New->isInvalidDecl())
16337     CompleteMemberSpecialization(New, Previous);
16338 
16339   OwnedDecl = true;
16340   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
16341   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
16342   if (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16343     if (New->isBeingDefined())
16344       if (auto RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New))
16345         RD->completeDefinition();
16346     return nullptr;
16347   } else if (SkipBody && SkipBody->ShouldSkip) {
16348     return SkipBody->Previous;
16349   } else {
16350     return New;
16351   }
16352 }
16353 
16354 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16355   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16356   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16357 
16358   // Enter the tag context.
16359   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
16360 
16361   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
16362 
16363   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
16364   // record.
16365   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
16366 }
16367 
16368 bool Sema::ActOnDuplicateDefinition(DeclSpec &DS, Decl *Prev,
16369                                     SkipBodyInfo &SkipBody) {
16370   if (!hasStructuralCompatLayout(Prev, SkipBody.New))
16371     return false;
16372 
16373   // Make the previous decl visible.
16374   makeMergedDefinitionVisible(SkipBody.Previous);
16375   return true;
16376 }
16377 
16378 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
16379   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
16380          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
16381   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
16382   assert(OCD->getLexicalParent() == CurContext &&
16383       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
16384   CurContext = OCD;
16385   return IDecl;
16386 }
16387 
16388 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16389                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
16390                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
16391                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
16392   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16393   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
16394 
16395   FieldCollector->StartClass();
16396 
16397   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
16398     return;
16399 
16400   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
16401     Record->addAttr(FinalAttr::Create(
16402         Context, FinalLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Keyword,
16403         static_cast<FinalAttr::Spelling>(IsFinalSpelledSealed)));
16404 
16405   // C++ [class]p2:
16406   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
16407   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
16408   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
16409   //   as if it were a public member name.
16410   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName = CXXRecordDecl::Create(
16411       Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, Record->getBeginLoc(),
16412       Record->getLocation(), Record->getIdentifier(),
16413       /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
16414       /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
16415   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
16416   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
16417   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
16418   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
16419       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
16420   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
16421   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
16422          "Broken injected-class-name");
16423 }
16424 
16425 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
16426                                     SourceRange BraceRange) {
16427   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16428   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16429   Tag->setBraceRange(BraceRange);
16430 
16431   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16432   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16433     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
16434     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16435       RD->completeDefinition();
16436   }
16437 
16438   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
16439     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
16440   }
16441 
16442   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
16443   PopDeclContext();
16444 
16445   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
16446       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
16447     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
16448 
16449   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
16450   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
16451     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
16452 }
16453 
16454 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
16455   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
16456   PopDeclContext();
16457 }
16458 
16459 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16460   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
16461   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
16462   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
16463 }
16464 
16465 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
16466   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
16467   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
16468 }
16469 
16470 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
16471   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
16472   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
16473   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
16474 
16475   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
16476   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
16477     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
16478       RD->completeDefinition();
16479   }
16480 
16481   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
16482   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
16483   // the FieldCollector.
16484 
16485   PopDeclContext();
16486 }
16487 
16488 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
16489 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
16490                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
16491                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
16492                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
16493   assert(BitWidth);
16494   if (BitWidth->containsErrors())
16495     return ExprError();
16496 
16497   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
16498   if (ZeroWidth)
16499     *ZeroWidth = true;
16500 
16501   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
16502   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
16503   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
16504     // Handle incomplete and sizeless types with a specific error.
16505     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(FieldLoc, FieldTy,
16506                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless))
16507       return ExprError();
16508     if (FieldName)
16509       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
16510         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16511     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
16512       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
16513   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
16514                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
16515     return ExprError();
16516 
16517   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
16518   // it now.
16519   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
16520     return BitWidth;
16521 
16522   llvm::APSInt Value;
16523   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value, AllowFold);
16524   if (ICE.isInvalid())
16525     return ICE;
16526   BitWidth = ICE.get();
16527 
16528   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
16529     *ZeroWidth = false;
16530 
16531   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
16532   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
16533     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
16534 
16535   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
16536     if (FieldName)
16537       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16538                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16539     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
16540       << Value.toString(10);
16541   }
16542 
16543   // The size of the bit-field must not exceed our maximum permitted object
16544   // size.
16545   if (Value.getActiveBits() > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
16546     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_too_wide)
16547            << !FieldName << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
16548   }
16549 
16550   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
16551     uint64_t TypeStorageSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
16552     uint64_t TypeWidth = Context.getIntWidth(FieldTy);
16553     bool BitfieldIsOverwide = Value.ugt(TypeWidth);
16554 
16555     // Over-wide bitfields are an error in C or when using the MSVC bitfield
16556     // ABI.
16557     bool CStdConstraintViolation =
16558         BitfieldIsOverwide && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
16559     bool MSBitfieldViolation =
16560         Value.ugt(TypeStorageSize) &&
16561         (IsMsStruct || Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft());
16562     if (CStdConstraintViolation || MSBitfieldViolation) {
16563       unsigned DiagWidth =
16564           CStdConstraintViolation ? TypeWidth : TypeStorageSize;
16565       if (FieldName)
16566         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16567                << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16568                << !CStdConstraintViolation << DiagWidth;
16569 
16570       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16571              << Value.toString(10) << !CStdConstraintViolation
16572              << DiagWidth;
16573     }
16574 
16575     // Warn on types where the user might conceivably expect to get all
16576     // specified bits as value bits: that's all integral types other than
16577     // 'bool'.
16578     if (BitfieldIsOverwide && !FieldTy->isBooleanType() && FieldName) {
16579       Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_width)
16580           << FieldName << Value.toString(10)
16581           << (unsigned)TypeWidth;
16582     }
16583   }
16584 
16585   return BitWidth;
16586 }
16587 
16588 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
16589 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
16590 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
16591                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
16592   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
16593                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
16594                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
16595   return Res;
16596 }
16597 
16598 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
16599 ///
16600 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
16601                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
16602                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
16603                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16604                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
16605   if (D.isDecompositionDeclarator()) {
16606     const DecompositionDeclarator &Decomp = D.getDecompositionDeclarator();
16607     Diag(Decomp.getLSquareLoc(), diag::err_decomp_decl_context)
16608       << Decomp.getSourceRange();
16609     return nullptr;
16610   }
16611 
16612   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16613   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16614   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16615 
16616   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16617   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16618   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16619     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
16620 
16621     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
16622                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
16623       D.setInvalidType();
16624       T = Context.IntTy;
16625       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
16626     }
16627   }
16628 
16629   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
16630 
16631   if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified())
16632     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_non_function)
16633         << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus17;
16634   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
16635     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
16636          diag::err_invalid_thread)
16637       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
16638 
16639   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
16640   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
16641   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
16642                         ForVisibleRedeclaration);
16643   LookupName(Previous, S);
16644   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
16645     case LookupResult::Found:
16646     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
16647       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
16648       break;
16649 
16650     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
16651       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
16652       break;
16653 
16654     case LookupResult::NotFound:
16655     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
16656     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
16657       break;
16658   }
16659   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
16660 
16661   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
16662     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
16663     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
16664     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
16665     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16666   }
16667 
16668   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
16669     PrevDecl = nullptr;
16670 
16671   bool Mutable
16672     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
16673   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getBeginLoc();
16674   FieldDecl *NewFD
16675     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
16676                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
16677 
16678   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
16679     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16680 
16681   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
16682     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
16683 
16684   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
16685     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
16686     // with the same name in the same scope.
16687   } else if (II) {
16688     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
16689   } else
16690     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
16691 
16692   return NewFD;
16693 }
16694 
16695 /// Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
16696 ///
16697 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
16698 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
16699 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
16700 /// created.
16701 ///
16702 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
16703 ///
16704 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
16705 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
16706                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
16707                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
16708                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
16709                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
16710                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
16711                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
16712                                 Declarator *D) {
16713   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
16714   bool InvalidDecl = false;
16715   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
16716 
16717   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
16718   // marking this declaration as invalid.
16719   if (T.isNull() || T->containsErrors()) {
16720     InvalidDecl = true;
16721     T = Context.IntTy;
16722   }
16723 
16724   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
16725   if (!EltTy->isDependentType() && !EltTy->containsErrors()) {
16726     if (RequireCompleteSizedType(Loc, EltTy,
16727                                  diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
16728       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
16729       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16730       InvalidDecl = true;
16731     } else {
16732       NamedDecl *Def;
16733       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
16734       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
16735         Record->setInvalidDecl();
16736         InvalidDecl = true;
16737       }
16738     }
16739   }
16740 
16741   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address space
16742   if (T.hasAddressSpace() || T->isDependentAddressSpaceType() ||
16743       T->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->isDependentAddressSpaceType()) {
16744     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
16745     Record->setInvalidDecl();
16746     InvalidDecl = true;
16747   }
16748 
16749   if (LangOpts.OpenCL) {
16750     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9b,r & OpenCL v2.0 s6.12.5 - The following types cannot be
16751     // used as structure or union field: image, sampler, event or block types.
16752     if (T->isEventT() || T->isImageType() || T->isSamplerT() ||
16753         T->isBlockPointerType()) {
16754       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_type_struct_or_union_field) << T;
16755       Record->setInvalidDecl();
16756       InvalidDecl = true;
16757     }
16758     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
16759     if (BitWidth) {
16760       Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
16761       InvalidDecl = true;
16762     }
16763   }
16764 
16765   // Anonymous bit-fields cannot be cv-qualified (CWG 2229).
16766   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !II && BitWidth &&
16767       T.hasQualifiers()) {
16768     InvalidDecl = true;
16769     Diag(Loc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_qualifiers);
16770   }
16771 
16772   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
16773   // than a variably modified type.
16774   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
16775     if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
16776             *this, TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size))
16777       InvalidDecl = true;
16778   }
16779 
16780   // Fields can not have abstract class types
16781   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
16782                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
16783                                              AbstractFieldType))
16784     InvalidDecl = true;
16785 
16786   bool ZeroWidth = false;
16787   if (InvalidDecl)
16788     BitWidth = nullptr;
16789   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
16790   if (BitWidth) {
16791     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
16792                               &ZeroWidth).get();
16793     if (!BitWidth) {
16794       InvalidDecl = true;
16795       BitWidth = nullptr;
16796       ZeroWidth = false;
16797     }
16798   }
16799 
16800   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
16801   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
16802     unsigned DiagID = 0;
16803     if (T->isReferenceType())
16804       DiagID = getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? diag::ext_mutable_reference
16805                                         : diag::err_mutable_reference;
16806     else if (T.isConstQualified())
16807       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
16808 
16809     if (DiagID) {
16810       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
16811       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
16812         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
16813       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
16814       if (DiagID != diag::ext_mutable_reference) {
16815         Mutable = false;
16816         InvalidDecl = true;
16817       }
16818     }
16819   }
16820 
16821   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
16822   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
16823   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
16824   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
16825     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
16826 
16827   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
16828                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
16829   if (InvalidDecl)
16830     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16831 
16832   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
16833     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
16834     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
16835     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16836   }
16837 
16838   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
16839     if (Record->isUnion()) {
16840       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16841         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16842         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16843           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
16844           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
16845           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
16846           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
16847           // objects.
16848           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
16849             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16850         }
16851       }
16852 
16853       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
16854       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
16855       // enabled.
16856       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
16857         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
16858                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
16859                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
16860           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
16861         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
16862           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16863       }
16864     }
16865   }
16866 
16867   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
16868   // representation, not a parser representation.
16869   if (D) {
16870     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
16871     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
16872 
16873     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
16874       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
16875   }
16876 
16877   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
16878   // retainable type.
16879   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
16880     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16881 
16882   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
16883     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
16884 
16885   // PPC MMA non-pointer types are not allowed as field types.
16886   if (Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isPPC64() &&
16887       CheckPPCMMAType(T, NewFD->getLocation()))
16888     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
16889 
16890   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
16891   return NewFD;
16892 }
16893 
16894 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
16895   assert(FD);
16896   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
16897 
16898   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
16899     return false;
16900 
16901   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
16902   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
16903     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
16904     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
16905       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
16906       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
16907       // copy constructors.
16908 
16909       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
16910       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
16911       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
16912       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
16913       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
16914       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
16915       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
16916         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
16917       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
16918         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
16919       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
16920         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
16921       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
16922         member = CXXDestructor;
16923 
16924       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
16925         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
16926             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
16927           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
16928           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
16929           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
16930           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
16931           // members unavailable.
16932           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
16933           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
16934             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
16935               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, "",
16936                             UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership, Loc));
16937             return false;
16938           }
16939         }
16940 
16941         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
16942                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
16943                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
16944           << FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
16945         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
16946         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
16947       }
16948     }
16949   }
16950 
16951   return false;
16952 }
16953 
16954 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
16955 ///  AST enum value.
16956 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
16957 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
16958   switch (ivarVisibility) {
16959   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
16960   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
16961   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
16962   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
16963   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
16964   }
16965 }
16966 
16967 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
16968 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
16969 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
16970                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
16971                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
16972                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
16973 
16974   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
16975   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
16976   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
16977   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
16978 
16979   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
16980   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
16981 
16982   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
16983   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
16984 
16985   if (BitWidth) {
16986     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
16987     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
16988     if (!BitWidth)
16989       D.setInvalidType();
16990   } else {
16991     // Not a bitfield.
16992 
16993     // validate II.
16994 
16995   }
16996   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
16997     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
16998     D.setInvalidType();
16999   }
17000   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
17001   // than a variably modified type.
17002   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
17003     if (!tryToFixVariablyModifiedVarType(
17004             *this, TInfo, T, Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size))
17005       D.setInvalidType();
17006   }
17007 
17008   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
17009   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
17010     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
17011                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
17012   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
17013   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
17014   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
17015     return nullptr;
17016   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
17017   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17018       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17019     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
17020     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
17021       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
17022       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
17023     }
17024     else
17025       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17026   } else {
17027     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17028         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17029       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
17030         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
17031         return nullptr;
17032       }
17033     }
17034     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
17035   }
17036 
17037   // Construct the decl.
17038   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
17039                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
17040                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
17041 
17042   if (II) {
17043     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
17044                                            ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17045     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
17046         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17047       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
17048       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
17049       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17050     }
17051   }
17052 
17053   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
17054   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
17055 
17056   if (D.isInvalidType())
17057     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17058 
17059   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
17060   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
17061     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
17062 
17063   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
17064     NewID->setModulePrivate();
17065 
17066   if (II) {
17067     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
17068     // these to the interface.
17069     S->AddDecl(NewID);
17070     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
17071   }
17072 
17073   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
17074       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
17075     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
17076 
17077   return NewID;
17078 }
17079 
17080 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
17081 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
17082 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
17083 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
17084 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
17085                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
17086   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
17087     return;
17088 
17089   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
17090   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
17091 
17092   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17093     return;
17094   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
17095   if (!ID) {
17096     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
17097       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
17098         return;
17099     }
17100     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
17101     else
17102       return;
17103   }
17104   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
17105   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
17106   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
17107 
17108   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
17109                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
17110                               Context.CharTy,
17111                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
17112                                                                DeclLoc),
17113                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
17114                               true);
17115   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
17116 }
17117 
17118 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
17119                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
17120                        SourceLocation RBrac,
17121                        const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
17122   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
17123 
17124   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
17125   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
17126   // it will now change.
17127   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17128     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17129     switch (DC->getKind()) {
17130     default: break;
17131     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
17132       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17133       break;
17134     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
17135       Context.
17136         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
17137       break;
17138     }
17139   }
17140 
17141   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17142   CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
17143 
17144   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
17145   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
17146   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
17147   if (Record) {
17148     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
17149       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
17150         if (IFD->getDeclName())
17151           ++NumNamedMembers;
17152     }
17153   }
17154 
17155   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
17156   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
17157 
17158   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
17159        i != end; ++i) {
17160     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
17161 
17162     // Get the type for the field.
17163     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
17164 
17165     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
17166       // Remember all fields written by the user.
17167       RecFields.push_back(FD);
17168     }
17169 
17170     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
17171     // diagnostics about it.
17172     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
17173       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17174       continue;
17175     }
17176 
17177     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
17178     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
17179     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
17180     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
17181     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
17182     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
17183     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
17184     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
17185     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
17186     //   array.
17187     bool IsLastField = (i + 1 == Fields.end());
17188     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
17189       // Field declared as a function.
17190       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
17191         << FD->getDeclName();
17192       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17193       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17194       continue;
17195     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
17196                (Record || isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl))) {
17197       if (Record) {
17198         // Flexible array member.
17199         // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
17200         // It will accept flexible array in union and also
17201         // as the sole element of a struct/class.
17202         unsigned DiagID = 0;
17203         if (!Record->isUnion() && !IsLastField) {
17204           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_not_at_end)
17205             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType() << Record->getTagKind();
17206           Diag((*(i + 1))->getLocation(), diag::note_next_field_declaration);
17207           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17208           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17209           continue;
17210         } else if (Record->isUnion())
17211           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17212                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
17213                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17214                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
17215                              : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
17216         else if (NumNamedMembers < 1)
17217           DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
17218                        ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
17219                        : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
17220                              ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
17221                              : diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate;
17222 
17223         if (DiagID)
17224           Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
17225                                           << Record->getTagKind();
17226         // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
17227         // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
17228         // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
17229         // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
17230         // of the type.
17231         if (CXXRecord && CXXRecord->getNumVBases() != 0)
17232           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
17233               << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17234         if (!getLangOpts().C99)
17235           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
17236             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
17237 
17238         // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
17239         // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
17240         //
17241         // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
17242         // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
17243         QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17244         if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
17245           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
17246             << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17247           FD->setInvalidDecl();
17248           EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17249           continue;
17250         }
17251         // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
17252         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17253       } else {
17254         // In ObjCContainerDecl ivars with incomplete array type are accepted,
17255         // unless they are followed by another ivar. That check is done
17256         // elsewhere, after synthesized ivars are known.
17257       }
17258     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
17259                RequireCompleteSizedType(
17260                    FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17261                    diag::err_field_incomplete_or_sizeless)) {
17262       // Incomplete type
17263       FD->setInvalidDecl();
17264       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
17265       continue;
17266     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17267       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
17268         // A type which contains a flexible array member is considered to be a
17269         // flexible array member.
17270         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
17271         if (!Record->isUnion()) {
17272           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
17273           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
17274           // structures.
17275           if (!IsLastField)
17276             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
17277               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
17278           else {
17279             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
17280             // other structs as an extension.
17281             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
17282               << FD->getDeclName();
17283           }
17284         }
17285       }
17286       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
17287           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
17288                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
17289                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
17290         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
17291         FD->setInvalidDecl();
17292       }
17293       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17294         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17295       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
17296         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17297     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
17298       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
17299       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
17300         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
17301       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
17302       FD->setType(T);
17303     } else if (Record && Record->isUnion() &&
17304                FD->getType().hasNonTrivialObjCLifetime() &&
17305                getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(FD->getLocation()) &&
17306                !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>() &&
17307                (FD->getType().getObjCLifetime() != Qualifiers::OCL_Strong ||
17308                 !Context.hasDirectOwnershipQualifier(FD->getType()))) {
17309       // For backward compatibility, fields of C unions declared in system
17310       // headers that have non-trivial ObjC ownership qualifications are marked
17311       // as unavailable unless the qualifier is explicit and __strong. This can
17312       // break ABI compatibility between programs compiled with ARC and MRR, but
17313       // is a better option than rejecting programs using those unions under
17314       // ARC.
17315       FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(
17316           Context, "", UnavailableAttr::IR_ARCFieldWithOwnership,
17317           FD->getLocation()));
17318     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC &&
17319                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && Record &&
17320                !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
17321       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17322           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
17323         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17324       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
17325         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
17326         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
17327             BaseType->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
17328           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17329         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
17330                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
17331                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
17332       }
17333     }
17334 
17335     if (Record && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17336         !shouldIgnoreForRecordTriviality(FD)) {
17337       QualType FT = FD->getType();
17338       if (FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize()) {
17339         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitialize(true);
17340         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion() ||
17341             Record->isUnion())
17342           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDefaultInitializeCUnion(true);
17343       }
17344       QualType::PrimitiveCopyKind PCK = FT.isNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy();
17345       if (PCK != QualType::PCK_Trivial && PCK != QualType::PCK_VolatileTrivial) {
17346         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopy(true);
17347         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17348           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveCopyCUnion(true);
17349       }
17350       if (FT.isDestructedType()) {
17351         Record->setNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestroy(true);
17352         Record->setParamDestroyedInCallee(true);
17353         if (FT.hasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion() || Record->isUnion())
17354           Record->setHasNonTrivialToPrimitiveDestructCUnion(true);
17355       }
17356 
17357       if (const auto *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>()) {
17358         if (RT->getDecl()->getArgPassingRestrictions() ==
17359             RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs)
17360           Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17361       } else if (FT.getQualifiers().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Weak)
17362         Record->setArgPassingRestrictions(RecordDecl::APK_CanNeverPassInRegs);
17363     }
17364 
17365     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
17366       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
17367     // Keep track of the number of named members.
17368     if (FD->getIdentifier())
17369       ++NumNamedMembers;
17370   }
17371 
17372   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
17373   if (Record) {
17374     bool Completed = false;
17375     if (CXXRecord) {
17376       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17377         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
17378         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
17379                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
17380                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
17381           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
17382       }
17383 
17384       // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
17385       AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
17386 
17387       if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
17388         if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
17389           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
17390           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
17391           // problem now.
17392           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
17393             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
17394             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
17395 
17396             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
17397                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
17398                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
17399               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
17400                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
17401                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
17402                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
17403                        "Virtual function without overriding functions?");
17404                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
17405                   continue;
17406 
17407                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
17408                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
17409                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
17410                 //   program is ill-formed.
17411                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
17412                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
17413                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
17414                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
17415                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
17416                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
17417                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
17418                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
17419                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
17420                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
17421 
17422                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
17423               }
17424             }
17425             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
17426             Completed = true;
17427           }
17428         }
17429       }
17430     }
17431 
17432     if (!Completed)
17433       Record->completeDefinition();
17434 
17435     // Handle attributes before checking the layout.
17436     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attrs);
17437 
17438     // We may have deferred checking for a deleted destructor. Check now.
17439     if (CXXRecord) {
17440       auto *Dtor = CXXRecord->getDestructor();
17441       if (Dtor && Dtor->isImplicit() &&
17442           ShouldDeleteSpecialMember(Dtor, CXXDestructor)) {
17443         CXXRecord->setImplicitDestructorIsDeleted();
17444         SetDeclDeleted(Dtor, CXXRecord->getLocation());
17445       }
17446     }
17447 
17448     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
17449       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
17450 
17451       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
17452         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
17453                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
17454                                            IA->getInheritanceModel());
17455     }
17456 
17457     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
17458     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
17459     // compatibility problems.
17460     bool CheckForZeroSize;
17461     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17462       CheckForZeroSize = true;
17463     } else {
17464       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
17465       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
17466       CheckForZeroSize =
17467           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
17468           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && !inTemplateInstantiation() &&
17469           CXXRecord->isCLike();
17470     }
17471     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
17472       bool ZeroSize = true;
17473       bool IsEmpty = true;
17474       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
17475       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
17476                                       E = Record->field_end();
17477            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
17478         IsEmpty = false;
17479         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
17480           if (!I->isZeroLengthBitField(Context))
17481             ZeroSize = false;
17482         } else {
17483           ++NonBitFields;
17484           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
17485           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
17486               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
17487             ZeroSize = false;
17488         }
17489       }
17490 
17491       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
17492       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
17493       // extern "C" block.
17494       if (ZeroSize) {
17495         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
17496                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
17497                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
17498           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
17499       }
17500 
17501       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
17502       // but are accepted by GCC.
17503       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17504         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
17505                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
17506           << Record->isUnion();
17507       }
17508     }
17509   } else {
17510     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
17511       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
17512     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17513       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
17514       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
17515       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17516         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
17517         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17518       }
17519       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
17520       // duplicates.
17521       if (ID->getSuperClass())
17522         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
17523     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
17524                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17525       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
17526       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
17527         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
17528         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
17529         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
17530       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
17531       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17532       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17533     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
17534                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
17535       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
17536       // reported as errors elsewhere.
17537       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
17538       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
17539       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
17540       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
17541       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
17542       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
17543         if (IDecl) {
17544           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
17545               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17546             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17547                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17548             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17549             continue;
17550           }
17551           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
17552             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
17553                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
17554               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
17555                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
17556               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
17557               continue;
17558             }
17559           }
17560         }
17561         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
17562         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
17563       }
17564       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
17565       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
17566     }
17567   }
17568 }
17569 
17570 /// Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
17571 /// the given type T.
17572 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
17573                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
17574                                         QualType T) {
17575   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) || T->isEnumeralType()) &&
17576          "Integral type required!");
17577   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
17578 
17579   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
17580     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
17581       --BitWidth;
17582     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
17583   }
17584   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
17585 }
17586 
17587 // Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
17588 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
17589 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
17590   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
17591   // enum checking below.
17592   assert((T->isIntegralType(Context) ||
17593          T->isEnumeralType()) && "Integral type required!");
17594   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
17595   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17596     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
17597   };
17598   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
17599     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
17600     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
17601   };
17602 
17603   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
17604   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
17605                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
17606   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
17607     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
17608       return Types[I];
17609 
17610   return QualType();
17611 }
17612 
17613 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
17614                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
17615                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
17616                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
17617                                           Expr *Val) {
17618   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
17619   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
17620   QualType EltTy;
17621 
17622   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
17623     Val = nullptr;
17624 
17625   if (Val)
17626     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
17627 
17628   if (Val) {
17629     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
17630       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17631     else {
17632       // FIXME: We don't allow folding in C++11 mode for an enum with a fixed
17633       // underlying type, but do allow it in all other contexts.
17634       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed()) {
17635         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
17636         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
17637         // constant expression of the underlying type.
17638         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17639         ExprResult Converted =
17640           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
17641                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
17642         if (Converted.isInvalid())
17643           Val = nullptr;
17644         else
17645           Val = Converted.get();
17646       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
17647                  !(Val =
17648                        VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, &EnumVal, AllowFold)
17649                            .get())) {
17650         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
17651       } else {
17652         if (Enum->isComplete()) {
17653           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17654 
17655           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
17656           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
17657           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
17658           // expression checking.
17659           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17660             if (Context.getTargetInfo()
17661                     .getTriple()
17662                     .isWindowsMSVCEnvironment()) {
17663               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17664             } else {
17665               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
17666             }
17667           }
17668 
17669           // Cast to the underlying type.
17670           Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy,
17671                                   EltTy->isBooleanType() ? CK_IntegralToBoolean
17672                                                          : CK_IntegralCast)
17673                     .get();
17674         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
17675           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
17676           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17677           //   is the type of its initializing value:
17678           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
17679           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
17680           EltTy = Val->getType();
17681         } else {
17682           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
17683           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
17684           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
17685           //   representable as an int.
17686 
17687           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
17688           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
17689             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17690               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
17691               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
17692           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
17693             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
17694             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
17695           }
17696           EltTy = Val->getType();
17697         }
17698       }
17699     }
17700   }
17701 
17702   if (!Val) {
17703     if (Enum->isDependentType())
17704       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
17705     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
17706       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17707       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17708       //   is the type of its initializing value:
17709       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
17710       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
17711       //
17712       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
17713       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
17714       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
17715         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
17716       }
17717       else {
17718         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
17719       }
17720     } else {
17721       // Assign the last value + 1.
17722       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17723       ++EnumVal;
17724       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
17725 
17726       // Check for overflow on increment.
17727       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
17728         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
17729         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
17730         //   is the type of its initializing value:
17731         //
17732         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
17733         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
17734         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
17735         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
17736         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
17737         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
17738         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
17739         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
17740           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
17741           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
17742           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17743           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
17744           ++EnumVal;
17745           if (Enum->isFixed())
17746             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
17747             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
17748               << EnumVal.toString(10)
17749               << EltTy;
17750           else
17751             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
17752               << EnumVal.toString(10);
17753         } else {
17754           EltTy = T;
17755         }
17756 
17757         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
17758         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
17759         // value, then increment.
17760         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
17761         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17762         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17763         ++EnumVal;
17764 
17765         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
17766         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
17767         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
17768         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
17769         // integral type.
17770         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
17771           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
17772       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
17773                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
17774         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
17775         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
17776           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
17777       }
17778     }
17779   }
17780 
17781   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
17782     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
17783     // enumerator's type.
17784     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
17785     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
17786   }
17787 
17788   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
17789                                   Val, EnumVal);
17790 }
17791 
17792 Sema::SkipBodyInfo Sema::shouldSkipAnonEnumBody(Scope *S, IdentifierInfo *II,
17793                                                 SourceLocation IILoc) {
17794   if (!(getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().ModulesLocalVisibility) ||
17795       !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
17796     return SkipBodyInfo();
17797 
17798   // We have an anonymous enum definition. Look up the first enumerator to
17799   // determine if we should merge the definition with an existing one and
17800   // skip the body.
17801   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, IILoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
17802                                          forRedeclarationInCurContext());
17803   auto *PrevECD = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl);
17804   if (!PrevECD)
17805     return SkipBodyInfo();
17806 
17807   EnumDecl *PrevED = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevECD->getDeclContext());
17808   NamedDecl *Hidden;
17809   if (!PrevED->getDeclName() && !hasVisibleDefinition(PrevED, &Hidden)) {
17810     SkipBodyInfo Skip;
17811     Skip.Previous = Hidden;
17812     return Skip;
17813   }
17814 
17815   return SkipBodyInfo();
17816 }
17817 
17818 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
17819                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
17820                               const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs,
17821                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
17822   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
17823   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
17824     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
17825 
17826   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
17827   // we find one that is.
17828   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
17829 
17830   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
17831   // scope.
17832   LookupResult R(*this, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, ForVisibleRedeclaration);
17833   LookupName(R, S);
17834   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
17835 
17836   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
17837     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
17838     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
17839     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
17840     PrevDecl = nullptr;
17841   }
17842 
17843   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
17844   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
17845   // different from T:
17846   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
17847   // enumerated type
17848   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !TheEnumDecl->isScoped())
17849     DiagnoseClassNameShadow(TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext(),
17850                             DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc));
17851 
17852   EnumConstantDecl *New =
17853     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
17854   if (!New)
17855     return nullptr;
17856 
17857   if (PrevDecl) {
17858     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && isa<ValueDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
17859       // Check for other kinds of shadowing not already handled.
17860       CheckShadow(New, PrevDecl, R);
17861     }
17862 
17863     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
17864     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
17865     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
17866            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
17867     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
17868       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
17869         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
17870       else
17871         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
17872       notePreviousDefinition(PrevDecl, IdLoc);
17873       return nullptr;
17874     }
17875   }
17876 
17877   // Process attributes.
17878   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attrs);
17879   AddPragmaAttributes(S, New);
17880 
17881   // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
17882   New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
17883   PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
17884 
17885   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
17886 
17887   return New;
17888 }
17889 
17890 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
17891 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
17892 // Element2 = Element1
17893 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
17894 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
17895 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
17896 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
17897   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
17898   if (!InitExpr)
17899     return true;
17900   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
17901 
17902   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
17903     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
17904       return true;
17905     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
17906     if (!IL)
17907       return true;
17908     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
17909       return true;
17910 
17911     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
17912   }
17913 
17914   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
17915   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
17916   if (!DRE)
17917     return true;
17918 
17919   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
17920   if (!EnumConstant)
17921     return true;
17922 
17923   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
17924       Enum)
17925     return true;
17926 
17927   return false;
17928 }
17929 
17930 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
17931 // a previous element has already been set to.
17932 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
17933                                         EnumDecl *Enum, QualType EnumType) {
17934   // Avoid anonymous enums
17935   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
17936     return;
17937 
17938   // Only check for small enums.
17939   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
17940     return;
17941 
17942   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
17943     return;
17944 
17945   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
17946   typedef SmallVector<std::unique_ptr<ECDVector>, 3> DuplicatesVector;
17947 
17948   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
17949 
17950   // DenseMaps cannot contain the all ones int64_t value, so use unordered_map.
17951   typedef std::unordered_map<int64_t, DeclOrVector> ValueToVectorMap;
17952 
17953   // Use int64_t as a key to avoid needing special handling for map keys.
17954   auto EnumConstantToKey = [](const EnumConstantDecl *D) {
17955     llvm::APSInt Val = D->getInitVal();
17956     return Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue();
17957   };
17958 
17959   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
17960   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
17961 
17962   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
17963   // an initializer.
17964   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17965     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17966 
17967     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
17968     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
17969     if (!ECD) {
17970       return;
17971     }
17972 
17973     // Constants with initalizers are handled in the next loop.
17974     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
17975       continue;
17976 
17977     // Duplicate values are handled in the next loop.
17978     EnumMap.insert({EnumConstantToKey(ECD), ECD});
17979   }
17980 
17981   if (EnumMap.size() == 0)
17982     return;
17983 
17984   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
17985   for (auto *Element : Elements) {
17986     // The last loop returned if any constant was null.
17987     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Element);
17988     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
17989       continue;
17990 
17991     auto Iter = EnumMap.find(EnumConstantToKey(ECD));
17992     if (Iter == EnumMap.end())
17993       continue;
17994 
17995     DeclOrVector& Entry = Iter->second;
17996     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
17997       // Ensure constants are different.
17998       if (D == ECD)
17999         continue;
18000 
18001       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
18002       auto Vec = std::make_unique<ECDVector>();
18003       Vec->push_back(D);
18004       Vec->push_back(ECD);
18005 
18006       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
18007       Entry = Vec.get();
18008 
18009       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
18010       // diagnostics.
18011       DupVector.emplace_back(std::move(Vec));
18012       continue;
18013     }
18014 
18015     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
18016     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
18017     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
18018       continue;
18019 
18020     Vec->push_back(ECD);
18021   }
18022 
18023   // Emit diagnostics.
18024   for (const auto &Vec : DupVector) {
18025     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
18026 
18027     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
18028     auto *FirstECD = Vec->front();
18029     S.Diag(FirstECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
18030       << FirstECD << FirstECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
18031       << FirstECD->getSourceRange();
18032 
18033     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
18034     // the same value.
18035     for (auto *ECD : llvm::make_range(Vec->begin() + 1, Vec->end()))
18036       S.Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
18037         << ECD << ECD->getInitVal().toString(10)
18038         << ECD->getSourceRange();
18039   }
18040 }
18041 
18042 bool Sema::IsValueInFlagEnum(const EnumDecl *ED, const llvm::APInt &Val,
18043                              bool AllowMask) const {
18044   assert(ED->isClosedFlag() && "looking for value in non-flag or open enum");
18045   assert(ED->isCompleteDefinition() && "expected enum definition");
18046 
18047   auto R = FlagBitsCache.insert(std::make_pair(ED, llvm::APInt()));
18048   llvm::APInt &FlagBits = R.first->second;
18049 
18050   if (R.second) {
18051     for (auto *E : ED->enumerators()) {
18052       const auto &EVal = E->getInitVal();
18053       // Only single-bit enumerators introduce new flag values.
18054       if (EVal.isPowerOf2())
18055         FlagBits = FlagBits.zextOrSelf(EVal.getBitWidth()) | EVal;
18056     }
18057   }
18058 
18059   // A value is in a flag enum if either its bits are a subset of the enum's
18060   // flag bits (the first condition) or we are allowing masks and the same is
18061   // true of its complement (the second condition). When masks are allowed, we
18062   // allow the common idiom of ~(enum1 | enum2) to be a valid enum value.
18063   //
18064   // While it's true that any value could be used as a mask, the assumption is
18065   // that a mask will have all of the insignificant bits set. Anything else is
18066   // likely a logic error.
18067   llvm::APInt FlagMask = ~FlagBits.zextOrTrunc(Val.getBitWidth());
18068   return !(FlagMask & Val) || (AllowMask && !(FlagMask & ~Val));
18069 }
18070 
18071 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceRange BraceRange,
18072                          Decl *EnumDeclX, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, Scope *S,
18073                          const ParsedAttributesView &Attrs) {
18074   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
18075   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
18076 
18077   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attrs);
18078 
18079   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
18080     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18081       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18082         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18083       if (!ECD) continue;
18084 
18085       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18086     }
18087 
18088     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
18089     return;
18090   }
18091 
18092   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
18093   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
18094   // emit a warning.
18095   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
18096   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
18097   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
18098 
18099   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
18100   // reverse the list.
18101   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
18102   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
18103 
18104   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
18105   bool AllElementsInt = true;
18106 
18107   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
18108     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
18109       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
18110     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18111 
18112     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18113 
18114     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
18115     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
18116       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
18117                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
18118     else
18119       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
18120                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
18121 
18122     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very common).
18123     if (AllElementsInt)
18124       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
18125   }
18126 
18127   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
18128   QualType BestType;
18129   unsigned BestWidth;
18130 
18131   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
18132   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
18133   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
18134   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
18135   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
18136   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
18137   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
18138   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
18139   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
18140   QualType BestPromotionType;
18141 
18142   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
18143   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
18144   // enum definitions.
18145   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
18146     Packed = true;
18147 
18148   // If the enum already has a type because it is fixed or dictated by the
18149   // target, promote that type instead of analyzing the enumerators.
18150   if (Enum->isComplete()) {
18151     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
18152     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
18153       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
18154     else
18155       BestPromotionType = BestType;
18156 
18157     BestWidth = Context.getIntWidth(BestType);
18158   }
18159   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
18160     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
18161     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
18162     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18163     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
18164       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
18165       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18166     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
18167                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
18168       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
18169       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18170     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
18171       BestType = Context.IntTy;
18172       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18173     } else {
18174       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
18175 
18176       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
18177         BestType = Context.LongTy;
18178       } else {
18179         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18180 
18181         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
18182           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
18183         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
18184       }
18185     }
18186     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
18187   } else {
18188     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
18189     // all of the enumerator values.
18190     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
18191     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
18192       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
18193       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18194       BestWidth = CharWidth;
18195     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
18196       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
18197       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
18198       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
18199     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
18200       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
18201       BestWidth = IntWidth;
18202       BestPromotionType
18203         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18204                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
18205     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
18206                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
18207       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
18208       BestPromotionType
18209         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18210                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
18211     } else {
18212       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
18213       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
18214              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
18215       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
18216       BestPromotionType
18217         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18218                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
18219     }
18220   }
18221 
18222   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
18223   // the type of the enum if needed.
18224   for (auto *D : Elements) {
18225     auto *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18226     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18227 
18228     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
18229     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
18230     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
18231     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
18232     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
18233 
18234     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
18235     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18236 
18237     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
18238     // the enum decl type.
18239     QualType NewTy;
18240     unsigned NewWidth;
18241     bool NewSign;
18242     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
18243         !Enum->isFixed() &&
18244         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
18245       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
18246       NewWidth = IntWidth;
18247       NewSign = true;
18248     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
18249       // Already the right type!
18250       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18251         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18252         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18253         // enumeration.
18254         ECD->setType(EnumType);
18255       continue;
18256     } else {
18257       NewTy = BestType;
18258       NewWidth = BestWidth;
18259       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
18260     }
18261 
18262     // Adjust the APSInt value.
18263     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
18264     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
18265     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
18266 
18267     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
18268     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
18269         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
18270       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(
18271           Context, NewTy, CK_IntegralCast, ECD->getInitExpr(),
18272           /*base paths*/ nullptr, VK_RValue, FPOptionsOverride()));
18273     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
18274       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
18275       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
18276       // enumeration.
18277       ECD->setType(EnumType);
18278     else
18279       ECD->setType(NewTy);
18280   }
18281 
18282   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
18283                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
18284 
18285   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
18286 
18287   if (Enum->isClosedFlag()) {
18288     for (Decl *D : Elements) {
18289       EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(D);
18290       if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
18291 
18292       llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
18293       if (InitVal != 0 && !InitVal.isPowerOf2() &&
18294           !IsValueInFlagEnum(Enum, InitVal, true))
18295         Diag(ECD->getLocation(), diag::warn_flag_enum_constant_out_of_range)
18296           << ECD << Enum;
18297     }
18298   }
18299 
18300   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
18301   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
18302     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
18303 }
18304 
18305 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
18306                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
18307                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
18308   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
18309 
18310   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
18311                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
18312                                                    EndLoc);
18313   CurContext->addDecl(New);
18314   return New;
18315 }
18316 
18317 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18318                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18319                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18320                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
18321                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18322   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
18323                                          LookupOrdinaryName);
18324   AttributeCommonInfo Info(AliasName, SourceRange(AliasNameLoc),
18325                            AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma);
18326   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = AsmLabelAttr::CreateImplicit(
18327       Context, AliasName->getName(), /*LiteralLabel=*/true, Info);
18328 
18329   // If a declaration that:
18330   // 1) declares a function or a variable
18331   // 2) has external linkage
18332   // already exists, add a label attribute to it.
18333   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18334     if (isDeclExternC(PrevDecl))
18335       PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
18336     else
18337       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_redefine_extname_not_applied)
18338           << /*Variable*/(isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) ? 0 : 1) << PrevDecl;
18339   // Otherwise, add a label atttibute to ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.
18340   } else
18341     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(std::make_pair(Name, Attr));
18342 }
18343 
18344 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18345                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18346                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
18347   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
18348 
18349   if (PrevDecl) {
18350     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc, AttributeCommonInfo::AS_Pragma));
18351   } else {
18352     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18353       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
18354         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
18355   }
18356 }
18357 
18358 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
18359                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
18360                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
18361                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
18362                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
18363   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
18364                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
18365   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
18366 
18367   if (PrevDecl && (isa<FunctionDecl>(PrevDecl) || isa<VarDecl>(PrevDecl))) {
18368     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
18369       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
18370         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
18371   } else {
18372     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
18373       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
18374   }
18375 }
18376 
18377 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
18378   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
18379 }
18380 
18381 Sema::FunctionEmissionStatus Sema::getEmissionStatus(FunctionDecl *FD,
18382                                                      bool Final) {
18383   assert(FD && "Expected non-null FunctionDecl");
18384 
18385   // SYCL functions can be template, so we check if they have appropriate
18386   // attribute prior to checking if it is a template.
18387   if (LangOpts.SYCLIsDevice && FD->hasAttr<SYCLKernelAttr>())
18388     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18389 
18390   // Templates are emitted when they're instantiated.
18391   if (FD->isDependentContext())
18392     return FunctionEmissionStatus::TemplateDiscarded;
18393 
18394   // Check whether this function is an externally visible definition.
18395   auto IsEmittedForExternalSymbol = [this, FD]() {
18396     // We have to check the GVA linkage of the function's *definition* -- if we
18397     // only have a declaration, we don't know whether or not the function will
18398     // be emitted, because (say) the definition could include "inline".
18399     FunctionDecl *Def = FD->getDefinition();
18400 
18401     return Def && !isDiscardableGVALinkage(
18402                       getASTContext().GetGVALinkageForFunction(Def));
18403   };
18404 
18405   if (LangOpts.OpenMPIsDevice) {
18406     // In OpenMP device mode we will not emit host only functions, or functions
18407     // we don't need due to their linkage.
18408     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18409         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18410     // DevTy may be changed later by
18411     //  #pragma omp declare target to(*) device_type(*).
18412     // Therefore DevTyhaving no value does not imply host. The emission status
18413     // will be checked again at the end of compilation unit with Final = true.
18414     if (DevTy.hasValue())
18415       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_Host)
18416         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18417     // If we have an explicit value for the device type, or we are in a target
18418     // declare context, we need to emit all extern and used symbols.
18419     if (isInOpenMPDeclareTargetContext() || DevTy.hasValue())
18420       if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18421         return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18422     // Device mode only emits what it must, if it wasn't tagged yet and needed,
18423     // we'll omit it.
18424     if (Final)
18425       return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18426   } else if (LangOpts.OpenMP > 45) {
18427     // In OpenMP host compilation prior to 5.0 everything was an emitted host
18428     // function. In 5.0, no_host was introduced which might cause a function to
18429     // be ommitted.
18430     Optional<OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DevTypeTy> DevTy =
18431         OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::getDeviceType(FD->getCanonicalDecl());
18432     if (DevTy.hasValue())
18433       if (*DevTy == OMPDeclareTargetDeclAttr::DT_NoHost)
18434         return FunctionEmissionStatus::OMPDiscarded;
18435   }
18436 
18437   if (Final && LangOpts.OpenMP && !LangOpts.CUDA)
18438     return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18439 
18440   if (LangOpts.CUDA) {
18441     // When compiling for device, host functions are never emitted.  Similarly,
18442     // when compiling for host, device and global functions are never emitted.
18443     // (Technically, we do emit a host-side stub for global functions, but this
18444     // doesn't count for our purposes here.)
18445     Sema::CUDAFunctionTarget T = IdentifyCUDATarget(FD);
18446     if (LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice && T == Sema::CFT_Host)
18447       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18448     if (!LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18449         (T == Sema::CFT_Device || T == Sema::CFT_Global))
18450       return FunctionEmissionStatus::CUDADiscarded;
18451 
18452     if (IsEmittedForExternalSymbol())
18453       return FunctionEmissionStatus::Emitted;
18454   }
18455 
18456   // Otherwise, the function is known-emitted if it's in our set of
18457   // known-emitted functions.
18458   return FunctionEmissionStatus::Unknown;
18459 }
18460 
18461 bool Sema::shouldIgnoreInHostDeviceCheck(FunctionDecl *Callee) {
18462   // Host-side references to a __global__ function refer to the stub, so the
18463   // function itself is never emitted and therefore should not be marked.
18464   // If we have host fn calls kernel fn calls host+device, the HD function
18465   // does not get instantiated on the host. We model this by omitting at the
18466   // call to the kernel from the callgraph. This ensures that, when compiling
18467   // for host, only HD functions actually called from the host get marked as
18468   // known-emitted.
18469   return LangOpts.CUDA && !LangOpts.CUDAIsDevice &&
18470          IdentifyCUDATarget(Callee) == CFT_Global;
18471 }
18472